2 $Id: RELEASE_NOTES,v 8.1709 2005/01/12 04:32:31 ca Exp $
5 This listing shows the version of the sendmail binary, the version
6 of the sendmail configuration files, the date of release, and a
7 summary of the changes in that release.
9 8.13.3/8.13.3 2005/01/11
10 Enhance handling of I/O errors, especially EOF, when STARTTLS
12 Make sure a connection is not reused after it has been closed
13 due to a 421 error. Problem found by Allan E Johannesen
14 of Worcester Polytechnic Institute.
15 Avoid triggering an assertion when sendmail is interrupted while
16 closing a connection. Problem found by Allan E Johannesen
17 of Worcester Polytechnic Institute.
18 Regression: a change in 8.13.2 caused sendmail not to try the
19 next MX host (or FallbackMXhost if configured) when, at
20 connection open, the current server returns a 4xy or 5xy
21 SMTP reply code. Problem noted by Mark Tranchant.
23 8.13.2/8.13.2 2004/12/15
24 Do not split the first header even if it exceeds the internal
25 buffer size. Previously a part of such a header would
26 end up in the body of the message. Problem noted by
27 Simple Nomad of BindView.
28 Do not complain about "cataddr: string too long" when checking
29 headers that do not contain RFC 2822 addresses.
30 Problem noted by Rich Graves of Brandeis University.
31 If a server returns a 421 reply to the RSET command between
32 message deliveries, do not attempt to deliver any more
33 messages on that connection. This prevents bogus "Bad
34 file number" recipient status. Problem noted by
35 Allan E Johannesen of Worcester Polytechnic Institute.
36 Allow trailing white space in EHLO command as recommended by RFC
37 2821. Problem noted by Ralph Santagato of SBC Services.
38 Deal with clients which use AUTH but negotiate a smaller buffer size
39 for data exchanges than the value used by sendmail, e.g.,
40 Cyrus IMAP lmtp server. Based on patch by Jamie Clark.
41 When passing ESMTP arguments for RCPT to a milter, do not cut
42 them off at a comma. Problem noted by Krzysztof Oledzki.
43 Add more logging to milter change header functions to
44 complement existing logging. Based on patch from
45 Gurusamy Sarathy of Active State.
46 Include <lber.h> in include/sm/config.h when LDAPMAP is defined.
47 Patch from Edgar Hoch of the University of Stuttgart.
48 Fix DNS lookup if IPv6 is enabled when converting an IP address
49 to a hostname for use with SASL. Problem noted by Ken Jones;
50 patch from Hajimu UMEMOTO.
51 CONFIG: For consistency enable MODIFY_MAILER_FLAGS for the prog
52 mailer. Patch from John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
53 LIBMILTER: It was possible that xxfi_abort() was called after
54 xxfi_eom() for a message if some timeouts were triggered.
55 Patch from Alexey Kravchuk.
56 LIBMILTER: Slightly rearrange mutex use in listener.c to allow
57 different threads to call smfi_opensocket() and smfi_main().
58 Patch from Jordan Ritter of Cloudmark.
59 MAIL.LOCAL: Properly terminate MBDB before exiting. Problem
61 MAIL.LOCAL: make strip-mail.local used a wrong path to access
62 mail.local. Problem noted by William Park.
63 VACATION: Properly terminate MBDB before exiting. Problem noted
66 Add support for DragonFly BSD.
68 cf/ostype/dragonfly.m4
70 include/sm/os/sm_os_dragonfly.h
74 8.13.1/8.13.1 2004/07/30
75 Using the default AliasFile ldap: specification would cause the
76 objectClasses of the LDAP response to be included in the
77 alias expansion. Problem noted by Brenden Conte of
78 Rensselaer Polytechnic Institute.
79 Fix support for a fallback smart host for system where DNS is
80 (partially) available. From John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
81 Fix SuperSafe=PostMilter behavior when a milter replaces a body
82 but the data file is not yet stored on disk because it is
83 smaller than the size of the memory buffer. Problem noted
85 Fix certificate revocation list support; if a CRL was specified
86 but the other side presented a cert that was signed by
87 a different (trusted) CA than the one which issued the CRL,
88 verification would always fail. Problem noted by Al Smith.
89 Run mailer programs as the RunAsUser when RunAsUser is set and
90 the F=S mailer flag is set without a U= mailer equate.
91 Problem noted by John Gardiner Myers of Proofpoint.
92 ${nbadrcpts} was off by one if BadRcptThrottle is zero.
93 Patch from Sung-hoon Choi of DreamWiz Inc.
94 CONFIG: Emit a warning if FEATURE(`access_db') is used after
95 FEATURE(`greet_pause') because then the latter will not
96 use the access map. Note: if no default value is given
97 for FEATURE(`greet_pause') then it issues an error if
98 FEATURE(`access_db') is not specified before it.
99 Problem noted by Alexander Dalloz of University of
101 CONFIG: Invoke ruleset Local_greet_pause if FEATURE(`greet_pause')
102 is used to give more flexibility for local changes.
104 Fix a 64 bit problem in the socket map code. Problem
105 noted by Geoff Adams.
106 NetBSD 2.0F has closefrom(3). Patch from Andrew Brown.
107 NetBSD can use sysctl(3) to get the number of CPUs in
108 a system. Patch from Andrew Brown.
109 Add a README file in doc/op/ to explain potential
110 incompatibilities with various *roff related
111 tools. Problem tracked down by Per Hedeland.
115 8.13.0/8.13.0 2004/06/20
116 Do not include AUTH data in a bounce to avoid leaking confidential
117 information. See also cf/README about MSP and the section
118 "Providing SMTP AUTH Data when sendmail acts as Client".
119 Problem noted by Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois
121 Fix compilation error in libsm/clock.c for -D_FFR_SLEEP_USE_SELECT=n
122 and -DSM_CONF_SETITIMER=0. Problem noted by Juergen Georgi
123 of RUS University of Stuttgart.
124 Fix bug in conversion from 8bit to quoted-printable. Problem found
125 by Christof Haerens, patch from Per Hedeland.
126 Add support for LDAP recursion based on types given to attribute
127 specifications in an LDAP map definition. This allows
128 LDAP queries to return a new query, a DN, or an LDAP
129 URL which will in turn be queried. See the ``LDAP
130 Recursion'' section of doc/op/op.me for more information.
131 Based on patch from Andrew Baucom.
132 Extend the default LDAP specifications for AliasFile
133 (O AliasFile=ldap:) and file classes (F{X}@LDAP) to
134 include support for LDAP recursion via new attributes.
135 See ``USING LDAP FOR ALIASES, MAPS, and CLASSES'' section
136 of cf/README for more information.
137 New option for LDAP maps: the -w option allows you to specify the
138 LDAP API/protocol version to use. The default depends on
140 New option for LDAP maps: the -H option allows you to specify an
141 LDAP URI instead of specifying the LDAP server via -h host
142 and -p port. This also allows for the use of LDAP over
143 SSL and connections via named sockets if your LDAP
145 New compile time flag SM_CONF_LDAP_INITIALIZE: set this if
146 ldap_initialize(3) is available (and LDAPMAP is set).
147 If MaxDaemonChildren is set and a command is repeated too often
148 during a SMTP session then terminate it just like it is
149 done for too many bad SMTP commands.
150 Basic connection rate control support has been added: the daemon
151 maintains the number of incoming connections per client
152 IP address and total in the macros {client_rate} and
153 {total_rate}, respectively. These macros can be used
154 in the cf file to impose connection rate limits.
155 A new option ConnectionRateWindowSize (default: 60s)
156 determines the length of the interval for which the
157 number of connections is stored. Based on patch from
158 Jose Marcio Martins da Cruz, Ecole des Mines de Paris.
159 Add optional protection from open proxies and SMTP slammers which
160 send SMTP traffic without waiting for the SMTP greeting.
161 If enabled by the new ruleset greet_pause (see
162 FEATURE(`greet_pause')), sendmail will wait the specified
163 amount of time before sending the initial 220 SMTP
164 greeting. If any traffic is received before then, a 554
165 SMTP response is sent and all SMTP commands are rejected
166 during that connection.
167 If 32 NOOP (or unknown/bad) commands are issued by a client the SMTP
168 server could sleep for a very long time. Fix based on
169 patch from Tadashi Kobayashi of IIJ.
170 Fix a potential memory leak in persistent queue runners if the
171 number of entries in the queue exceeds the limit of jobs.
172 Problem noted by Steve Hubert of University of Washington.
173 Do not use 4.7.1 as enhanced status code because some broken systems
174 misinterpret it as a permanent error.
175 New value for SuperSafe: PostMilter which will delay fsync() until
176 all milters accepted the mail. This can increase
177 performance if many mails are rejected by milters due to
178 body scans. Based on patch from David F. Skoll.
179 New macro {msg_id} which contains the value of the Message-Id:
180 header, whether provided by the client or generated by
182 New macro {client_connections} which contains the number of open
183 connections in the SMTP server for the client IP address.
184 Based on patch from Jose Marcio Martins da Cruz, Ecole des
186 sendmail will now remove its pidfile when it exits. This was done
187 to prevent confusion caused by running sendmail stop
188 scripts two or more times, where the second and subsequent
189 runs would report misleading error messages about sendmail's
190 pid no longer existing. See section 1.3.15 of doc/op/op.me
191 for a discussion of the implications of this, including
192 how to correct broken scripts which may have depended on
193 the old behavior. From John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
194 Support per-daemon input filter lists which override the default
195 filter list specified in InputMailFilters. The filters
196 can be listed in the I= equate of DaemonPortOptions.
197 Do not add all domain prefixes of the hostname to class 'w'. If
198 your configuration relies on this behavior, you have to
199 add those names to class 'w' yourself. Problem noted
201 Support message quarantining in the mail queue. Quarantined
202 messages are not run on normal queue displays or runs
203 unless specifically requested with -qQ. Quarantined queue
204 files are named with an hf prefix instead of a qf prefix.
205 The -q command line option now can specify which queue to display
206 or run. -qQ operates on quarantined queue items. -qL
207 operates on lost queue items.
208 Restricted mail queue runs and displays can be done based on the
209 quarantined reason using -qQtext to run or display
210 quarantined items if the quarantine reason contains the
211 given text. Similarly, -q!Qtext will run or display
212 quarantined items which do not have the given text in the
214 Items in the queue can be quarantined or unquarantined using the
215 new -Q option. See doc/op/op.me for more information.
216 When displaying the quarantine mailq with 'mailq -qQ', the
217 quarantine reason is shown in a new line prefixed by
219 A new error code for the $#error mailer, $@ quarantine, can be used
220 to quarantine messages in check_* (except check_compat) and
221 header check rulesets. The $: of the mailer triplet will
222 be used for the quarantine reason.
223 Add a new quarantine count to the mailstats collected.
224 Add a new macro ${quarantine} which is the quarantine reason for a
225 message if it is quarantined.
226 New map type "socket" for a trivial query protocol over UNIX domain
227 or TCP sockets (requires compile time option SOCKETMAP).
228 See sendmail/README and doc/op/op.me for details as well as
229 socketmapServer.pl and socketmapClient.pl in contrib.
230 Code donated by Bastiaan Bakker of LifeLine Networks.
231 Define new macro ${client_ptr} which holds the result of the PTR
232 lookup for the client IP address. Note: this is the same
233 as ${client_name} if and only if ${client_resolve} is OK.
234 Add a new macro ${nbadrcpts} which contains the number of bad
235 recipients received so far in a transaction.
236 Call check_relay with the value of ${client_name} to deal with bogus
237 DNS entries. See also FEATURE(`use_client_ptr'). Problem
238 noted by Kai Schlichting.
239 Treat Delivery-Receipt-To: headers the same as Return-Receipt-To:
240 headers (turn them into DSNs). Delivery-Receipt-To: is
241 apparently used by SIMS (Sun Internet Mail System).
242 Enable connection caching for LPC mailers. Patch from Christophe
243 Wolfhugel of France Telecom Oleane.
244 Do not silently truncate long strings in address rewriting.
245 Add support for Cyrus SASL version 2. From Kenneth Murchison of
247 Add a new AuthOption=m flag to require the use of mechanisms which
248 support mutual authentication. From Kenneth Murchison of
250 Fix logging of TLS related problems (introduced in 8.12.11).
251 The macros {auth_author} and {auth_authen} are stored in xtext
252 format just like the STARTTLS related macros to avoid
253 problems with parsing them. Problem noted by Pierangelo
254 Masarati of SysNet s.n.c.
255 New option AuthRealm to set the authentication realm that is
256 passed to the Cyrus SASL library. Patch from Gary Mills
257 of the University of Manitoba.
258 Enable AUTH mechanism EXTERNAL if STARTTLS verification was
259 successful, otherwise relaying would be allowed if
260 EXTERNAL is listed in TRUST_AUTH_MECH() and STARTTLS
262 Add basic support for certificate revocation lists. Note: if a
263 CRLFile is specified but the file is unusable, STARTTLS
264 is disabled. Based on patch by Ralf Hornik.
265 Enable workaround for inconsistent Cyrus SASLv1 API for mechanisms
266 DIGEST-MD5 and LOGIN.
267 Write pid to file also if sendmail only acts as persistent queue
268 runner. Proposed by Gary Mills of the University of Manitoba.
269 Keep daemon pid file(s) locked so other daemons don't try to
270 overwrite each other's pid files.
271 Increase maximum length of logfile fields for {cert_subject} and
272 {cert_issuer} from 128 to 256. Requested by Christophe
273 Wolfhugel of France Telecom.
274 Log the TLS verification message on the STARTTLS= log line at
275 LogLevel 12 or higher.
276 If the MSP is invoked with the verbose option (-v) then it will
277 try to use the SMTP command VERB to propagate this option
278 to the MTA which in turn will show the delivery just like
279 it was done before the default 8.12 separation of MSP and
280 MTA. Based on patch by Per Hedeland.
281 If a daemon is refusing connections for longer than the time specified
282 by the new option RejectLogInterval (default: 3 hours) due
283 to high load, log this information. Patch from John Beck
285 Remove the ability for non-trusted users to raise the value of
286 CheckpointInterval on the command line.
287 New mailer flag 'B' to strip leading backslashes, which is a
288 subset of the functionality of the 's' flag.
289 New mailer flag 'W' to ignore long term host status information.
290 Patch from Juergen Georgi of RUS University of Stuttgart.
291 Enable generic mail filter API (milter) by default. To turn
292 it off, add -DMILTER=0 to the compile time options.
293 An internal SMTP session discard flag was lost after an RSET/HELO/EHLO
294 causing subsequent messages to be sent instead of being
295 discarded. This also caused milter callbacks to be called
296 out of order after the SMTP session was reset.
297 New option RequiresDirfsync to turn off the compile time flag
298 REQUIRES_DIR_FSYNC at runtime. See sendmail/README for
300 New command line option -D logfile to send debug output to
301 the indicated log file instead of stdout.
302 Add Timeout.queuereturn.dsn and Timeout.queuewarn.dsn to control
303 queue return and warning times for delivery status
305 New queue sort order option: 'n'one for not sorting the queue entries
307 Several more return values for ruleset srv_features have been added
308 to enable/disable certain features in the server per
309 connection. See doc/op/op.me for details.
310 Support for SMTP over SSL (smtps), activated by Modifier=s
311 for DaemonPortOptions.
312 Continue with DNS lookups on ECONNREFUSED and TRY_AGAIN when
313 trying to canonify hostnames. Suggested by Neil Rickert
314 of Northern Illinois University.
315 Add support for a fallback smart host (option FallbackSmartHost) to
316 be tried as a last resort after all other fallbacks. This
317 is designed for sites with partial DNS (e.g., an accurate
318 view of inside the company, but an incomplete view of
319 outside). From John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
320 Enable timeout for STARTTLS even if client does not start the TLS
321 handshake. Based on patch by Andrey J. Melnikoff.
322 Remove deprecated -v option for PH map, use -k instead. Patch from
323 Mark Roth of the University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign.
324 libphclient is version 1.2.x by default, if version 1.1.x is required
325 then compile with -DNPH_VERSION=10100. Patch from Mark Roth
326 of the University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign.
327 Add Milter.macros.eom, allowing macros to be sent to milter
328 applications for use in the xxfi_eom() callback.
329 New macro {time} which contains the output of the time(3) function,
330 i.e., the number of seconds since 0 hours, 0 minutes,
331 0 seconds, January 1, 1970, Coordinated Universal Time (UTC).
332 If check_relay sets the reply code to "421" the SMTP server will
333 terminate the SMTP session with a 421 error message.
334 Get rid of dead code that tried to access the environment variable
336 Deprecate the use of ErrorMode=write. To enable this in 8.13
337 compile with -DUSE_TTYPATH=1.
338 Header check rulesets using $>+ (do not strip comments) will get
339 the header value passed in without balancing quotes,
340 parentheses, and angle brackets. Based on patch from
342 Do not complain and fix up unbalanced quotes, parentheses, and
343 angle brackets when reading in rulesets. This allows
344 rules to be written for header checks to catch strings
345 that contain quotes, parentheses, and/or angle brackets.
346 Based on patch from Oleg Bulyzhin.
347 Do not close socket when accept(2) in the daemon encounters
348 some temporary errors like ECONNABORTED.
349 Added list of CA certificates that are used by members of the
350 sendmail consortium, see CACerts.
352 Two new compile options have been added:
353 HASCLOSEFROM System has closefrom(3).
354 HASFDWALK System has fdwalk(3).
355 Based on patch from John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
356 The Linux kernel version 2.4 series has a broken flock() so
357 change to using fcntl() locking until they can fix
358 it. Be sure to update other sendmail related
359 programs to match locking techniques.
360 New compile time option NEEDINTERRNO which should be set
361 if <errno.h> does not declare errno itself.
362 Support for UNICOS/mk and UNICOS/mp added, some changes for
363 UNICOS. Patches contributed by Aaron Davis and
364 Brian Ginsbach, Cray Inc., and Manu Mahonen of
365 Center for Scientific Computing.
366 Add support for Darwin 7.0/Mac OS X 10.3 (a.k.a. Panther).
367 Extend support to Darwin 7.x/Mac OS X 10.3 (a.k.a. Panther).
368 Remove path from compiler definition for Interix because
369 Interix 3.0 and 3.5 put gcc in different locations.
370 Also use <sys/mkdev.h> to get the correct
371 major()/minor() definitions. Based on feedback
372 from Mark Funkenhauser.
373 CONFIG: Add support for LDAP recursion to the default LDAP searches
374 for maps via new attributes. See the ``USING LDAP FOR
375 ALIASES, MAPS, and CLASSES'' section of cf/README and
376 cf/sendmail.schema for more information.
377 CONFIG: Make sure confTRUSTED_USER is valid even if confRUN_AS_USER
378 is of the form "user:group" when used for submit.mc.
379 Problem noted by Carsten P. Gehrke, patch from Neil Rickert
380 of Northern Illinois University.
381 CONFIG: Add a new access DB value of QUARANTINE:reason which
382 instructs the check_* (except check_compat) to quarantine
383 the message using the given reason.
384 CONFIG: Use "dns -R A" as map type for dnsbl (just as for enhdnsbl)
385 instead of "host" to avoid problem with looking up other
386 DNS records than just A.
387 CONFIG: New option confCONNECTION_RATE_WINDOW_SIZE to define the
388 length of the interval for which the number of incoming
389 connections is maintained.
390 CONFIG: New FEATURE(`ratecontrol') to set the limits for connection
391 rate control for individual hosts or nets.
392 CONFIG: New FEATURE(`conncontrol') to set the limits for the
393 number of open SMTP connections for individual hosts or nets.
394 CONFIG: New FEATURE(`greet_pause') enables open proxy and SMTP
395 slamming protection described above. The feature can
396 take an argument specifying the milliseconds to wait and/or
397 use the access database to look the pause time based on
398 client hostname, domain, IP address, or subnet.
399 CONFIG: New FEATURE(`use_client_ptr') to have check_relay use
400 $&{client_ptr} as its first argument. This is useful for
401 rejections based on the unverified hostname of client,
402 which turns on the same behavior as in earlier sendmail
403 versions when delay_checks was not in use. See also entry
404 above about check_relay being invoked with ${client_name}.
405 CONFIG: New option confREJECT_LOG_INTERVAL to specify the log
406 interval when refusing connections for this long.
407 CONFIG: Remove quotes around usage of confREJECT_MSG; in some cases
408 this requires a change in a mc file. Requested by
409 Ted Roberts of Electronic Data Systems.
410 CONFIG: New option confAUTH_REALM to set the authentication realm
411 that is passed to the Cyrus SASL library. Patch from
412 Gary Mills of the University of Manitoba.
413 CONFIG: Rename the (internal) classes {tls}/{src} to {Tls}/{Src}
414 to follow the naming conventions.
415 CONFIG: Add a third optional argument to local_lmtp to specify
417 CONFIG: Remove the f flag from the default mailer flags of
419 CONFIG: New option confREQUIRES_DIR_FSYNC to turn off the compile
420 time flag REQUIRES_DIR_FSYNC at runtime.
421 CONFIG: New LOCAL_UUCP macro to insert rules into the generated
422 cf file at the same place where MAILER(`uucp') inserts
424 CONFIG: New options confTO_QUEUERETURN_DSN and confTO_QUEUEWARN_DSN
425 to control queue return and warning times for delivery
426 status notifications.
427 CONFIG: New option confFALLBACK_SMARTHOST to define FallbackSmartHost.
428 CONFIG: Add the mc file which has been used to create the cf
429 file to the end of the cf file when using make in cf/cf/.
430 Patch from Richard Rognlie.
431 CONFIG: FEATURE(nodns) has been removed, it was a no-op since 8.9.
432 Use ServiceSwitchFile to turn off DNS lookups, see
434 CONFIG: New option confMILTER_MACROS_EOM (sendmail Milter.macros.eom
435 option) defines macros to be sent to milter applications for
436 use in the xxfi_eom() callback.
437 CONFIG: New option confCRL to specify file which contains
438 certificate revocations lists.
439 CONFIG: Add a new value (sendertoo) for the third argument to
440 FEATURE(`ldap_routing') which will reject the SMTP
441 MAIL From: command if the sender address doesn't exist
442 in LDAP. See cf/README for more information.
443 CONFIG: Add a fifth argument to FEATURE(`ldap_routing') which
444 instructs the rulesets on whether or not to do a domain
445 lookup if a full address lookup doesn't match. See cf/README
446 for more information.
447 CONFIG: Add a sixth argument to FEATURE(`ldap_routing') which
448 instructs the rulesets on whether or not to queue the mail
449 or give an SMTP temporary error if the LDAP server can't be
450 reached. See cf/README for more information. Based on
451 patch from Billy Ray Miller of Caterpillar.
452 CONFIG: Experimental support for MTAMark, see cf/README for details.
453 CONFIG: New option confMESSAGEID_HEADER to define a different
454 Message-Id: header format. Patch from Bastiaan Bakker
455 of LifeLine Networks.
456 CONTRIB: New version of cidrexpand which uses Net::CIDR. From
458 CONTRIB: oldbind.compat.c has been removed due to security problems.
459 Found by code inspection done by Reasoning, Inc.
460 DEVTOOLS: Add an example file for devtools/Site/, contributed
461 by Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
462 LIBMILTER: Add new function smfi_quarantine() which allows the
463 filter's EOM routine to quarantine the current message.
464 Filters which use this function must include the
465 SMFIF_QUARANTINE flag in the registered smfiDesc structure.
466 LIBMILTER: If a milter sets the reply code to "421", the SMTP server
467 will terminate the SMTP session with that error.
468 LIBMILTER: Upon filter shutdown, libmilter will not remove a
469 named socket in the file system if it is running as root.
470 LIBMILTER: Add new function smfi_progress() which allows the filter
471 to notify the MTA that an EOM operation is still in progress,
472 resetting the timeout.
473 LIBMILTER: Add new function smfi_opensocket() which allows the filter
474 to attempt to establish the interface socket, and detect
475 failure to do so before calling smfi_main().
476 LIBMILTER: Add new function smfi_setmlreply() which allows the
477 filter to return a multi-line SMTP reply.
478 LIBMILTER: Deal with more temporary errors in accept() by ignoring
479 them instead of stopping after too many occurred.
480 Suggested by James Carlson of Sun Microsystems.
481 LIBMILTER: Fix a descriptor leak in the sample program found in
482 docs/sample.html. Reported by Dmitry Adamushko.
483 LIBMILTER: The sample program also needs to use SMFIF_ADDRCPT.
484 Reported by Carl Byington of 510 Software Group.
485 LIBMILTER: Document smfi_stop() and smfi_setdbg(). Patches
487 LIBMILTER: New compile time option SM_CONF_POLL; define this if
488 poll(2) should be used instead of select(2).
489 LIBMILTER: New function smfi_insheader() and related protocol
490 amendments to support header insertion operations.
491 MAIL.LOCAL: Add support for hashed mail directories, see
492 mail.local/README. Contributed by Chris Adams of HiWAAY
493 Informations Services.
494 MAILSTATS: Display quarantine message counts.
495 MAKEMAP: Add new flag -D to specify the comment character to use
497 VACATION: Add new flag -j to auto-respond to messages regardless of
498 whether or not the recipient is listed in the To: or Cc:
500 VACATION: Add new flag -R to specify the envelope sender address
501 for the auto-response message.
504 cf/feature/conncontrol.m4
505 cf/feature/greet_pause.m4
506 cf/feature/mtamark.m4
507 cf/feature/ratecontrol.m4
508 cf/feature/use_client_ptr.m4
510 cf/ostype/unicosmk.m4
511 cf/ostype/unicosmp.m4
512 contrib/socketmapClient.pl
513 contrib/socketmapServer.pl
514 devtools/OS/Darwin.7.0
515 devtools/OS/UNICOS-mk
516 devtools/OS/UNICOS-mp
517 devtools/Site/site.config.m4.sample
518 include/sm/os/sm_os_unicos.h
519 include/sm/os/sm_os_unicosmk.h
520 include/sm/os/sm_os_unicosmp.h
521 libmilter/docs/smfi_insheader.html
522 libmilter/docs/smfi_progress.html
523 libmilter/docs/smfi_quarantine.html
524 libmilter/docs/smfi_setdbg.html
525 libmilter/docs/smfi_setmlreply.html
526 libmilter/docs/smfi_stop.html
530 contrib/oldbind.compat.c
531 devtools/OS/CRAYT3E.2.0.x
532 devtools/OS/CRAYTS.10.0.x
535 devtools/OS/Darwin.7.0 => devtools/OS/Darwin.7.x
537 8.12.11/8.12.11 2004/01/18
538 Use QueueFileMode when opening qf files. This error was a
539 regression in 8.12.10. Problem detected and diagnosed
540 Lech Szychowski of the Polish Power Grid Company.
541 Properly count the number of queue runners in a work group and
542 make sure the total limit of MaxQueueChildren is not
543 exceeded. Based on patch from Takayuki Yoshizawa of
545 Take care of systems that can generate time values where the
546 seconds can exceed the usual range of 0 to 59.
547 Problem noted by Randy Diffenderfer of EDS.
548 Avoid regeneration of identical queue identifiers by processes
549 whose process id is the same as that of the initial
550 sendmail process that was used to start the daemon.
551 Problem noted by Randy Diffenderfer of EDS.
552 When a milter invokes smfi_delrcpt() compare the supplied
553 recipient address also against the printable addresses
554 of the current list to deal with rewritten addresses.
555 Based on patch from Sean Hanson of The Asylum.
556 BadRcptThrottle now also works for addresses which return the
557 error mailer, e.g., virtusertable entries with the
558 right hand side error:. Patch from Per Hedeland.
559 Fix printing of 8 bit characters as octals in log messages.
560 Based on patch by Andrey J. Melnikoff.
561 Undo change of algorithm for MIME 7-bit base64 encoding to 8-bit
562 text that has been introduced in 8.12.3. There are some
563 examples where the new code fails, but the old code works.
564 To get the 8.12.3-8.12.10 version, compile sendmail with
565 -DMIME7TO8_OLD=0. If you have an example of improper
566 7 to 8 bit conversion please send it to us.
567 Return normal error code for unknown SMTP commands instead of
568 the one specified by check_relay or a milter for a
569 connection. Problem noted by Andrzej Filip.
570 Some ident responses contain data after the terminating CRLF which
571 causes sendmail to log "POSSIBLE ATTACK...newline in string".
572 To avoid this everything after LF is ignored.
573 If the operating system supports O_EXLOCK and HASFLOCK is set
574 then a possible race condition for creating qf files
575 can be avoided. Note: the race condition does not
576 exist within sendmail, but between sendmail and an
577 external application that accesses qf files.
578 Log the proper options name for TLS related mising files for
579 the CACertPath, CACertFile, and DHParameters options.
580 Do not split an envelope if it will be discarded, otherwise df
581 files could be left behind. Problem found by Wolfgang
583 The use of the environment variables HOME and HOSTALIASES has been
584 deprecated and will be removed in version 8.13. This only
585 effects configuration which preserve those variable via the
586 'E' command in the cf file as sendmail clears out its entire
589 Add support for Darwin 7.0/Mac OS X 10.3 (a.k.a. Panther).
590 Solaris 10 has unsetenv(), patch from Craig Mohrman of
592 LIBMILTER: Add extra checks in case a broken MTA sends bogus data
593 to libmilter. Based on code review by Rob Grzywinski.
594 SMRSH: Properly assemble commands that contain '&&' or '||'.
595 Problem noted by Eric Lee of Talking Heads.
597 devtools/OS/Darwin.7.0
599 8.12.10/8.12.10 2003/09/24 (Released: 2003/09/17)
600 SECURITY: Fix a buffer overflow in address parsing. Problem
601 detected by Michal Zalewski, patch from Todd C. Miller
602 of Courtesan Consulting.
603 Fix a potential buffer overflow in ruleset parsing. This problem
604 is not exploitable in the default sendmail configuration;
605 only if non-standard rulesets recipient (2), final (4), or
606 mailer-specific envelope recipients rulesets are used then
607 a problem may occur. Problem noted by Timo Sirainen.
608 Accept 0 (and 0/0) as valid input for set MaxMimeHeaderLength.
609 Problem noted by Thomas Schulz.
610 Add several checks to avoid (theoretical) buffer over/underflows.
611 Properly count message size when performing 7->8 or 8->7 bit MIME
612 conversions. Problem noted by Werner Wiethege.
613 Properly compute message priority based on size of entire message,
614 not just header. Problem noted by Axel Holscher.
615 Reset SevenBitInput to its configured value between SMTP
616 transactions for broken clients which do not properly
617 announce 8 bit data. Problem noted by Stefan Roehrich.
618 Set {addr_type} during queue runs when processing recipients.
619 Based on patch from Arne Jansen.
620 Better error handling in case of (very unlikely) queue-id conflicts.
621 Perform better error recovery for address parsing, e.g., when
622 encountering a comment that is too long. Problem noted by
623 Tanel Kokk, Union Bank of Estonia.
624 Add ':' to the allowed character list for bogus HELO/EHLO
625 checking. It is used for IPv6 domain literals. Patch from
626 Iwaizako Takahiro of FreeBit Co., Ltd.
627 Reset SASL connection context after a failed authentication attempt.
628 Based on patch from Rob Siemborski of CMU.
629 Check Berkeley DB compile time version against run time version
630 to make sure they match.
631 Do not attempt AAAA (IPv6) DNS lookups if IPv6 is not enabled
633 When a milter adds recipients and one of them causes an error,
634 do not ignore the other recipients. Problem noted by
636 CONFIG: Use specified SMTP error code in mailertable entries which
637 lack a DSN, i.e., "error:### Text". Problem noted by
639 CONFIG: Call Local_trust_auth with the correct argument. Patch
640 from Jerome Borsboom.
641 CONTRIB: Better handling of temporary filenames for doublebounce.pl
642 and expn.pl to avoid file overwrites, etc. Patches from
643 Richard A. Nelson of Debian and Paul Szabo.
644 MAIL.LOCAL: Fix obscure race condition that could lead to an
645 improper mailbox truncation if close() fails after the
646 mailbox is fsync()'ed and a new message is delivered
647 after the close() and before the truncate().
648 MAIL.LOCAL: If mail delivery fails, do not leave behind a
649 stale lockfile (which is ignored after the lock timeout).
650 Patch from Oleg Bulyzhin of Cronyx Plus LLC.
652 Port for AIX 5.2. Thanks to Steve Hubert of University
653 of Washington for providing access to a computer
655 setreuid(2) works on OpenBSD 3.3. Patch from
656 Todd C. Miller of Courtesan Consulting.
657 Allow for custom definition of SMRSH_CMDDIR and SMRSH_PATH
658 on all operating systems. Patch from Robert Harker
660 Use strerror(3) on Linux. If this causes a problem on
661 your Linux distribution, compile with
662 -DHASSTRERROR=0 and tell sendmail.org about it.
666 8.12.9/8.12.9 2003/03/29
667 SECURITY: Fix a buffer overflow in address parsing due to
668 a char to int conversion problem which is potentially
669 remotely exploitable. Problem found by Michal Zalewski.
670 Note: an MTA that is not patched might be vulnerable to
671 data that it receives from untrusted sources, which
673 To provide partial protection to internal, unpatched sendmail MTAs,
674 8.12.9 changes by default (char)0xff to (char)0x7f in
675 headers etc. To turn off this conversion compile with
676 -DALLOW_255 or use the command line option -d82.101.
677 To provide partial protection for internal, unpatched MTAs that may be
678 performing 7->8 or 8->7 bit MIME conversions, the default
679 for MaxMimeHeaderLength has been changed to 2048/1024.
680 Note: this does have a performance impact, and it only
681 protects against frontal attacks from the outside.
682 To disable the checks and return to pre-8.12.9 defaults,
683 set MaxMimeHeaderLength to 0/0.
684 Do not complain about -ba when submitting mail. Problem noted
685 by Derek Wueppelmann.
686 Fix compilation with Berkeley DB 1.85 on systems that do not
687 have flock(2). Problem noted by Andy Harper of Kings
689 Properly initialize data structure for dns maps to avoid various
690 errors, e.g., looping processes. Problem noted by
691 Maurice Makaay of InterNLnet B.V.
692 CONFIG: Prevent multiple application of rule to add smart host.
693 Patch from Andrzej Filip.
694 CONFIG: Fix queue group declaration in MAILER(`usenet').
695 CONTRIB: buildvirtuser: New option -t builds the virtusertable
696 text file instead of the database map.
698 Revert wrong change made in 8.12.7 and actually use the
699 builtin getopt() version in sendmail on Linux.
700 This can be overridden by using -DSM_CONF_GETOPT=0
701 in which case the OS supplied version will be used.
703 8.12.8/8.12.8 2003/02/11
704 SECURITY: Fix a remote buffer overflow in header parsing by
705 dropping sender and recipient header comments if the
706 comments are too long. Problem noted by Mark Dowd
708 Fix a potential non-exploitable buffer overflow in parsing the
709 .cf queue settings and potential buffer underflow in
710 parsing ident responses. Problem noted by Yichen Xie of
711 Stanford University Compilation Group.
712 Fix ETRN #queuegroup command: actually start a queue run for
713 the selected queue group. Problem noted by Jos Vos.
714 If MaxMimeHeaderLength is set and a malformed MIME header is fixed,
715 log the fixup as "Fixed MIME header" instead of "Truncated
716 MIME header". Problem noted by Ian J Hart.
717 CONFIG: Fix regression bug in proto.m4 that caused a bogus
718 error message: "FEATURE() should be before MAILER()".
719 MAIL.LOCAL: Be more explicit in some error cases, i.e., whether
720 a mailbox has more than one link or whether it is not
721 a regular file. Patch from John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
723 8.12.7/8.12.7 2002/12/29
724 Properly clean up macros to avoid persistence of session data
725 across various connections. This could cause session
726 oriented restrictions, e.g., STARTTLS requirements,
727 to erroneously allow a connection. Problem noted
728 by Tim Maletic of Priority Health.
729 Do not lookup MX records when sorting the MSP queue. The MSP
730 only needs to relay all mail to the MTA. Problem found
731 by Gary Mills of the University of Manitoba.
732 Do not restrict the length of connection information to 100
733 characters in some logging statements. Problem noted by
735 When converting an enhanced status code to an exit status, use
736 EX_CONFIG if the first digit is not 2, 4, or 5 or if *.1.5
738 Reset macro $x when receiving another MAIL command. Problem
739 noted by Vlado Potisk of Wigro s.r.o.
740 Don't bother setting the permissions on the build area statistics
741 file, the proper permissions will be put on the file at
742 install time. This fixes installation over NFS for some
743 users. Problem noted by Martin J. Dellwo of 3-Dimensional
744 Pharmaceuticals, Inc.
745 Fix problem of decoding SASLv2 encrypted data. Problem noted by
746 Alex Deiter of Mobile TeleSystems, Komi Republic.
747 Log milter socket open errors at MilterLogLevel 1 or higher instead
749 Print early system errors to the console instead of silently
750 exiting. Problem noted by James Jong of IBM.
751 Do not process a queue group if Runners is set to 0, regardless
752 of whether F=f or sendmail is run in verbose mode (-v).
753 The use of -qGname will still force queue group "name"
754 to be run even if Runners=0.
755 Change the level for logging the fact that a daemon is refusing
756 connections due to high load from LOG_INFO to LOG_NOTICE.
757 Patch from John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
758 Use location information for submit.cf from NetInfo
759 (/locations/sendmail/submit.cf) if available.
760 Re-enable ForkEachJob which was lost in 8.12.0. Problem noted by
761 Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
762 Make behavior of /canon in debug mode consistent with usage in
763 rulesets. Patch from Shigeno Kazutaka of IIJ.
764 Fix a potential memory leak in envelope splitting. Problem noted
765 by John Majikes of IBM.
766 Do not try to share an mailbox database LDAP connection across
767 different processes. Problem noted by Randy Kunkee.
768 Fix logging for undelivered recipients when the SMTP connection
769 times out during message collection. Problem noted by Neil
770 Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
771 Avoid problems with QueueSortOrder=random due to problems with
772 qsort() on Solaris (and maybe some other operating systems).
773 Problem noted by Stephan Schulz of Gruner+Jahr..
774 If -f "" is specified, set the sender address to "<>". Problem
775 noted by Matthias Andree.
776 Fix formatting problem of footnotes for plain text output on some
777 versions of tmac. Patch from Per Hedeland.
779 Berkeley DB 4.1 support (requires at least 4.1.25).
780 Some getopt(3) implementations in GNU/Linux are broken
781 and pass a NULL pointer to an option which requires
782 an argument, hence the builtin version of
783 sendmail is used instead. This can be overridden
784 by using -DSM_CONF_GETOPT=0. Problem noted by
785 Vlado Potisk of Wigro s.r.o.
786 Support for nph-1.2.0 from Mark D. Roth of the University
787 of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign.
788 Support for FreeBSD 5.0's MAC labeling from Robert Watson
789 of the TrustedBSD Project.
790 Support for reading the number of processors on an IRIX
791 system from Michel Bourget of SGI.
792 Support for UnixWare 7.1 based on input from Larry Rosenman.
793 Interix support from Nedelcho Stanev of Atlantic Sky
795 Update Mac OS X/Darwin portability from Wilfredo Sanchez.
796 CONFIG: Enforce tls_client restrictions even if delay_checks
797 is used. Problem noted by Malte Starostik.
798 CONFIG: Deal with an empty hostname created via bogus
799 DNS entries to get around access restrictions.
800 Problem noted by Kai Schlichting.
801 CONFIG: Use FEATURE(`msp', `[127.0.0.1]') in submit.mc by default
802 to avoid problems with hostname resolution for localhost
803 which on many systems does not resolve to 127.0.0.1 (or
804 ::1 for IPv6). If you do not use IPv4 but only IPv6 then
805 you need to change submit.mc accordingly, see the comment
807 CONFIG: Set confDONT_INIT_GROUPS to True in submit.mc to avoid
808 error messages from initgroups(3) on AIX 4.3 when sending
809 mail to non-existing users. Problem noted by Mark Roth of
810 the University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign.
811 CONFIG: Allow local_procmail to override local_lmtp settings.
812 CONFIG: Always allow connections from 127.0.0.1 or IPv6:::1 to
814 CONTRIB: cidrexpand: Deal with the prefix tags that may be included
816 CONTRIB: New version of doublebounce.pl contributed by Leo Bicknell.
817 LIBMILTER: On Solaris libmilter may get into an endless loop if
818 an error in the communication from/to the MTA occurs.
819 Patch from Gurusamy Sarathy of Active State.
820 LIBMILTER: Ignore EINTR from sigwait(3) which may happen on Tru64.
821 Patch from from Jose Marcio Martins da Cruz of Ecole
822 Nationale Superieure des Mines de Paris.
823 MAIL.LOCAL: Fix a truncation race condition if the close() on
824 the mailbox fails. Problem noted by Tomoko Fukuzawa of
826 MAIL.LOCAL: Fix a potential file descriptor leak if mkstemp(3)
827 fails. Patch from John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
828 SMRSH: SECURITY: Only allow regular files or symbolic links to be
829 used for a command. Problem noted by David Endler of
835 8.12.6/8.12.6 2002/08/26
836 Do not add the FallbackMXhost (or its MX records) to the list
837 returned by the bestmx map when -z is used as option.
838 Otherwise sendmail may act as an open relay if FallbackMXhost
839 and FEATURE(`relay_based_on_MX') are used together.
840 Problem noted by Alexander Ignatyev.
841 Properly split owner- mailing list messages when SuperSafe is set
842 to interactive. Problem noted by Todd C. Miller of
843 Courtesan Consulting.
844 Make sure that an envelope is queued in the selected queue group
845 even if some recipients are deleted or invalid. Problem
846 found by Chris Adams of HiWAAY Informations Services.
847 Do not send a bounce message if a message is completely collected
848 from the SMTP client. Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the
849 Finnish Meteorological Institute.
850 Provide an 'install-submit-st' target for sendmail/Makefile to
851 install the MSP statistics file using the file named in the
852 confMSP_STFILE devtools variable. Requested by Jeff
853 Earickson of Colby College.
854 Queue up mail with a temporary error if setusercontext() fails
855 during a delivery attempt. Patch from Todd C. Miller of
856 Courtesan Consulting.
857 Fix handling of base64 encoded client authentication data for
858 SMTP AUTH. Patch from Elena Slobodnik of life medien GmbH.
859 Set the OpenLDAP option LDAP_OPT_RESTART so the client libraries
860 restart interrupted system calls. Problem noted by Luiz
861 Henrique Duma of BSIOne.
862 Prevent a segmentation fault if a program passed a NULL envp using
864 Document a problem with the counting of queue runners that may
865 cause delays if MaxQueueChildren is set too low. Problem
866 noted by Ian Duplisse of Cable Television Laboratories, Inc.
867 If discarding a message based on a recipient, don't try to look up
868 the recipient in the mailbox database if F=w is set. This
869 allows users to discard bogus recipients when dealing with
870 spammers without tipping them off. Problem noted by Neil
871 Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
872 If applying a header check to a header with unstructured data,
873 e.g., Subject:, then do not run syntax checks that are
874 supposed for addresses on the header content.
875 Count messages rejected/discarded via the check_data ruleset.
877 Fix compilation on systems which do not allow simple
878 copying of the variable argument va_list. Based on
879 fix from Scott Walters.
880 Fix NSD map open bug. From Michel Bourget of SGI.
881 Add some additional IRIX shells to the default shell
882 list. From Michel Bourget of SGI.
883 Fix compilation issues on Mac OS X 10.2 (Darwin 6.0).
884 NETISO support has been dropped.
885 CONFIG: There was a seemingly minor change in 8.12.4 with respect
886 to handling entries of IP nets/addresses with RHS REJECT.
887 These would be rejected in check_rcpt instead of only
888 being activated in check_relay. This change has been made to
889 avoid potential bogus temporary rejection of relay attempts
890 "450 4.7.1 Relaying temporarily denied. Cannot resolve PTR
891 record for ..." if delay_checks is enabled. However, this
892 modification causes a change of behavior if an IP net/address
893 is listed in the access map with REJECT and a host/domain
894 name is listed with OK or RELAY, hence it has been reversed
895 such that the behavior of 8.12.3 is restored. The original
896 change was made on request of Neil Rickert of Northern
897 Illinois University, the side effect has been found by
898 Stefaan Van Hoornick.
899 CONFIG: Make sure delay_checks works even for sender addresses
900 using the local hostname ($j) or domains in class {P}.
901 Based on patch from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois
903 CONFIG: Fix temporary error handling for LDAP Routing lookups.
904 Fix from Andrzej Filip.
905 CONTRIB: New version of etrn.pl script and external man page
906 (etrn.0) from John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
907 LIBMILTER: Protect a free(3) operation from being called with a
908 NULL pointer. Problem noted by Andrey J. Melnikoff.
909 LIBMILTER: Protect against more interrupted select() calls. Based
910 on patch from Jose Marcio Martins da Cruz of Ecole Nationale
911 Superieure des Mines de Paris.
915 8.12.5/8.12.5 2002/06/25
916 SECURITY: The DNS map can cause a buffer overflow if the user
917 specifies a dns map using TXT records in the configuration
918 file and a rogue DNS server is queried. None of the
919 sendmail supplied configuration files use this option hence
920 they are not vulnerable. Problem noted independently by
921 Joost Pol of PINE Internet and Anton Rang of Sun Microsystems.
922 Unprintable characters in responses from DNS servers for the DNS
923 map type are changed to 'X' to avoid potential problems
924 with rogue DNS servers.
925 Require a suboption when setting the Milter option. Problem noted
927 Do not silently overwrite command line settings for
928 DirectSubmissionModifiers. Problem noted by Bryan
930 Prevent a segmentation fault when clearing the event list by
931 turning off alarms before checking if event list is
932 empty. Problem noted by Allan E Johannesen of Worcester
933 Polytechnic Institute.
934 Close a potential race condition in transitioning a memory buffered
935 file onto disk. From Janani Devarajan of Sun Microsystems.
937 Include paths.h on Linux systems running glibc 2.0 or later
938 to get the definition for _PATH_SENDMAIL, used by
939 rmail and vacation. Problem noted by Kevin
940 A. McGrail of Peregrine Hardware.
941 NOTE: Linux appears to have broken flock() again. Unless
942 the bug is fixed before sendmail 8.13 is shipped,
943 8.13 will change the default locking method to
944 fcntl() for Linux kernel 2.4 and later. You may
945 want to do this in 8.12 by compiling with
946 -DHASFLOCK=0. Be sure to update other sendmail
947 related programs to match locking techniques.
949 8.12.4/8.12.4 2002/06/03
950 SECURITY: Inherent limitations in the UNIX file locking model
951 can leave systems open to a local denial of service
952 attack. Be sure to read the "FILE AND MAP PERMISSIONS"
953 section of the top level README for more information.
954 Problem noted by lumpy.
955 Use TempFileMode (defaults to 0600) for the permissions of PidFile
957 Change the default file permissions for new alias database files
958 from 0644 to 0640. This can be overridden at compile time
959 by setting the DBMMODE macro.
960 Fix a potential core dump problem if the environment variable
961 NAME is set. Problem noted by Beth A. Chaney of
963 Expand macros before passing them to libmilter. Problem noted
964 by Jose Marcio Martins da Cruz of Ecole Nationale
965 Superieure des Mines de Paris.
966 Rewind the df (message body) before truncating it when libmilter
967 replaces the body of a message. Problem noted by Gisle Aas
969 Change SMTP reply code for AUTH failure from 500 to 535 and the
970 initial zero-length response to "=" per RFC 2554. Patches
971 from Kenneth Murchison of Oceana Matrix Ltd.
972 Do not try to fix broken message/rfc822 MIME attachments by
973 inserting a MIME-Version: header when MaxMimeHeaderLength
974 is set and no 8 to 7 bit conversion is needed. Based on
975 patch from Rehor Petr of ICZ (Czech Republic).
976 Do not log "did not issue MAIL/EXPN/VRFY/ETRN" if the connection
977 is rejected anyway. Noted by Chris Loelke.
978 Mention the submission mail queue in the mailq man page. Requested
979 by Bill Fenner of AT&T.
980 Set ${msg_size} macro when reading a message from the command line
982 Detach from shared memory before dropping privileges back to
983 user who started sendmail.
984 If AllowBogusHELO is set to false (default) then also complain if
985 the argument to HELO/EHLO contains white space. Suggested
986 by Seva Gluschenko of Cronyx Plus.
987 Allow symbolicly linked forward files in writable directory paths
988 if both ForwardFileInUnsafeDirPath and
989 LinkedForwardFileInWritableDir DontBlameSendmail options
990 are set. Problem noted by Werner Spirk of
991 Leibniz-Rechenzentrum Munich.
993 Operating systems that lack the ftruncate() call will not
994 be able to use Milter's body replacement feature.
995 This only affects Altos, Maxion, and MPE/iX.
996 Digital UNIX 5.0 has changed flock() semantics to be
997 non-compliant. Problem noted by Martin Mokrejs of
998 Charles University in Prague.
999 The sparc64 port of FreeBSD 5.0 now supports shared
1001 CONFIG: FEATURE(`preserve_luser_host') needs the macro map.
1002 Problem noted by Andrzej Filip.
1003 CONFIG: Using 'local:' as a mailertable value with
1004 FEATURE(`preserve_luser_host') and LUSER_RELAY caused mail
1005 to be misaddressed. Problem noted by Andrzej Filip.
1006 CONFIG: Provide a workaround for DNS based rejection lists that
1007 fail for AAAA queries. Problem noted by Chris Boyd.
1008 CONFIG: Accept the machine's hostname as resolvable when checking
1009 the sender address. This allows locally submitted mail to
1010 be accepted if the machine isn't connected to a nameserver
1011 and doesn't have an /etc/hosts entry for itself. Problem
1012 noted by Robert Watson of the TrustedBSD Project.
1013 CONFIG: Use deferred expansion for checking the ${deliveryMode}
1014 macro in case the SMTP VERB command is used. Problem
1015 noted by Bryan Costales.
1016 CONFIG: Avoid a duplicate '@domain' virtusertable lookup if no
1017 matches are found. Fix from Andrzej Filip.
1018 CONFIG: Fix wording in default dnsbl rejection message. Suggested
1019 by Lou Katz of Metron Computerware, Ltd.
1020 CONFIG: Add mailer cyrusv2 for Cyrus V2. Contributed by
1021 Kenneth Murchison of Oceana Matrix Ltd.
1022 CONTRIB: Fix wording in default dnsblaccess rejection message to
1024 DEVTOOLS: Add new option for access mode of statistics file,
1025 confSTMODE, which specifies the permissions when initially
1026 installing the sendmail statistics file.
1027 LIBMILTER: Mark the listening socket as close-on-exec in case
1028 a user's filter starts other applications.
1029 LIBSM: Allow the MBDB initialize, lookup, and/or terminate
1030 functions in SmMbdbTypes to be set to NULL.
1031 MAKEMAP: Change the default file permissions for new databases from
1032 0644 to 0640. This can be overridden at compile time
1033 by setting the DBMMODE macro.
1034 SMRSH: Fix man page bug: replace SMRSH_CMDBIN with SMRSH_CMDDIR.
1035 Problem noted by Dave Alden of Ohio State University.
1036 VACATION: When listing the vacation database (-l), don't show
1037 bogus timestamps for excluded (-x) addresses. Problem
1038 noted by Bryan Costales.
1040 cf/mailer/cyrusv2.m4
1042 8.12.3/8.12.3 2002/04/05
1043 NOTICE: In general queue files should not be moved if queue groups
1044 are used. In previous versions this could cause mail
1045 not to be delivered if a queue file is repeatedly moved
1046 by an external process whenever sendmail moved it back
1047 into the right place. Some precautions have been taken
1048 to avoid moving queue files if not really necessary.
1049 sendmail may use links to refer to queue files and it
1050 may store the path of data files in queue files. Hence
1051 queue files should not be moved unless those internals
1052 are understood and the integrity of the files is not
1053 compromised. Problem noted by Anne Bennett of Concordia
1055 If an error mail is created, and the mail is split across different
1056 queue directories, and SuperSafe is off, then write the mail
1057 to disk before splitting it, otherwise an assertion is
1058 triggered. Problem tracked down by Henning Schmiedehausen
1060 Fix possible race condition that could cause sendmail to forget
1061 running queues. Problem noted by Jeff Wasilko of smoe.org.
1062 Handle bogus qf files better without triggering assertions.
1063 Problem noted by Guy Feltin.
1064 Protect against interrupted select() call when enforcing Milter
1065 read and write timeouts. Patch from Gurusamy Sarathy of
1067 Matching queue IDs with -qI should be case sensitive. Problem
1068 noted by Anne Bennett of Concordia University.
1069 If privileges have been dropped, don't try to change group ID to
1070 the RunAsUser group. Problem noted by Neil Rickert of
1071 Northern Illinois University.
1072 Fix SafeFileEnvironment path munging when the specified path
1073 contains a trailing slash. Based on patch from Dirk Meyer
1075 Do not limit sendmail command line length to SM_ARG_MAX (usually
1076 4096). Problem noted by Allan E Johannesen of Worcester
1077 Polytechnic Institute.
1078 Clear full name of sender for each new envelope to avoid bogus data
1079 if several mails are sent in one session and some of them
1080 do not have a From: header. Problem noted by Bas Haakman.
1081 Change timeout check such that cached information about a connection
1082 will be immediately invalid if ConnectionCacheTimeout is zero.
1083 Based on patch from David Burns of Portland State University.
1084 Properly count message size for mailstats during mail collection.
1085 Problem noted by Werner Wiethege.
1086 Log complete response from LMTP delivery agent on failure. Based on
1087 patch from by Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
1088 Provide workaround for getopt() implementations that do not catch
1090 Fix the message size calculation if the message body is replaced by
1091 a milter filter and buffered file I/O is being used.
1092 Problem noted by Sergey Akhapkin of Dr.Web.
1093 Do not honor SIGUSR1 requests if running with extra privileges.
1094 Problem noted by Werner Wiethege.
1095 Prevent a file descriptor leak on mail delivery if the initial
1096 connect fails and DialDelay is set. Patch from Servaas
1097 Vandenberghe of Katholieke Universiteit Leuven.
1098 Properly deal with a case where sendmail is called by root running
1099 a set-user-ID (non-root) program. Problem noted by Jon
1100 Lusky of ISS Atlanta.
1101 Avoid leaving behind stray transcript (xf) files if multiple queue
1102 directories are used and mail is sent to a mailing list
1103 which has an owner- alias. Problem noted by Anne Bennett
1104 of Concordia University.
1105 Fix class map parsing code if optional key is specified. Problem
1106 found by Mario Nigrovic.
1107 The SMTP daemon no longer tries to fix up improperly dot-stuffed
1108 incoming messages. A leading dot is always stripped by the
1109 SMTP receiver regardless of whether or not it is followed by
1110 another dot. Problem noted by Jordan Ritter of darkridge.com.
1111 Fix corruption when doing automatic MIME 7-bit quoted-printable or
1112 base64 encoding to 8-bit text. Problem noted by Mark
1114 Correct the statistics gathered for total number of connections.
1115 Instead of being the exact same number as the total number
1116 of messages (T line in mailstats) it now represents the
1117 total number of TCP connections.
1118 Be more explicit about syntax errors in addresses, especially
1119 non-ASCII characters, and properly create DSNs if necessary.
1120 Problem noted by Leena Heino of the University of Tampere.
1121 Prevent small timeouts from being lost on slow machines if itimers
1122 are used. Problem noted by Suresh Ramasubramanian.
1123 Prevent a race condition on child cleanup for delivery to files.
1124 Problem noted by Fletcher Mattox of the University of
1126 Change the SMTP error code for temporary map failures from 421
1128 Do not assume that realloc(NULL, size) works on all OS (this was
1129 only done in one place: queue group creation). Based on
1130 patch by Bryan Costales.
1131 Initialize Timeout.iconnect in the code to prevent randomly short
1132 timeouts. Problem noted by Bradley Watts of AT&T Canada.
1133 Do not try to send a second SMTP QUIT command if the remote
1134 responds to a MAIL command with a 421 reply or on I/O
1135 errors. By doing so, the host was marked as having a
1136 temporary problem and other mail destined for that host was
1137 queued for the next queue run. Problem noted by Fletcher
1138 Mattox of the University of Texas, Allan E Johannesen of
1139 Worcester Polytechnic Institute, Larry Greenfield of CMU,
1140 and Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
1141 Ignore error replies from the SMTP QUIT command (including servers
1142 which drop the connection instead of responding to the
1145 Check LDAP_API_VERSION to determine if ldap_memfree() is
1147 Define HPUX10 when building on HP-UX 10.X. That platform
1148 now gets the proper _PATH_SENDMAIL and SMRSH_CMDDIR
1149 settings. Patch from Elias Halldor Agustsson of
1151 Fix dependency building on Mac OS X and Darwin. Problem
1153 Preliminary support for the sparc64 port of FreeBSD 5.0.
1154 Add /sbin/sh as an acceptable user shell on HP-UX. From
1155 Rajesh Somasund of Hewlett-Packard.
1156 CONFIG: Add FEATURE(`authinfo') to allow a separate database for
1157 SMTP AUTH information. This feature was actually added in
1158 8.12.0 but a release note was not included.
1159 CONFIG: Do not bounce mail if FEATURE(`ldap_routing')'s bounce
1160 parameter is set and the LDAP lookup returns a temporary
1162 CONFIG: Honor FEATURE(`relay_hosts_only') when using
1163 FEATURE(`relay_mail_from', `domain'). Problem noted by
1165 CONFIG: FEATURE(`msp') now disables any type of alias
1166 initialization as aliases are not needed for the MSP.
1167 CONFIG: Allow users to override RELAY_MAILER_ARGS when FEATURE(`msp')
1168 is in use. Patch from Andrzej Filip.
1169 CONFIG: FEATURE(`msp') uses `[localhost]' as default instead of
1170 `localhost' and turns on MX lookups for the SMTP mailers.
1171 This will only have an effect if a parameter is specified,
1172 i.e., an MX lookup will be performed on the hostname unless
1173 it is embedded in square brackets. Problem noted by
1174 Theo Van Dinter of Collective Technologies.
1175 CONFIG: Set confTIME_ZONE to USE_TZ in submit.mc (TimeZoneSpec= in
1176 submit.cf) to use $TZ for time stamps. This is a compromise
1177 to allow for the proper time zone on systems where the
1178 default results in misleading time stamps. That is, syslog
1179 time stamps and Date headers on submitted mail will use the
1180 user's $TZ setting. Problem noted by Mark Roth of the
1181 University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign, solution proposed
1182 by Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
1183 CONFIG: Mac OS X (Darwin) ships with mail.local as non-set-user-ID
1184 binary. Adjust local mailer flags accordingly. Problem
1186 CONTRIB: Add a warning to qtool.pl to not move queue files around
1187 if queue groups are used.
1188 CONTRIB: buildvirtuser: Add -f option to force rebuild.
1189 CONTRIB: smcontrol.pl: Add -f option to specify control socket.
1190 CONTRIB: smcontrol.pl: Add support for 'memdump' command.
1191 Suggested by Bryan Costales.
1192 DEVTOOLS: Add dependency generation for test programs.
1193 LIBMILTER: Remove conversion of port number for the socket
1194 structure that is passed to xxfi_connect(). Notice:
1195 this fix requires that sendmail and libmilter both have
1196 this change; mixing versions may lead to wrong port
1197 values depending on the endianness of the involved systems.
1198 Problem noted by Gisle Aas of ActiveState.
1199 LIBMILTER: If smfi_setreply() sets a custom reply code of '4XX' but
1200 SMFI_REJECT is returned, ignore the custom reply. Do the
1201 same if '5XX' is used and SMFI_TEMPFAIL is returned.
1202 LIBMILTER: Install include files in ${INCLUDEDIR}/libmilter/ as
1203 required by mfapi.h. Problem noted by Jose Marcio Martins
1204 da Cruz of Ecole Nationale Superieure des Mines de Paris.
1205 LIBSM: Add SM_CONF_LDAP_MEMFREE as a configuration define. Set
1206 this to 1 if your LDAP client libraries include
1208 LIBSMDB: Avoid a file creation race condition for Berkeley DB 1.X
1209 and NDBM on systems with the O_EXLOCK open(2) flag.
1210 SMRSH: Fix compilation problem on some operating systems. Problem
1211 noted by Christian Krackowizer of schuler technodat GmbH.
1212 VACATION: Allow root to operate on user vacation databases. Based
1213 on patch from Greg Couch of the University of California,
1215 VACATION: Don't ignore -C option. Based on patch by Bryan Costales.
1216 VACATION: Clarify option usage in the man page. Problem noted by
1219 libmilter/docs/smfi_setbacklog.html
1221 8.12.2/8.12.2 2002/01/13
1222 Don't complain too much if stdin, stdout, or stderr are missing
1223 at startup, only log an error message.
1224 Fix potential problem if an unknown operation mode (character
1225 following -b) has been specified.
1226 Prevent purgestat from looping even if someone changes the
1227 permissions or owner of hoststatus files. Problem noted
1228 by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
1229 Properly record dropped connections in persistent host status.
1230 Problem noted by Ulrich Windl of the Universitat
1232 Remove newlines from recipients read via sendmail -t to prevent
1233 SMTP protocol errors when sending the RCPT command.
1234 Problem noted by William D. Colburn of the New Mexico
1235 Institute of Mining and Technology.
1236 Only log milter body replacements once instead of for each body
1237 chunk sent by a filter. Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of
1238 the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
1239 In 8.12.0 and 8.12.1, the headers were mistakenly not included in
1240 the message size calculation. Problem noted by Kari Hurtta
1241 of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
1242 Since 8.12 no longer forks at the SMTP MAIL command, the daemon
1243 needs to collect children status to avoid zombie processes.
1244 Problem noted by Chris Adams of HiWAAY Informations Services.
1245 Shut down "nullserver" and ETRN-only connections after 25 bad
1246 commands are issued. This makes it consistent with normal
1248 Avoid duplicate logging of milter rejections. Problem noted by
1249 William D. Colburn of the New Mexico Institute of Mining
1251 Error and delay DSNs were being sent to postmaster instead of the
1252 message sender if the sender had used a deprecated RFC822
1253 source route. Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish
1254 Meteorological Institute.
1255 Fix FallbackMXhost behavior for temporary errors during address
1256 parsing. Problem noted by Jorg Bielak from Coastal Web
1258 For systems on which stat(2) does not return a value for st_blksize
1259 that is the "optimal blocksize for I/O" three new compile
1260 time flags are available: SM_IO_MAX_BUF_FILE, SM_IO_MIN_BUF,
1261 and SM_IO_MAX_BUF, which define an upper limit for
1262 regular files, and a lower and upper limit for other file
1263 types, respectively.
1264 Fix a potential deadlock if two events are supposed to occur at
1265 exactly the same time. Problem noted by Valdis Kletnieks
1267 Perform envelope splitting for aliases listed directly in the
1268 alias file, not just for include/.forward files.
1269 Problem noted by John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
1270 Allow selection of queue group for mailq using -qGgroup.
1271 Based on patch by John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
1272 Make sure cached LDAP connections used my multiple maps in the same
1273 process are closed. Patch from Taso N. Devetzis.
1274 If running as root, allow reading of class files in protected
1275 directories. Patch from Alexander Talos of the University
1277 Correct a few LDAP related memory leaks. Patch from David Powell
1278 of Sun Microsystems.
1279 Allow specification of an empty realm via the authinfo ruleset.
1280 This is necessary to interoperate as an SMTP AUTH client
1281 with servers that do not support realms when using
1282 CRAM-MD5. Problem noted by Bjoern Voigt of TU Berlin.
1283 Avoid a potential information leak if AUTH PLAIN is used and the
1284 server gets stuck while processing that command. Problem
1285 noted by Chris Adams from HiWAAY Informations Services.
1286 In addition to printing errors when parsing recipients during
1287 command line invocations log them to make it simpler
1288 to understand possible DSNs to postmaster.
1289 Do not use FallbackMXhost on mailers which have the F=0 flag set.
1290 Allow local mailers (F=l) to specify a host for TCP connections
1291 instead of forcing localhost.
1292 Obey ${DESTDIR} for installation of the client mail queue and
1293 submit.cf. Patch from Peter 'Luna' Runestig.
1294 Re-enable support for -M option which was broken in 8.12.1. Problem
1295 noted by Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
1296 If a remote server violates the SMTP standard by unexpectedly
1297 dropping the connection during an SMTP transaction, stop
1298 sending commands. This prevents bogus "Bad file number"
1299 recipient status. Problem noted by Allan E Johannesen of
1300 Worcester Polytechnic Institute.
1301 Do not use a size estimate of 100 for postmaster bounces, it's
1302 almost always too small; do not guess the size at all.
1303 New VENDOR_DEC for Compaq/DEC. Requested by James Seagraves of
1304 Compaq Computer Corp.
1305 Fix DaemonPortOptions IPv6 address parsing such that ::1 works
1306 properly. Problem noted by Valdis Kletnieks of Virginia
1309 Fix IPv6 network interface probing on HP-UX 11.X. Based on
1310 patch provided by HP.
1311 Mac OS X (aka Darwin) has a broken setreuid() call, but a
1312 working seteuid() call. From Daniel J. Luke.
1313 Use proper type for a 32-bit integer on SINIX. From Ganu
1315 Set SM_IO_MIN_BUF (4K) and SM_IO_MAX_BUF (8K) for HP-UX.
1316 Reduce optimization from +O3 to +O2 on HP-UX 11. This
1317 fixes a problem that caused additional bogus
1318 characters to be written to the qf file. Problem
1319 noted by Tapani Tarvainen.
1320 Set LDA_USE_LOCKF by default for UnixWare. Problem noted
1321 by Boyd Lynn Gerber.
1322 Add support for HP MPE/iX. See sendmail/README for port
1323 information. From Mark Bixby of Hewlett-Packard.
1324 New portability defines HASNICE, HASRRESVPORT, USE_ENVIRON,
1325 USE_DOUBLE_FORK, and NEEDLINK. See sendmail/README
1326 for more information. From Mark Bixby of
1328 If an OS doesn't have a method of finding free disk space
1329 (SFS_NONE), lie and say there is plenty of space.
1330 From Mark Bixby of Hewlett-Packard.
1331 Add support for AIX 5.1. From Valdis Kletnieks of
1333 Fix man page location for NeXTSTEP. From Hisanori Gogota
1334 of the NTT/InterCommunication Center.
1335 Do not assume that strerror() always returns a string.
1336 Problem noted by John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
1337 CONFIG: Add OSTYPE(freebsd5) for FreeBSD 5.X, which has removed
1338 UUCP from the base operating system. From Mark Murray of
1339 FreeBSD Services, Ltd.
1340 CONFIG: Add OSTYPE(mpeix) and a generic .mc file for HP MPE/iX
1341 systems. From Mark Bixby of Hewlett-Packard.
1342 CONFIG: Add support for selecting a queue group for all mailers.
1343 Based on proposal by Stephen L. Ulmer of the University of
1345 CONFIG: Fix error reporting for compat_check.m4. Problem noted by
1347 CONFIG: Do not override user selections for confRUN_AS_USER and
1348 confTRUSTED_USER in FEATURE(msp). From Mark Bixby of
1350 LIBMILTER: Fix bug that prevented the removal of a socket after
1351 libmilter terminated. Problem reported by Andrey V. Pevnev
1353 LIBMILTER: Fix configuration error that required libsm for linking.
1354 Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological
1356 LIBMILTER: Portability fix for OpenUNIX. Patch from Larry Rosenman.
1357 LIBMILTER: Fix a theoretical memory leak and a possible attempt
1358 to free memory twice.
1359 LIBSM: Fix a potential segmentation violation in the I/O library.
1360 Problem found and analyzed by John Beck and Tim Haley
1361 of Sun Microsystems.
1362 LIBSM: Do not clear the LDAP configuration information when
1363 terminating the mailbox database connection in the LDAP
1364 example code. Problem noted by Nikos Voutsinas of the
1365 University of Athens.
1367 cf/cf/generic-mpeix.cf
1368 cf/cf/generic-mpeix.mc
1369 cf/ostype/freebsd5.m4
1373 include/sm/os/sm_os_mpeix.h
1376 8.12.1/8.12.1 2001/10/01
1377 SECURITY: Check whether dropping group privileges actually succeeded
1378 to avoid possible compromises of the mail system by
1379 supplying bogus data. Add configuration options for
1380 different set*gid() calls to reset saved gid. Problem
1381 found by Michal Zalewski.
1382 PRIVACY: Prevent information leakage when sendmail has extra
1383 privileges by disabling debugging (command line -d flag)
1384 during queue runs and disabling ETRN when sendmail -bs is
1385 used. Suggested by Michal Zalewski.
1386 Avoid memory corruption problems resulting from bogus .cf files.
1387 Problem found by Michal Zalewski.
1388 Set the ${server_addr} macro to name of mailer when doing LMTP
1389 delivery. LMTP systems may offer SMTP Authentication or
1390 STARTTLS causing sendmail to use this macro in rulesets.
1391 If debugging is turned on (-d0.10) print not just the default
1392 values for configuration file and pid file but also the
1393 selected values. Problem noted by Brad Chapman.
1394 Continue dealing with broken nameservers by ignoring SERVFAIL
1395 errors returned on T_AAAA (IPv6) lookups at delivery time
1396 if ResolverOptions=WorkAroundBrokenAAAA is set. Previously
1397 this only applied to hostname canonification. Problem
1398 noted by Bill Fenner of AT&T Research.
1399 Ignore comments in NIS host records when trying to find the
1400 canonical name for a host.
1401 When sendmail has extra privileges, limit mail submission command
1402 line flags (i.e., -G, -h, -F, etc.) to mail submission
1403 operating modes (i.e., -bm, -bs, -bv, etc.). Idea based on
1404 suggestion from Michal Zalewski.
1406 AIX: Use `oslevel` if available to determine OS version.
1407 `uname` does not given complete information.
1408 Problem noted by Keith Neufeld of the Cessna
1410 OpenUNIX: Use lockf() for LDA delivery (affects mail.local).
1411 Problem noticed by Boyd Lynn Gerber of ZENEX.
1412 Avoid compiler warnings by not using pointers to pass
1413 integers. Problem noted by Todd C. Miller of
1414 Courtesan Consulting.
1415 CONFIG: Add restrictqrun to PrivacyOptions for the MSP to minimize
1416 problems with potential misconfigurations.
1417 CONFIG: Fix comment showing default value of MaxHopCount. Problem
1418 noted by Greg Robinson of the Defence Science and
1419 Technology Organisation of Australia.
1420 CONFIG: dnsbl: If an argument specifies an error message in case
1421 of temporary lookup failures for DNS based blacklists
1423 LIBMILTER: Install mfdef.h, required by mfapi.h. Problem noted by
1424 Richard A. Nelson of Debian.
1425 LIBMILTER: Add __P definition for OS that lack it. Problem noted
1426 by Chris Adams from HiWAAY Informations Services.
1427 LIBSMDB: Fix a lock race condition that affects makemap, praliases,
1429 MAKEMAP: Avoid going beyond the end of an input line if it does
1430 not contain a value for a key. Based on patch from
1431 Mark Bixby from Hewlett-Packard.
1441 include/sm/sysstat.h
1443 8.12.0/8.12.0 2001/09/08
1444 *NOTICE*: The default installation of sendmail does not use
1445 set-user-ID root anymore. You need to create a new user and
1446 a new group before installing sendmail (both called smmsp by
1447 default). The installation process tries to install
1448 /etc/mail/submit.cf and creates /var/spool/clientmqueue by
1449 default. Please see sendmail/SECURITY for details.
1450 SECURITY: Check for group and world writable forward and :include:
1451 files. These checks can be turned off if absolutely
1452 necessary using the DontBlameSendmail option and the new
1454 GroupWritableForwardFile
1455 WorldWritableForwardFile
1456 GroupWritableIncludeFile
1457 WorldWritableIncludeFile
1458 Problem noted by Slawek Zak of Politechnika Warszawska,
1459 SECURITY: Drop privileges when using address test mode. Suggested
1460 by Michal Zalewski of the "Internet for Schools" project
1462 Fixed problem of a global variable being used for a timeout jump
1463 point where the variable could become overused for more than
1464 one timeout concurrently. This erroneous behavior resulted in
1465 a corrupted stack causing a core dump. The timeout is now
1466 handled via libsm. Problem noted by Michael Shapiro,
1467 John Beck, and Carl Smith of Sun Microsystems.
1468 If sendmail is set-group-ID then that group ID is used for permission
1469 checks (group ID of RunAsUser). This allows use of a
1470 set-group-ID sendmail binary for initial message submission
1471 and no set-user-ID root sendmail is needed. For details
1472 see sendmail/SECURITY.
1473 Log a warning if a non-trusted user changes the syslog label.
1474 Based on notice from Bryan Costales of SL3D, Inc.
1475 If sendmail is called for initial delivery, try to use submit.cf
1476 with a fallback of sendmail.cf as configuration file. See
1478 New configuration file option UseMSP to allow group writable queue
1479 files if the group is the same as that of a set-group-ID
1480 sendmail binary. See sendmail/SECURITY.
1481 The .cf file is chosen based on the operation mode. For -bm (default),
1482 -bs, and -t it is submit.cf if it exists for all others it
1483 is sendmail.cf (to be backward compatible). This selection
1484 can be changed by the new option -Ac or -Am (alternative .cf
1485 file: client or mta). See sendmail/SECURITY.
1486 The SMTP server no longer forks on each MAIL command. The ONEX
1487 command has been removed.
1488 Implement SMTP PIPELINING per RFC 2920. It can be turned off
1489 at compile time or per host (ruleset).
1490 New option MailboxDatabase specifies the type of mailbox database
1491 used to look up local mail recipients; the default value
1492 is "pw", which means to use getpwnam(). New mailbox database
1493 types can be added by adding custom code to libsm/mbdb.c.
1494 Queue file names are now 15 characters long, rather than 14 characters
1495 long, to accomodate envelope splitting. File systems with
1496 a 14 character file name length limit are no longer
1498 Recipient list used for delivery now gets internally ordered by
1499 hostsignature (character string version of MX RR). This orders
1500 recipients for the same MX RR's together meaning smaller
1501 portions of the list need to be scanned (instead of the whole
1502 list) each delivery() pass to determine piggybacking. The
1503 significance of the change is better the larger the recipient
1504 list. Hostsignature is now created during recipient list
1505 creation rather than just before delivery.
1506 Enhancements for more opportunistic piggybacking. Previous
1507 piggybacking (called coincidental) extended to coattail
1508 piggybacking. Rather than complete MX RR matching
1509 (coincidental) piggybacking is done if just the lowest value
1510 preference matches (coattail).
1511 If sendmail receives a temporary error on a RCPT TO: command, it will
1512 try other MX hosts if available.
1513 DefaultAuthInfo can contain a list of mechanisms to be used for
1514 outgoing (client-side) SMTP Authentication.
1515 New modifier 'A' for DaemonPortOptions/ClientPortOptions to disable
1516 AUTH (overrides 'a' modifier in DaemonPortOptions). Based
1517 on patch from Lyndon Nerenberg of Messaging Direct.
1518 Enable AUTH mechanism EXTERNAL if STARTTLS is used.
1519 A new ruleset authinfo can be used to return client side
1520 authentication information for AUTH instead of DefaultAuthInfo.
1521 Therefore the DefaultAuthInfo option is deprecated and will be
1522 removed in future versions.
1523 Accept any SMTP continuation code 3xy for AUTH even though RFC 2554
1524 requires 334. Mercury 1.48 is a known offender.
1525 Add new option AuthMaxBits to limit the overall encryption strength
1526 for the security layer in SMTP AUTH (SASL). See
1527 doc/op/op.me for details.
1528 Introduce new STARTTLS related macros {cn_issuer}, {cn_subject},
1529 {cert_md5} which hold the CN (common name) of the CA that
1530 signed the presented certificate, the CN and the MD5 hash
1531 of the presented certificate, respectively.
1532 New ruleset try_tls to decide whether to try (as client) STARTTLS.
1533 New ruleset srv_features to enable/disable certain features in the
1534 server per connection. See doc/op/op.me for details.
1535 New ruleset tls_rcpt to decide whether to send e-mail to a particular
1536 recipient; useful to decide whether a conection is secure
1537 enough on a per recipient basis.
1538 New option TLSSrvOptions to modify some aspects of the server
1540 If no certificate has been requested, the macro {verify} has the
1542 New M=S modifier for ClientPortOptions/DaemonPortOptions to turn off
1543 using/offering STARTTLS when delivering/receiving e-mail.
1544 Macro expand filenames/directories for certs and keys in the .cf file.
1545 Proposed by Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
1546 Generate an ephemeral RSA key for a STARTTLS connection only if
1547 really required. This change results in a noticable
1548 performance gains on most machines. Moreover, if shared
1549 memory is in use, reuse the key several times.
1550 Add queue groups which can be used to group queue directories with
1551 the same behavior together. See doc/op/op.me for details.
1552 If the new option FastSplit (defaults to one) has a value greater
1553 than zero, it suppresses the MX lookups on addresses when they
1554 are initially sorted which may result in faster envelope
1555 splitting. If the mail is submitted directly from the
1556 command line, then the value also limits the number of
1557 processes to deliver the envelopes; if more envelopes are
1558 created they are only queued up and must be taken care of
1560 The check for 'enough disk space' now pays attention to which file
1561 system each queue directory resides in.
1562 All queue runners can be cleanly terminated via SIGTERM to parent.
1563 New option QueueFileMode for the default permissions of queue files.
1564 Add parallel queue runner code. Allows multiple queue runners per work
1565 group (one or more queues in a multi-queue environment
1566 collected together) to process the same work list at the
1568 Option MaxQueueChildren added to limit the number of concurrently
1569 active queue runner processes.
1570 New option MaxRunnersPerQueue to specify the maximum number of queue
1571 runners per queue group.
1572 Queue member selection by substring pattern matching now allows
1573 the pattern to be negated. For -qI, -qR and -qS it is
1574 permissible for -q!I, -q!R and -q!S to mean remove members
1575 of the queue that match during processing.
1576 New -qp[time] option is similar to -qtime, except that instead of
1577 periodically forking a child to process the queue, a single
1578 child is forked for each queue that sleeps between queue
1579 runs. A SIGHUP signal can be sent to restart this
1580 persistent queue runner.
1581 The SIGHUP signal now restarts a timed queue run process (i.e., a
1582 sendmail process which only runs the queue at an interval:
1584 New option NiceQueueRun to set the priority of queue runners.
1585 Proposed by Thom O'Connor.
1586 sendmail will run the queue(s) in the background when invoked with -q
1587 unless the new -qf option or -v is used.
1588 QueueSortOrder=Random sorts the queue randomly, which is useful if
1589 several queue runners are started by hand to avoid contention.
1590 QueueSortOrder=Modification sorts the queue by the modification time
1591 of the qf file (older entries first).
1592 Support Deliver By SMTP Service Extension (RFC 2852) which allows
1593 a client to specify an amount of time within which an e-mail
1594 should be delivered. New option DeliverByMin added to set the
1595 minimum amount of time or disable the extension.
1596 Non-printable characters (ASCII: 0-31, 127) in mailbox addresses are
1597 not allowed unless escaped or quoted.
1598 Add support for a generic DNS map. Based on a patch contributed
1599 by Leif Johansson of Stockholm University, which was based on
1600 work by Assar Westerlund of Swedish Institute of Computer
1601 Science, Kista, and Johan Danielsson of Royal Institute of
1602 Technology, Stockholm, Sweden.
1603 MX records will be looked up for FallBackMXhost. To use the old
1604 behavior (no MX lookups), put the name in square brackets.
1605 Proposed by Thom O'Connor.
1606 Use shared memory to store free space of filesystems that are used
1607 for queues, if shared memory is available and if a key is set
1608 via SharedMemoryKey. This minimizes the number of system
1609 calls to check the available space. See doc/op/op.me for
1611 If shared memory is compiled in the option -bP can be used to print
1612 the number of entries in the queue(s).
1613 Enable generic mail filter API (milter). See libmilter/README
1614 and the usual documentation for details.
1615 Remove AutoRebuildAliases option, deprecated since 8.10.
1616 Remove '-U' (initial user submission) command line option as
1618 Remove support for non-standard SMTP command XUSR. Use an MSA instead.
1619 New macro {addr_type} which contains whether the current address is
1620 an envelope sender or recipient address. Suggested by
1621 Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
1622 Two new options for host maps: -d (retransmission timeout),
1623 -r (number of retries).
1624 New option for LDAP maps: the -V<sep> allows you to specify a
1625 separator such that a lookup can return both an attribute
1626 and value separated by the given separator.
1627 Add new operators '%', '|', '&' (modulo, binary or, binary and)
1629 If DoubleBounceAddress expands to an empty string, ``double bounces''
1630 (errors that occur when sending an error message) are dropped.
1631 New DontBlameSendmail options GroupReadableSASLDBFile and
1632 GroupWritableSASLDBFile to relax requirements for sasldb files.
1633 New DontBlameSendmail options GroupReadableKeyFile to relax
1634 requirements for files containing secret keys. This is
1635 necessary for the MSP if client authentification is used.
1636 Properly handle quoted filenames for class files (to allow for
1637 filenames with spaces).
1638 Honor the resolver option RES_NOALIASES when canonifying hostnames.
1639 Add macros to avoid the reuse of {if_addr} etc:
1640 {if_name_out} hostname of interface of outgoing connection.
1641 {if_addr_out} address of interface of outgoing connection.
1642 {if_family_out} family of interface of outgoing connection.
1643 The latter two are only set if the interface does not belong
1644 to the loopback net.
1645 Add macro {nrcpts} which holds the number of (validated) recipients.
1646 DialDelay option applies only to mailers with flag 'Z'. Patch from
1647 Juergen Georgi of RUS University of Stuttgart.
1648 New Timeout.lhlo,auth,starttls options to limit the time waiting for
1649 an answer to the LMTP LHLO, SMTP AUTH or STARTTLS command.
1650 New Timeout.aconnect option to limit the overall waiting time for
1651 all connections for a single delivery attempt to succeed.
1652 Limit the rate recipients in the SMTP envelope are accepted once
1653 a threshold number of recipients has been rejected (option
1654 BadRcptThrottle). From Gregory A Lundberg of the WU-FTPD
1656 New option DelayLA to delay connections if the load averages
1657 exceeds the specified value. The default of 0 does not
1658 change the previous behavior. A value greater than 0
1659 will cause sendmail to sleep for one second on most
1660 SMTP commands and before accepting connections if that
1661 load average is exceeded.
1662 Use a dynamic (instead of fixed-size) buffer for the list of
1663 recipients that are sent during a connection to a mailer.
1664 This also introduces a new mailer field 'r' which defines
1665 the maximum number of recipients (defaults to 100).
1666 Based on patch by Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
1667 Add new F=1 mailer flag to disable sending of null characters ('\0').
1668 Add new F=2 mailer flag to disable use of ESMTP, using SMTP instead.
1669 The deprecated [TCP] builtin mailer pathname (P=) is gone. Use [IPC]
1671 IPC is no longer available as first mailer argument (A=) for [IPC]
1672 builtin mailer pathnames. Use TCP instead.
1673 PH map code updated to use the new libphclient API instead of the
1674 old libqiapi library. Contributed by Mark Roth of the
1675 University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign.
1676 New option DirectSubmissionModifiers to define {daemon_flags}
1677 for direct (command line) submissions.
1678 New M=O modifier for DaemonPortOptions to ignore the socket in
1679 case of failures. Based on patch by Jun-ichiro itojun
1680 Hagino of the KAME Project.
1681 Add Disposition-Notification-To: (RFC 2298) to the list of headers
1682 whose content is rewritten similar to Reply-To:.
1683 Proposed by Andrzej Filip.
1684 Use STARTTLS/AUTH=server/client for logging incoming/outgoing
1685 STARTTLS/AUTH connections; log incoming connections at level
1686 9 or higher. Use AUTH/STARTTLS instead of SASL/TLS for SMTP
1687 AUTH/STARTTLS related logfile entries.
1688 Convert unprintable characters (and backslash) into octal or C format
1690 Log recipients if no message is transferred but QUIT/RSET is given
1691 (at LogLevel 9/10 or higher).
1692 Log discarded recipients at LogLevel 10 or higher.
1693 Do not log "did not issue MAIL/EXPN/VRFY/ETRN" for connections
1694 in which most commands are rejected due to check_relay or
1695 TCP Wrappers if the host tries one of those commands anyway.
1696 Change logging format for cloned envelopes to be similar to that for
1697 DSNs ("old id: new id: clone"). Suggested by Ulrich Windl
1698 of the Universitat Regensburg.
1699 Added libsm, a C library of general purpose abstractions including
1700 assertions, tracing and debugging with named debug categories,
1701 exception handling, malloc debugging, resource pools,
1702 portability abstractions, and an extensible buffered I/O
1703 package. It will at some point replace libsmutil.
1704 See libsm/index.html for details.
1705 Fixed most memory leaks in sendmail which were previously taken
1706 care of by fork() and exit().
1707 Use new sm_io*() functions in place of stdio calls. Allows for
1708 more consistent portablity amongst different platforms
1709 new and old (from new libsm).
1710 Common I/O pkg means just one buffering method needed instead of two
1711 ('bf_portable' and 'bf_torek' now just 'bf').
1712 Sfio no longer needed as SASL/TLS code uses sm_io*() API's.
1713 New possible value 'interactive' for SuperSafe which can be used
1714 together with DeliveryMode=interactive is to avoid some disk
1715 synchronizations calls.
1716 Add per-recipient status information to mailq -v output.
1717 T_ANY queries are no longer used by sendmail.
1718 When compiling with "gcc -O -Wall" specify "-DSM_OMIT_BOGUS_WARNINGS"
1719 too (see include/sm/cdefs.h for more info).
1720 sendmail -d now has general support for named debug categories.
1721 See libsm/debug.html and section 3.4 of doc/op/op.me
1723 Eliminate the "postmaster warning" DSNs on address parsing errors
1724 such as unbalanced angle brackets or parentheses. The DSNs
1725 generated by this condition were illegal (not RFC conform).
1726 Problem noted by Ulrich Windl of the Universitaet Regensburg.
1727 Do not issue a DSN if the ruleset localaddr resolves to the $#error
1728 mailer and the recipient has hence been rejected during the
1729 SMTP dialogue. Problem reported by Larry Greenfield of CMU.
1730 Deal with a case of multiple deliveries on misconfigured systems
1731 that do not have postmaster defined. If an email was sent
1732 from an address to which a DSN cannot be returned and
1733 in which at least one recipient address is non-deliverable,
1734 then that email had been delivered in each queue run.
1735 Problem reported by Matteo HCE Valsasna of Universita
1736 degli Studi dell'Insubria.
1737 The compilation options SMTP, DAEMON, and QUEUE have been removed,
1738 i.e., the corresponding code is always compiled in now.
1739 Log the command line in daemon/queue-run mode at LogLevel 10 and
1740 higher. Suggested by Robert Harker of Harker Systems.
1741 New ResolverOptions setting: WorkAroundBrokenAAAA. When
1742 attempting to canonify a hostname, some broken nameservers
1743 will return SERVFAIL (a temporary failure) on T_AAAA (IPv6)
1744 lookups. If you want to excuse this behavior, use this new
1745 flag. Suggested by Chris Foote of SE Network Access and
1746 Mark Roth of the University of Illinois at
1748 Free the memory allocated by getipnodeby{addr,name}(). Problem
1749 noted by Joy Latten of IBM.
1750 ConnectionRateThrottle limits the number of connections per second
1751 to each daemon individually, not the overall number of
1753 Specifying only "ldap:" as an AliasFile specification will force
1754 sendmail to use a default alias schema as outlined in the
1755 ``USING LDAP FOR ALIASES, MAPS, and CLASSES'' section of
1757 Add a new syntax for the 'F' (file class) sendmail.cf command. If
1758 the first character after the class name is not a '/' or a
1759 '|' and it contains an '@' (e.g., F{X}key@class:spec), the
1760 rest of the line will be parsed as a map lookup. This
1761 allows classes to be filled via a map lookup. See op.me
1762 for more syntax information. Specifically, this can be
1763 used for commands such as VIRTUSER_DOMAIN_FILE() to read
1764 the list of domains via LDAP (see the ``USING LDAP FOR
1765 ALIASES, MAPS, and CLASSES'' section of cf/README for an
1767 The new macro ${sendmailMTACluster} determines the LDAP cluster for
1768 the default schema used in the above two items.
1769 Unless DontBlameSendmail=RunProgramInUnsafeDirPath is set, log a
1770 warning if a program being run from a mailer or file class
1771 (e.g., F|/path/to/prog) is in an unsafe directory path.
1772 Unless DontBlameSendmail=RunWritableProgram is set, log a warning
1773 if a program being run from a mailer or file class
1774 (e.g., F|/path/to/prog) is group or world writable.
1775 Loopback interfaces (e.g., "lo0") are now probed for class {w}
1776 hostnames. Setting DontProbeInterfaces to "loopback"
1777 (without quotes) will disable this and return to the
1778 pre-8.12 behavior of only probing non-loopback interfaces.
1779 Suggested by Bryan Stansell of GNAC.
1780 In accordance with RFC 2821 section 4.1.4, accept multiple
1782 Multiple ClientPortOptions settings are now allowed, one for each
1783 possible protocol family which may be used for outgoing
1784 connections. Restrictions placed on one family only affect
1785 outgoing connections on that particular family. Because of
1786 this change, the ${client_flags} macro is not set until the
1787 connection is established. Based on patch from Motonori
1788 Nakamura of Kyoto University.
1789 PrivacyOptions=restrictexpand instructs sendmail to drop privileges
1790 when the -bv option is given by users who are neither root
1791 nor the TrustedUser so users can not read private aliases,
1792 forwards, or :include: files. It also will override the -v
1793 (verbose) command line option.
1794 If the M=b modifier is set in DaemonPortOptions and the interface
1795 address can't be used for the outgoing connection, fall
1796 back to the settings in ClientPortOptions (if set).
1797 Problem noted by John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
1798 New named config file rule check_data for DATA command (input:
1799 number of recipients). Based on patch from Mark Roth of
1800 the University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign.
1801 Add support for ETRN queue selection per RFC 1985. The queue group
1802 can be specified using the '#' option character. For
1803 example, 'ETRN #queuegroup'.
1804 If an LDAP server times out or becomes unavailable, close the
1805 current connection and reopen to get to one of the fallback
1806 servers. Patch from Paul Hilchey of the University of
1808 Make default error number on $#error messages 550 instead of 501
1809 because 501 is not allowed on all commands.
1810 The .cf file option UnsafeGroupWrites is deprecated, it should be
1811 replaced with the settings GroupWritableForwardFileSafe
1812 and GroupWritableIncludeFileSafe in DontBlameSendmail
1814 The deprecated ldapx map class has been removed. Use the ldap map
1816 Any IPv6 addresses used in configuration should be prefixed by the
1817 "IPv6:" tag to identify the address properly. For example,
1818 if you want to add the IPv6 address [2002:c0a8:51d2::23f4] to
1819 class {w}, you would need to add [IPv6:2002:c0a8:51d2::23f4].
1820 Change the $&{opMode} macro if the operation mode changes while the
1821 MTA is running. For example, during a queue run.
1822 Add "use_inet6" as a new ResolverOptions flag to control the
1823 RES_USE_INET6 resolver option. Based on patch from Rick
1825 The maximum number of commands before the MTA slows down when too
1826 many "light weight" commands have been received are now
1827 configurable during compile time. The current values and
1829 MAXBADCOMMANDS 25 unknown commands
1830 MAXNOOPCOMMANDS 20 NOOP, VERB, ONEX, XUSR
1831 MAXHELOCOMMANDS 3 HELO, EHLO
1832 MAXVRFYCOMMANDS 6 VRFY, EXPN
1833 MAXETRNCOMMANDS 8 ETRN
1834 Setting a value to 0 disables the check. Patch from Bryan
1835 Costales of SL3D, Inc.
1836 The header syntax H?${MyMacro}?X-My-Header: now not only checks if
1837 ${MyMacro} is defined but also that it is not empty.
1838 Properly quote usernames with special characters if they are used
1839 in headers. Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish
1840 Meteorological Institute.
1841 Be sure to include the proper Final-Recipient: DSN header in bounce
1842 messages for messages for mailing list expanded addresses
1843 which are not delivered on the initial attempt.
1844 Do not treat errors as sticky when doing delivery via LMTP after
1845 the final dot has been sent to avoid affecting future
1846 deliveries. Problem reported by Larry Greenfield of CMU.
1847 New compile time flag REQUIRES_DIR_FSYNC which turns on support for
1848 file systems that require to call fsync() for a directory
1849 if the meta-data in it has been changed. This should be
1850 set at least for ReiserFS; it is enabled by default for Linux.
1851 See sendmail/README for further information.
1852 Avoid file locking deadlock when updating the statistics file if
1853 sendmail is signaled to terminate. Problem noted by
1854 Christophe Wolfhugel of France Telecom.
1855 Set the $c macro (hop count) as it is being set instead of when the
1856 envelope is initialized. Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of
1857 the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
1858 Properly count recipients for DeliveryMode defer and queue. Fix
1859 from Peter A. Friend of EarthLink.
1860 Treat invalid hesiod lookups as permanent errors instead of
1861 temporary errors. Problem noted by Russell McOrmond of
1864 Remove support for AIX 2, which supports only 14 character
1865 filenames and is outdated anyway. Suggested by
1866 Valdis Kletnieks of Virginia Tech.
1867 Change several settings for Irix 6: remove confSBINDIR,
1868 i.e., use default /usr/sbin, change owner/group
1869 of man pages and user-executable to root/sys, set
1870 optimization limit to 0 (unlimited). Based on patch
1871 from Ayamura Kikuchi, M.D, and proposal from Kari
1872 Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
1873 Do not assume LDAP support is installed by default under
1874 Solaris 8 and later.
1875 Add support for OpenUNIX.
1876 CONFIG: Increment version number of config file to 10.
1877 CONFIG: Add an install target and a README file in cf/cf.
1878 CONFIG: Don't accept addresses of the form a@b@, a@b@c, a@[b]c, etc.
1879 CONFIG: Reject empty recipient addresses (in check_rcpt).
1880 CONFIG: The access map uses an option of -T<TMPF> to deal with
1881 temporary lookup failures.
1882 CONFIG: New value for access map: SKIP, which causes the default
1883 action to be taken by aborting the search for domain names
1885 CONFIG: check_rcpt can deal with TEMPFAIL for either recipient or
1886 relay address as long as the other part allows the email
1888 CONFIG: Entries for virtusertable can make use of a third parameter
1889 "%3" which contains "+detail" of a wildcard match, i.e., an
1890 entry like user+*@domain. This allows handling of details by
1891 using %1%3 as the RHS. Additionally, a "+" wildcard has been
1892 introduced to match only non-empty details of addresses.
1893 CONFIG: Numbers for rulesets used by MAILERs have been removed
1894 and hence there is no required order within the MAILER
1895 section anymore except for MAILER(`uucp') which must come
1896 after MAILER(`smtp') if uucp-dom and uucp-uudom are used.
1897 CONFIG: Hosts listed in the generics domain class {G}
1898 (GENERICS_DOMAIN() and GENERICS_DOMAIN_FILE()) are treated
1899 as canonical. Suggested by Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
1900 CONFIG: If FEATURE(`delay_checks') is used, make sure that a lookup
1901 in the access map which returns OK or RELAY actually
1902 terminates check_* ruleset checking.
1903 CONFIG: New tag TLS_Rcpt: for access map to be used by ruleset
1904 tls_rcpt, see cf/README for details.
1905 CONFIG: Change format of Received: header line which reveals whether
1906 STARTTLS has been used to "(version=${tls_version}
1907 cipher=${cipher} bits=${cipher_bits} verify=${verify})".
1908 CONFIG: Use "Spam:" as tag for lookups for FEATURE(`delay_checks')
1909 options friends/haters instead of "To:" and enable
1910 specification of whole domains instead of just users.
1911 Notice: this change is not backward compatible.
1912 Suggested by Chris Adams from HiWAAY Informations Services.
1913 CONFIG: Allow for local extensions for most new rulesets, see
1914 cf/README for details.
1915 CONFIG: New FEATURE(`lookupdotdomain') to lookup also .domain in
1916 the access map. Proposed by Randall Winchester of the
1917 University of Maryland.
1918 CONFIG: New FEATURE(`local_no_masquerade') to avoid masquerading for
1919 the local mailer. Proposed by Ingo Brueckl of Wupper Online.
1920 CONFIG: confRELAY_MSG/confREJECT_MSG can override the default
1921 messages for an unauthorized relaying attempt/for access
1922 map entries with RHS REJECT, respectively.
1923 CONFIG: FEATURE(`always_add_domain') takes an optional argument
1924 to specify another domain to be added instead of the local one.
1925 Suggested by Richard H. Gumpertz of Computer Problem
1927 CONFIG: confAUTH_OPTIONS allows setting of Cyrus-SASL specific
1928 options, see doc/op/op.me for details.
1929 CONFIG: confAUTH_MAX_BITS sets the maximum encryption strength for
1930 the security layer in SMTP AUTH (SASL).
1931 CONFIG: If Local_localaddr resolves to $#ok, localaddr is terminated
1933 CONFIG: FEATURE(`enhdnsbl') is an enhanced version of dnsbl which
1934 allows checking of the return values of the DNS lookups.
1935 See cf/README for details.
1936 CONFIG: FEATURE(`dnsbl') allows now to specify the behavior for
1937 temporary lookup failures.
1938 CONFIG: New option confDELIVER_BY_MIN to specify minimum time for
1939 Deliver By (RFC 2852) or to turn off the extension.
1940 CONFIG: New option confSHARED_MEMORY_KEY to set the key for shared
1942 CONFIG: New FEATURE(`compat_check') to look up a key consisting
1943 of the sender and the recipient address delimited by the
1944 string "<@>", e.g., sender@sdomain<@>recipient@rdomain,
1945 in the access map. Based on code contributed by Mathias
1946 Koerber of Singapore Telecommunications Ltd.
1947 CONFIG: Add EXPOSED_USER_FILE() command to allow an exposed user
1948 file. Suggested by John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
1949 CONFIG: Don't use MAILER-DAEMON for error messages delivered
1950 via LMTP. Problem reported by Larry Greenfield of CMU.
1951 CONFIG: New FEATURE(`preserve_luser_host') to preserve the name of
1952 the recipient host if LUSER_RELAY is used.
1953 CONFIG: New FEATURE(`preserve_local_plus_detail') to preserve the
1954 +detail portion of the address when passing address to
1955 local delivery agent. Disables alias and .forward +detail
1956 stripping. Only use if LDA supports this.
1957 CONFIG: Removed deprecated FEATURE(`rbl').
1958 CONFIG: Add LDAPROUTE_EQUIVALENT() and LDAPROUTE_EQUIVALENT_FILE()
1959 which allow you to specify 'equivalent' hosts for LDAP
1960 Routing lookups. Equivalent hostnames are replaced by the
1961 masquerade domain name for lookups. See cf/README for
1963 CONFIG: Add a fourth argument to FEATURE(`ldap_routing') which
1964 instructs the rulesets on what to do if the address being
1965 looked up has +detail information. See cf/README for more
1967 CONFIG: When chosing a new destination via LDAP Routing, also look
1968 up the new routing address/host in the mailertable. Based
1969 on patch from Don Badrak of the United States Census Bureau.
1970 CONFIG: Do not reject the SMTP Mail from: command if LDAP Routing
1971 is in use and the bounce option is enabled. Only reject
1972 recipients as user unknown.
1973 CONFIG: Provide LDAP support for the remaining database map
1974 features. See the ``USING LDAP FOR ALIASES AND MAPS''
1975 section of cf/README for more information.
1976 CONFIG: Add confLDAP_CLUSTER which defines the ${sendmailMTACluster}
1977 macro used for LDAP searches as described above in ``USING
1978 LDAP FOR ALIASES, MAPS, AND CLASSES''.
1979 CONFIG: confCLIENT_OPTIONS has been replaced by CLIENT_OPTIONS(),
1980 which takes the options as argument and can be used
1981 multiple times; see cf/README for details.
1982 CONFIG: Add configuration macros for new options:
1983 confBAD_RCPT_THROTTLE BadRcptThrottle
1984 confDIRECT_SUBMISSION_MODIFIERS DirectSubmissionModifiers
1985 confMAILBOX_DATABASE MailboxDatabase
1986 confMAX_QUEUE_CHILDREN MaxQueueChildren
1987 confMAX_RUNNERS_PER_QUEUE MaxRunnersPerQueue
1988 confNICE_QUEUE_RUN NiceQueueRun
1989 confQUEUE_FILE_MODE QueueFileMode
1990 confFAST_SPLIT FastSplit
1991 confTLS_SRV_OPTIONS TLSSrvOptions
1992 See above (and related documentation) for further information.
1993 CONFIG: Add configuration variables for new timeout options:
1994 confTO_ACONNECT Timeout.aconnect
1995 confTO_AUTH Timeout.auth
1996 confTO_LHLO Timeout.lhlo
1997 confTO_STARTTLS Timeout.starttls
1998 CONFIG: Add configuration macros for mail filter API:
1999 confINPUT_MAIL_FILTERS InputMailFilters
2000 confMILTER_LOG_LEVEL Milter.LogLevel
2001 confMILTER_MACROS_CONNECT Milter.macros.connect
2002 confMILTER_MACROS_HELO Milter.macros.helo
2003 confMILTER_MACROS_ENVFROM Milter.macros.envfrom
2004 confMILTER_MACROS_ENVRCPT Milter.macros.envrcpt
2005 Mail filters can be defined via INPUT_MAIL_FILTER() and
2006 MAIL_FILTER(). See libmilter/README, cf/README, and
2007 doc/op/op.me for details.
2008 CONFIG: Add support for accepting temporarily unresolvable domains.
2009 See cf/README for details. Based on patch by Motonori
2010 Nakamura of Kyoto University.
2011 CONFIG: confDEQUOTE_OPTS can be used to specify options for the
2013 CONFIG: New macro QUEUE_GROUP() to define queue groups.
2014 CONFIG: New FEATURE(`queuegroup') to select a queue group based
2015 on the full e-mail address or the domain of the recipient.
2016 CONFIG: Any IPv6 addresses used in configuration should be prefixed
2017 by the "IPv6:" tag to identify the address properly. For
2018 example, if you want to use the IPv6 address
2019 2002:c0a8:51d2::23f4 in the access database, you would need
2020 to use IPv6:2002:c0a8:51d2::23f4 on the left hand side.
2021 This affects the access database as well as the
2022 relay-domains and local-host-names files.
2023 CONFIG: OSTYPE(aux) has been renamed to OSTYPE(a-ux).
2024 CONFIG: Avoid expansion of m4 keywords in SMART_HOST.
2025 CONFIG: Add MASQUERADE_EXCEPTION_FILE() for reading masquerading
2026 exceptions from a file. Suggested by Trey Breckenridge of
2027 Mississippi State University.
2028 CONFIG: Add LOCAL_USER_FILE() for reading local users
2029 (LOCAL_USER() -- $={L}) entries from a file.
2030 CONTRIB: dnsblaccess.m4 is a further enhanced version of enhdnsbl.m4
2031 which allows to lookup error codes in the access map.
2032 Contributed by Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
2033 DEVTOOLS: Add new options for installation of include and library
2034 files: confINCGRP, confINCMODE, confINCOWN, confLIBGRP,
2035 confLIBMODE, confLIBOWN.
2036 DEVTOOLS: Add new option confDONT_INSTALL_CATMAN to turn off
2037 installation of the the formatted man pages on operating
2038 systems which don't include cat directories.
2039 EDITMAP: New program for editing maps as supplement to makemap.
2040 MAIL.LOCAL: Mail.local now uses the libsm mbdb package to look up
2041 local mail recipients. New option -D mbdb specifies the
2042 mailbox database type.
2043 MAIL.LOCAL: New option "-h filename" which instructs mail.local to
2044 deliver the mail to the named file in the user's home
2045 directory instead of the system mail spool area. Based on
2046 patch from Doug Hardie of the Los Angeles Free-Net.
2047 MAILSTATS: New command line option -P which acts the same as -p but
2048 doesn't truncate the statistics file.
2049 MAKEMAP: Add new option -t to specify a different delimiter
2050 instead of white space.
2051 RMAIL: Invoke sendmail with '-G' to indicate this is a gateway
2052 submission. Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish
2053 Meteorological Institute.
2054 SMRSH: Use the vendor supplied directory on FreeBSD 3.3 and later.
2055 VACATION: Change Auto-Submitted: header value from auto-generated to
2056 auto-replied. From Kenneth Murchison of Oceana Matrix Ltd.
2057 VACATION: New option -d to send error/debug messages to stdout
2059 VACATION: New option -U which prevents the attempt to lookup login
2060 in the password file. The -f and -m options must be used
2061 to specify the database and message file since there is no
2062 home directory for the default settings for these options.
2063 VACATION: Vacation now uses the libsm mbdb package to look up
2064 local mail recipients; it reads the MailboxDatabase option
2065 from the sendmail.cf file. New option -C cffile which
2066 specifies the path of the sendmail.cf file.
2073 cf/feature/authinfo.m4
2074 cf/feature/compat_check.m4
2075 cf/feature/enhdnsbl.m4
2077 cf/feature/local_no_masquerade.m4
2078 cf/feature/lookupdotdomain.m4
2079 cf/feature/preserve_luser_host.m4
2080 cf/feature/preserve_local_plus_detail.m4
2081 cf/feature/queuegroup.m4
2083 contrib/dnsblaccess.m4
2084 devtools/M4/UNIX/sm-test.m4
2085 devtools/OS/OpenUNIX.5.i386
2096 sendmail/sm_resolve.c
2097 sendmail/sm_resolve.h
2103 include/sendmail/cdefs.h
2104 include/sendmail/errstring.h
2105 include/sendmail/useful.h
2106 libsmutil/errstring.c
2107 sendmail/bf_portable.c
2108 sendmail/bf_portable.h
2113 cf/cf/generic-solaris2.mc => cf/cf/generic-solaris.mc
2114 cf/cf/generic-solaris2.cf => cf/cf/generic-solaris.cf
2115 cf/ostype/aux.m4 => cf/ostype/a-ux.m4
2117 8.11.7/8.11.7 2003/03/29
2118 SECURITY: Fix a remote buffer overflow in header parsing by
2119 dropping sender and recipient header comments if the
2120 comments are too long. Problem noted by Mark Dowd
2122 SECURITY: Fix a buffer overflow in address parsing due to
2123 a char to int conversion problem which is potentially
2124 remotely exploitable. Problem found by Michal Zalewski.
2125 Note: an MTA that is not patched might be vulnerable to
2126 data that it receives from untrusted sources, which
2128 To provide partial protection to internal, unpatched sendmail MTAs,
2129 8.11.7 changes by default (char)0xff to (char)0x7f in
2130 headers etc. To turn off this conversion compile with
2131 -DALLOW_255 or use the command line option -d82.101.
2132 To provide partial protection for internal, unpatched MTAs that may be
2133 performing 7->8 or 8->7 bit MIME conversions, the default
2134 for MaxMimeHeaderLength has been changed to 2048/1024.
2135 Note: this does have a performance impact, and it only
2136 protects against frontal attacks from the outside.
2137 To disable the checks and return to pre-8.11.7 defaults,
2138 set MaxMimeHeaderLength to 0/0.
2139 Properly clean up macros to avoid persistence of session data
2140 across various connections. This could cause session
2141 oriented restrictions, e.g., STARTTLS requirements,
2142 to erroneously allow a connection. Problem noted
2143 by Tim Maletic of Priority Health.
2144 Ignore comments in NIS host records when trying to find the
2145 canonical name for a host.
2146 Fix a memory leak when closing Hesiod maps.
2147 Set ${msg_size} macro when reading a message from the command line
2149 Prevent a segmentation fault when clearing the event list by
2150 turning off alarms before checking if event list is
2151 empty. Problem noted by Allan E Johannesen of Worcester
2152 Polytechnic Institute.
2153 Fix a potential core dump problem if the environment variable
2154 NAME is set. Problem noted by Beth A. Chaney of
2156 Prevent a race condition on child cleanup for delivery to files.
2157 Problem noted by Fletcher Mattox of the University of
2159 CONFIG: Do not bounce mail if FEATURE(`ldap_routing')'s bounce
2160 parameter is set and the LDAP lookup returns a temporary
2162 CONFIG: Fix a syntax error in the try_tls ruleset if
2163 FEATURE(`access_db') is not enabled.
2164 LIBSMDB: Fix a lock race condition that affects makemap, praliases,
2166 LIBSMDB: Avoid a file creation race condition for Berkeley DB 1.X
2167 and NDBM on systems with the O_EXLOCK open(2) flag.
2168 MAKEMAP: Avoid going beyond the end of an input line if it does
2169 not contain a value for a key. Based on patch from
2170 Mark Bixby from Hewlett-Packard.
2171 MAIL.LOCAL: Fix a truncation race condition if the close() on
2172 the mailbox fails. Problem noted by Tomoko Fukuzawa of
2174 SMRSH: SECURITY: Only allow regular files or symbolic links to be
2175 used for a command. Problem noted by David Endler of
2178 8.11.6/8.11.6 2001/08/20
2179 SECURITY: Fix a possible memory access violation when specifying
2180 out-of-bounds debug parameters. Problem detected by
2181 Cade Cairns of SecurityFocus.
2182 Avoid leaking recipient information in unrelated DSNs. This could
2183 happen if a connection is aborted, several mails had been
2184 scheduled for delivery via that connection, and the timeout
2185 is reached such that several DSNs are sent next. Problem
2186 noted by Dileepan Moorkanat of Hewlett-Packard.
2187 Fix a possible segmentation violation when specifying too many
2188 wildcard operators in a rule. Problem detected by
2190 Avoid a segmentation fault on non-matching Hesiod lookups. Problem
2191 noted by Russell McOrmond of flora.ca
2193 8.11.5/8.11.5 2001/07/31
2194 Fix a possible race condition when sending a HUP signal to restart
2195 the daemon. This could terminate the current process without
2196 starting a new daemon. Problem reported by Wolfgang Breyha
2197 of SE Netway Communications.
2198 Only apply MaxHeadersLength when receiving a message via SMTP or
2199 the command line. Problem noted by Andrey J. Melnikoff.
2200 When finding the system's local hostname on an IPv6-enabled system
2201 which doesn't have any IPv6 interface addresses, fall back
2202 to looking up only IPv4 addresses. Problem noted by Tim
2203 Bosserman of EarthLink.
2204 When commands were being rejected due to check_relay or TCP
2205 Wrappers, the ETRN command was not giving a response.
2206 Incoming IPv4 connections on a Family=inet6 daemon (using
2207 IPv4-mapped addresses) were incorrectly labeled as "may be
2208 forged". Problem noted by Per Steinar Iversen of Oslo
2210 Shutdown address test mode cleanly on SIGTERM. Problem noted by
2211 Greg King of the OAO Corporation.
2212 Restore the original real uid (changed in main() to prevent
2213 out of band signals) before invoking a delivery agent.
2214 Some delivery agents use this for the "From " envelope
2215 "header". Problem noted by Leslie Carroll of the
2216 University at Albany.
2217 Mark closed file descriptors properly to avoid reuse. Problem
2218 noted by Jeff Bronson of J.D. Bronson, Inc.
2219 Setting Timeout options on the command line will also override
2220 their sub-suboptions in the .cf file, e.g., -O
2221 Timeout.queuereturn=2d will set all queuereturn timeouts
2222 to 2 days. Problem noted by Roger B.A. Klorese.
2224 BSD/OS has a broken setreuid() implementation. Problem
2225 noted by Vernon Schryver of Rhyolite Software.
2226 BSD/OS has /dev/urandom(4) (as of version 4.1/199910 ?).
2227 Noted by Vernon Schryver of Rhyolite Software.
2228 BSD/OS has fchown(2). Noted by Dave Yadallee of Netline
2229 2000 Internet Solutions Inc.
2230 Solaris 2.X and later have strerror(3). From Sebastian
2231 Hagedorn of Cologne University.
2232 CONFIG: Fix parsing for IPv6 domain literals in addresses
2233 (user@[IPv6:address]). Problem noted by Liyuan Zhou.
2235 8.11.4/8.11.4 2001/05/28
2236 Clean up signal handling routines to reduce the chances of heap
2237 corruption and other potential race conditions.
2238 Terminating and restarting the daemon may not be
2239 instantaneous due to this change. Also, non-root users can
2240 no longer send out-of-band signals. Problem reported by
2241 Michal Zalewski of BindView.
2242 If LogLevel is greater than 9 and SASL fails to negotiate an
2243 encryption layer, avoid core dump logging the encryption
2244 strength. Problem noted by Miroslav Zubcic of Crol.
2245 If a server offers "AUTH=" and "AUTH " and the list of mechanisms is
2246 different in those two lines, sendmail might not have
2247 recognized (and used) all of the offered mechanisms.
2248 Fix an IP address lookup problem on Solaris 2.0 - 2.3. Patch
2250 This time, really don't use the .. directory when expanding
2251 QueueDirectory wildcards.
2252 If a process is interrupted while closing a map, don't try to close
2253 the same map again while exiting.
2254 Allow local mailers (F=l) to contact remote hosts (e.g., via
2255 LMTP). Problem noted by Norbert Klasen of the University
2257 If Timeout.QueueReturn was set to a value less the time it took
2258 to write a new queue file (e.g., 0 seconds), the bounce
2259 message would be lost. Problem noted by Lorraine L Goff of
2260 Oklahoma State University.
2261 Pass map argument vector into map rewriting engine for the regex
2262 and prog map types. Problem noted by Stephen Gildea of
2263 InTouch Systems, Inc.
2264 When closing an LDAP map due to a temporary error, close all of the
2265 other LDAP maps which share the original map's connection
2266 to the LDAP server. Patch from Victor Duchovni of
2268 To detect changes of NDBM aliases files check the timestamp of the
2269 .pag file instead of the .dir file. Problem noted by Neil
2270 Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
2271 Don't treat temporary hesiod lookup failures as permanent. Patch
2272 from Werner Wiethege.
2273 If ClientPortOptions is set, make sure to create the outgoing socket
2274 with the family set in that option. Patch from Sean Farley.
2275 Avoid a segmentation fault trying to dereference a NULL pointer
2276 when logging a MaxHopCount exceeded error with an empty
2277 recipient list. Problem noted by Chris Adams of HiWAAY
2279 Fix DSN for "Too many hops" bounces. Problem noticed by Ulrich
2280 Windl of the Universitaet Regensburg.
2281 Fix DSN for "mail loops back to me" bounces. Problem noticed by
2282 Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
2284 OpenBSD has a broken setreuid() implementation.
2285 CONFIG: Undo change from 8.11.1: change 501 SMTP reply code back
2286 to 553 since it is allowed by DRUMS.
2287 CONFIG: Add OSTYPE(freebsd4) for FreeBSD 4.X.
2288 DEVTOOLS: install.sh did not properly handle paths in the source
2289 file name argument. Noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish
2290 Meteorological Institute.
2291 DEVTOOLS: Add FAST_PID_RECYCLE to compile time options for OpenBSD
2292 since it generates random process ids.
2293 PRALIASES: Add back adaptive algorithm to deal with different endings
2294 of entries in the database (with/without trailing '\0').
2295 Patch from John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
2297 cf/ostype/freebsd4.m4
2299 8.11.3/8.11.3 2001/02/27
2300 Prevent a segmentation fault when a bogus value was used in the
2301 LDAPDefaultSpec option's -r, -s, or -M flags and if a bogus
2302 option was used. Problem noted by Allan E Johannesen of
2303 Worcester Polytechnic Institute.
2304 Prevent "token too long" message by shortening {currHeader} which
2305 could be too long if the last copied character was a quote.
2306 Problem detected by Jan Krueger of digitalanswers
2307 communications consulting gmbh.
2308 Additional IPv6 check for unspecified addresses. Patch from
2309 Jun-ichiro itojun Hagino of the KAME Project.
2310 Do not ignore the ClientPortOptions setting if DaemonPortOptions
2311 Modifier=b (bind to same interface) is set and the
2312 connection came in from the command line.
2313 Do not bind to the loopback address if DaemonPortOptions
2314 Modifier=b (bind to same interface) is set. Patch from
2315 John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
2316 Properly deal with open failures on non-optional maps used in
2317 check_* rulesets by returning a temporary failure.
2318 Buffered file I/O files were not being properly fsync'ed to disk
2319 when they were committed.
2320 Properly encode '=' for the AUTH= parameter of the MAIL command.
2321 Problem noted by Hadmut Danisch.
2322 Under certain circumstances the macro {server_name} could be set
2323 to the wrong hostname (of a previous connection), which may
2324 cause some rulesets to return wrong results. This would
2325 usually cause mail to be queued up and delivered later on.
2326 Ignore F=z (LMTP) mailer flag if $u is given in the mailer A=
2327 equate. Problem noted by Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto
2329 Work around broken accept() implementations which only partially
2330 fill in the peer address if the socket is closed before
2332 Return an SMTP "421" temporary failure if the data file can't be
2333 opened where the "354" reply would normally be given.
2334 Prevent a CPU loop in trying to expand a macro which doesn't exist
2335 in a queue run. Problem noted by Gordon Lack of Glaxo
2337 If delivering via a program and that program exits with EX_TEMPFAIL,
2338 note that fact for the mailq display instead of just showing
2339 "Deferred". Problem noted by Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto
2341 If doing canonification via /etc/hosts, try both the fully
2342 qualified hostname as well as the first portion of the
2343 hostname. Problem noted by David Bremner of the
2344 University of New Brunswick.
2346 Fix a compilation problem for mail.local and rmail if SFIO
2347 is in use. Problem noted by Auteria Wally
2348 Winzer Jr. of Champion Nutrition.
2349 IPv6 changes for platforms using KAME. Patch from
2350 Jun-ichiro itojun Hagino of the KAME Project.
2351 OpenBSD 2.7 and higher has srandomdev(3). OpenBSD 2.8 and
2352 higher has BSDI-style login classes. Patch from
2353 Todd C. Miller of Courtesan Consulting.
2354 Unixware 7.1.1 doesn't allow h_errno to be set directly if
2355 sendmail is being compiled with -kthread. Problem
2356 noted by Orion Poplawski of CQG, Inc.
2357 CONTRIB: buildvirtuser: Substitute current domain for $DOMAIN and
2358 current left hand side for $LHS in virtuser files.
2359 DEVTOOLS: Do not pass make targets to recursive Build invocations.
2360 Problem noted by Jeff Bronson of J.D. Bronson, Inc.
2361 MAIL.LOCAL: In LMTP mode, do not return errors regarding problems
2362 storing the temporary message file until after the remote
2363 side has sent the final DATA termination dot. Problem
2364 noted by Allan E Johannesen of Worcester Polytechnic
2366 MAIL.LOCAL: If LMTP mode is set, give a temporary error if users
2367 are also specified on the command line. Patch from
2368 Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
2369 PRALIASES: Skip over AliasFile specifications which aren't based on
2370 database files (i.e., only show dbm, hash, and btree).
2372 devtools/OS/OSF1.V5.0 => devtools/OS/OSF1.V5.x
2374 8.11.2/8.11.2 2000/12/29
2375 Prevent a segmentation fault when trying to set a class in
2376 address test mode due to a negative array index. Audit
2377 other array indexing. This bug is not believed to be
2378 exploitable. Noted by Michal Zalewski of the "Internet for
2379 Schools" project (IdS).
2380 Add an FFR (for future release) to drop privileges when using
2381 address test mode. This will be turned on in 8.12. It can
2382 be enabled by compiling with:
2383 APPENDDEF(`conf_sendmail_ENVDEF', `-D_FFR_TESTMODE_DROP_PRIVS')
2384 in your devtools/Site/site.config.m4 file. Suggested by
2385 Michal Zalewski of the "Internet for Schools" project (IdS).
2386 Fix potential problem with Cyrus-SASL security layer which may have
2387 caused I/O errors, especially for mechanism DIGEST-MD5.
2388 When QueueSortOrder was set to host, sendmail might not read
2389 enough of the queue file to determine the host, making the
2390 sort sub-optimal. Problem noted by Jeff Earickson of
2392 Don't issue DSNs for addresses which use the NOTIFY parameter (per
2393 RFC 1891) but don't have FAILURE as value.
2394 Initialize Cyrus-SASL library before the SMTP daemon is started.
2395 This implies that every change to SASL related files requires
2396 a restart of the daemon, e.g., Sendmail.conf, new SASL
2397 mechanisms (in form of shared libraries).
2398 Properly set the STARTTLS related macros during a queue run for
2399 a cached connection. Bug reported by Michael Kellen of
2401 Log the server name in relay= for ruleset tls_server instead of the
2403 Include original length of bad field/header when reporting
2404 MaxMimeHeaderLength problems. Requested by Ulrich Windl of
2405 the Universitat Regensburg.
2406 Fix delivery to set-user-ID files that are expanded from aliases in
2407 DeliveryMode queue. Problem noted by Ric Anderson of the
2408 University of Arizona.
2409 Fix LDAP map -m (match only) flag. Problem noted by Jeff Giuliano
2410 of Collective Technologies.
2411 Avoid using a negative argument for sleep() calls when delaying answers
2412 to EXPN/VRFY commands on systems which respond very slowly.
2413 Problem noted by Mikolaj J. Habryn of Optus Internet
2415 Make sure the F=u flag is set in the default prog mailer
2416 definition. Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish
2417 Meteorological Institute.
2418 Fix IPv6 check for unspecified addresses. Patch from
2419 Jun-ichiro itojun Hagino of the KAME Project.
2420 Fix return values for IRIX nsd map. From Kari Hurtta of the Finnish
2421 Meteorological Institute.
2422 Fix parsing of DaemonPortOptions and ClientPortOptions. Read all
2423 of the parameters to find Family= setting before trying to
2424 interpret Addr= and Port=. Problem noted by Valdis
2425 Kletnieks of Virginia Tech.
2426 When delivering to a file directly from an alias, do not call
2427 initgroups(); instead use the DefaultUser group information.
2428 Problem noted by Marc Schaefer of ALPHANET NF.
2429 RunAsUser now overrides the ownership of the control socket, if
2430 created. Otherwise, sendmail can not remove it upon
2431 close. Problem noted by Werner Wiethege.
2432 Fix ConnectionRateThrottle counting as the option is the number of
2433 overall connections, not the number of connections per
2434 socket. A future version may change this to per socket
2437 Clean up libsmdb so it functions properly on platforms
2438 where sizeof(u_int32_t) != sizeof(size_t). Problem
2439 noted by Rein Tollevik of Basefarm AS.
2440 Fix man page formatting for compatibility with Solaris'
2441 whatis. From Stephen Gildea of InTouch Systems, Inc.
2442 UnixWare 7 includes snprintf() support. From Larry
2444 IPv6 changes for platforms using KAME. Patch from
2445 Jun-ichiro itojun Hagino of the KAME Project.
2446 Avoid a typedef compile conflict with Berkeley DB 3.X and
2447 Solaris 2.5 or earlier. Problem noted by Bob Hughes
2449 Add preliminary support for AIX 5. Contributed by
2450 Valdis Kletnieks of Virginia Tech.
2451 Solaris 9 load average support from Andrew Tucker of Sun
2453 CONFIG: Reject addresses of the form a!b if FEATURE(`nouucp', `r')
2454 is used. Problem noted by Phil Homewood of Asia Online,
2455 patch from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
2456 CONFIG: Change the default DNS based blacklist server for
2457 FEATURE(`dnsbl') to blackholes.mail-abuse.org.
2458 CONFIG: Deal correctly with the 'C' flag in {daemon_flags}, i.e.,
2459 implicitly assume canonical host names.
2460 CONFIG: Deal with "::" in IPv6 addresses for access_db. Based on
2461 patch by Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
2462 CONFIG: New OSTYPE(`aix5') contributed by Valdis Kletnieks of
2464 CONFIG: Pass the illegal header form <list:;> through untouched
2465 instead of making it worse. Problem noted by Motonori
2466 Nakamura of Kyoto University.
2467 CONTRIB: Added buildvirtuser (see `perldoc contrib/buildvirtuser`).
2468 CONTRIB: qtool.pl: An empty queue is not an error. Problem noted
2469 by Jan Krueger of digitalanswers communications consulting
2471 CONTRIB: domainmap.m4: Handle domains with '-' in them. From Mark
2472 Roth of the University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign.
2473 DEVTOOLS: Change the internal devtools OS, REL, and ARCH m4
2474 variables into bldOS, bldREL, and bldARCH to prevent
2475 namespace collisions. Problem noted by Motonori Nakamura
2476 of Kyoto University.
2477 RMAIL: Undo the 8.11.1 change to use -G when calling sendmail. It
2478 causes some changes in behavior and may break rmail for
2479 installations where sendmail is actually a wrapper to
2480 another MTA. The change will re-appear in a future
2482 SMRSH: Use the vendor supplied directory on HPUX 10.X, HPUX 11.X,
2483 and SunOS 5.8. Requested by Jeff A. Earickson of Colby
2484 College and John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
2485 VACATION: Fix pattern matching for addresses to ignore.
2486 VACATION: Don't reply to addresses of the form owner-*
2490 contrib/buildvirtuser
2493 8.11.1/8.11.1 2000/09/27
2494 Fix SMTP EXPN command output if the address expands to a single
2495 name. Fix from John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
2496 Don't try STARTTLS in the client if the PRNG has not been properly
2497 seeded. This problem only occurs on systems without
2498 /dev/urandom. Problem detected by Jan Krueger of
2499 digitalanswers communications consulting gmbh and
2500 Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
2501 Don't use the . and .. directories when expanding QueueDirectory
2503 Do not try to cache LDAP connections across processes as a parent
2504 process may close the connection before the child process
2505 has completed. Problem noted by Lai Yiu Fai of the Hong
2506 Kong University of Science and Technology and Wolfgang
2507 Hottgenroth of UUNET.
2508 Use Timeout.fileopen to limit the amount of time spent trying to
2509 read the LDAP secret from a file.
2510 Prevent SIGTERM from removing a command line submitted item after
2511 the user submits the message and before the first delivery
2512 attempt completes. Problem noted by Max France of AlphaNet.
2513 Fix from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
2514 Deal correctly with MaxMessageSize restriction if message size is
2515 greater than 2^31. Problem noted by Tim "Darth Dice" Bosserman
2517 Turn off queue checkpointing if CheckpointInterval is set to zero.
2518 Treat an empty home directory (from getpw*() or $HOME) as
2519 non-existent instead of treating it as /. Problem noted by
2520 Todd C. Miller of Courtesan Consulting.
2521 Don't drop duplicate headers when reading a queued item. Problem
2522 noted by Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
2523 Avoid bogus error text when logging the savemail panic "cannot
2524 save rejected email anywhere". Problem noted by Marc G.
2525 Fournier of Acadia University.
2526 If an LDAP search fails because the LDAP server went down, close
2527 the map so subsequent searches reopen the map. If there are
2528 multiple LDAP servers, the down server will be skipped and
2529 one of the others may be able to take over.
2530 Set the ${load_avg} macro to the current load average, not the
2531 previous load average query result.
2532 If a non-optional map used in a check_* ruleset can't be opened,
2533 return a temporary failure to the remote SMTP client
2534 instead of ignoring the map. Problem noted by Allan E
2535 Johannesen of Worcester Polytechnic Institute.
2536 Avoid a race condition when queuing up split envelopes by saving
2537 the split envelopes before the original envelope.
2538 Fix a bug in the PH_MAP code which caused mail to bounce instead of
2539 defer if the PH server could not be contacted. From Mark
2540 Roth of the University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign.
2541 Prevent QueueSortOrder=Filename from interfering with -qR, -qS, and
2542 ETRN. Problem noted by Erik R. Leo of SoVerNet.
2543 Change error code for unrecognized parameters to the SMTP MAIL and
2544 RCPT commands from 501 to 555 per RFC 1869. Problem
2545 reported to Postfix by Robert Norris of Monash University.
2546 Prevent overwriting the argument of -B on certain OS. Problem
2547 noted by Matteo Gelosa of I.NET S.p.A.
2548 Use the proper routine for freeing memory with Netscape's LDAP
2549 client libraries. Patch from Paul Hilchey of the
2550 University of British Columbia.
2552 Move the NETINET6 define to devtools/OS/SunOS.5.{8,9}
2553 instead of defining it in conf.h so users can
2554 override the setting. Suggested by
2555 Henrik Nordstrom of Ericsson.
2556 On HP-UX 10.X and 11.X, use /usr/sbin/sendmail instead of
2557 /usr/lib/sendmail for rmail and vacation. From
2558 Jeff A. Earickson of Colby College.
2559 On HP-UX 11.X, use /usr/sbin instead of /usr/libexec (which
2560 does not exist). From Jeff A. Earickson of Colby
2562 Avoid using the UCB subsystem on NCR MP-RAS 3.x. From
2564 NeXT 3.X and 4.X installs man pages in /usr/man. From
2565 Hisanori Gogota of NTT/InterCommunicationCenter.
2566 Solaris 8 and later include /var/run. The default PID file
2567 location is now /var/run/sendmail.pid. From John
2568 Beck of Sun Microsystems.
2569 SFIO includes snprintf() for those operating systems
2570 which do not. From Todd C. Miller of Courtesan
2572 CONFIG: Use the result of _CERT_REGEX_SUBJECT_ not {cert_subject}.
2573 Problem noted by Kaspar Brand of futureLab AG.
2574 CONFIG: Change 553 SMTP reply code to 501 to avoid problems with
2575 errors in the MAIL address.
2576 CONFIG: Fix FEATURE(nouucp) usage in example .mc files. Problem
2577 noted by Ron Jarrell of Virginia Tech.
2578 CONFIG: Add support for Solaris 8 (and later) as OSTYPE(solaris8).
2579 Contributed by John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
2580 CONFIG: Set confFROM_HEADER such that the mail hub can possibly add
2581 GECOS information for an address. This more closely
2582 matches pre-8.10 nullclient behavior. From Per Hedeland of
2584 CONFIG: Fix MODIFY_MAILER_FLAGS(): apply the flag modifications for
2585 SMTP to all *smtp* mailers and those for RELAY to the relay
2586 mailer as described in cf/README.
2587 MAIL.LOCAL: Open the mailbox as the recipient not root so quotas
2588 are obeyed. Problem noted by Damian Kuczynski of NIK.
2589 MAKEMAP: Do not change a map's owner to the TrustedUser if using
2590 makemap to 'unmake' the map.
2591 RMAIL: Avoid overflowing the list of recipients being passed to
2593 RMAIL: Invoke sendmail with '-G' to indicate this is a gateway
2594 submission. Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish
2595 Meteorological Institute.
2596 VACATION: Read the complete message to avoid "broken pipe" signals.
2597 VACATION: Do not cut off vacation.msg files which have a single
2598 dot as the only character on the line.
2600 cf/ostype/solaris8.m4
2602 8.11.0/8.11.0 2000/07/19
2603 SECURITY: If sendmail is installed as a non-root set-user-ID binary
2604 (not the normal case), some operating systems will still
2605 keep a saved-uid of the effective-uid when sendmail tries
2606 to drop all of its privileges. If sendmail needs to drop
2607 these privileges and the operating system doesn't set the
2608 saved-uid as well, exit with an error. Problem noted by
2609 Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
2610 SECURITY: sendmail depends on snprintf() NUL terminating the string
2611 it populates. It is possible that some broken
2612 implementations of snprintf() exist that do not do this.
2613 Systems in this category should compile with
2614 -DSNPRINTF_IS_BROKEN=1. Use test/t_snprintf.c to test your
2615 system and report broken implementations to
2616 sendmail-bugs@sendmail.org and your OS vendor. Problem
2617 noted by Slawomir Piotrowski of TELSAT GP.
2618 Support SMTP Service Extension for Secure SMTP (RFC 2487) (STARTTLS).
2619 Implementation influenced by the example programs of
2620 OpenSSL and the work of Lutz Jaenicke of TU Cottbus.
2621 Add new STARTTLS related options CACERTPath, CACERTFile,
2622 ClientCertFile, ClientKeyFile, DHParameters, RandFile,
2623 ServerCertFile, and ServerKeyFile. These are documented in
2624 cf/README and doc/op/op.*.
2625 New STARTTLS related macros: ${cert_issuer}, ${cert_subject},
2626 ${tls_version}, ${cipher}, ${cipher_bits}, ${verify},
2627 ${server_name}, and ${server_addr}. These are documented
2628 in cf/README and doc/op/op.*.
2629 Add support for the Entropy Gathering Daemon (EGD) for better
2631 New DontBlameSendmail option InsufficientEntropy for systems which
2632 don't properly seed the PRNG for OpenSSL but want to
2633 try to use STARTTLS despite the security problems.
2634 Support the security layer in SMTP AUTH for mechanisms which
2635 support encryption. Based on code contributed by Tim
2637 Add new macro ${auth_ssf} to reflect the SMTP AUTH security
2639 LDAP's -1 (single match only) flag was not honored if the -z
2640 (delimiter) flag was not given. Problem noted by ST Wong of
2641 the Chinese University of Hong Kong. Fix from Mark Adamson
2643 Add more protection from accidentally tripping OpenLDAP 1.X's
2644 ld_errno == LDAP_DECODING_ERROR hack on ldap_next_attribute().
2645 Suggested by Kurt Zeilenga of OpenLDAP.
2646 Fix the default family selection for DaemonPortOptions. As
2647 documented, unless a family is specified in a
2648 DaemonPortOptions option, "inet" is the default. It is
2649 also the default if no DaemonPortOptions value is set.
2650 Therefore, IPv6 users should configure additional sockets
2651 by adding DaemonPortOptions settings with Family=inet6 if
2652 they wish to also listen on IPv6 interfaces. Problem noted
2653 by Jun-ichiro itojun Hagino of the KAME Project.
2654 Set ${if_family} when setting ${if_addr} and ${if_name} to reflect
2655 the interface information for an outgoing connection.
2656 Not doing so was creating a mismatch between the socket
2657 family and address used in subsequent connections if the
2658 M=b modifier was set in DaemonPortOptions. Problem noted
2659 by John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
2660 If DaemonPortOptions modifier M=b is used, determine the socket
2661 family based on the IP address. ${if_family} is no longer
2662 persistent (i.e., saved in qf files). Patch from John Beck
2663 of Sun Microsystems.
2664 sendmail 8.10 and 8.11 reused the ${if_addr} and ${if_family}
2665 macros for both the incoming interface address/family and
2666 the outgoing interface address/family. In order for M=b
2667 modifier in DaemonPortOptions to work properly, preserve
2668 the incoming information in the queue file for later
2670 Use SMTP error code and enhanced status code from check_relay in
2671 responses to commands. Problem noted by Jeff Wasilko of
2673 Add more vigilance in checking for putc() errors on output streams
2674 to protect from a bug in Solaris 2.6's putc(). Problem
2675 noted by Graeme Hewson of Oracle.
2676 The LDAP map -n option (return attribute names only) wasn't working.
2677 Problem noted by Ajay Matia.
2678 Under certain circumstances, an address could be listed as deferred
2679 but would be bounced back to the sender as failed to be
2680 delivered when it really should have been queued. Problem
2681 noted by Allan E Johannesen of Worcester Polytechnic Institute.
2682 Prevent a segmentation fault in a child SMTP process from getting
2683 the SMTP transaction out of sync. Problem noted by Per
2684 Hedeland of Ericsson.
2685 Turn off RES_DEBUG if SFIO is defined unless SFIO_STDIO_COMPAT
2686 is defined to avoid a core dump due to incompatibilities
2687 between sfio and stdio. Problem noted by Neil Rickert
2688 of Northern Illinois University.
2689 Don't log useless envelope ID on initial connection log. Problem
2690 noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
2691 Convert the free disk space shown in a control socket status query
2693 If TryNullMXList is True and there is a temporary DNS failure
2694 looking up the hostname, requeue the message for a later
2695 attempt. Problem noted by Ari Heikkinen of Pohjois-Savo
2697 Under the proper circumstances, failed connections would be recorded
2698 as "Bad file number" instead of "Connection failed" in the
2699 queue file and persistent host status. Problem noted by
2700 Graeme Hewson of Oracle.
2701 Avoid getting into an endless loop if a non-hoststat directory exists
2702 within the hoststatus directory (e.g., lost+found).
2703 Patch from Valdis Kletnieks of Virginia Tech.
2704 Make sure Timeout.queuereturn=now returns a bounce message to the
2705 sender. Problem noted by Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
2706 If a message data file can't be opened at delivery time, panic and
2707 abort the attempt instead of delivering a message that
2708 states "<<< No Message Collected >>>".
2709 Fixup the GID checking code from 8.10.2 as it was overly
2710 restrictive. Problem noted by Mark G. Thomas of Mark
2711 G. Thomas Consulting.
2712 Preserve source port number instead of replacing it with the ident
2714 Document the queue status characters in the mailq man page.
2715 Suggested by Ulrich Windl of the Universitat Regensburg.
2716 Process queued items in which none of the recipient addresses have
2717 host portions (or there are no recipients). Problem noted
2718 by Valdis Kletnieks of Virginia Tech.
2719 If a cached LDAP connection is used for multiple maps, make sure
2720 only the first to open the connection is allowed to close
2721 it so a later map close doesn't break the connection for
2722 other maps. Problem noted by Wolfgang Hottgenroth of UUNET.
2723 Netscape's LDAP libraries do not support Kerberos V4
2724 authentication. Patch from Rainer Schoepf of the
2725 University of Mainz.
2726 Provide workaround for inconsistent handling of data passed
2727 via callbacks to Cyrus SASL prior to version 1.5.23.
2728 Mention ENHANCEDSTATUSCODES in the SMTP HELP helpfile. Omission
2729 noted by Ulrich Windl of the Universitat Regensburg.
2731 Add the ability to read IPv6 interface addresses into class
2732 'w' under FreeBSD (and possibly others). From Jun
2733 Kuriyama of IMG SRC, Inc. and the FreeBSD Project.
2734 Replace code for finding the number of CPUs on HPUX.
2735 NCRUNIX MP-RAS 3.02 SO_REUSEADDR socket option does not
2736 work properly causing problems if the accept()
2737 fails and the socket needs to be reopened. Patch
2738 from Tom Moore of NCR.
2739 NetBSD uses a .0 extension of formatted man pages. From
2740 Andrew Brown of Crossbar Security.
2741 Return to using the IPv6 AI_DEFAULT flag instead of AI_V4MAPPED
2742 for calls to getipnodebyname(). The Linux
2743 implementation is broken so AI_ADDRCONFIG is stripped
2744 under Linux. From John Beck of Sun Microsystems and
2745 John Kennedy of Cal State University, Chico.
2746 CONFIG: Catch invalid addresses containing a ',' at the wrong place.
2747 Patch from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
2748 CONFIG: New variables for the new sendmail options:
2749 confCACERT_PATH CACERTPath
2750 confCACERT CACERTFile
2751 confCLIENT_CERT ClientCertFile
2752 confCLIENT_KEY ClientKeyFile
2753 confDH_PARAMETERS DHParameters
2754 confRAND_FILE RandFile
2755 confSERVER_CERT ServerCertFile
2756 confSERVER_KEY ServerKeyFile
2757 CONFIG: Provide basic rulesets for TLS policy control and add new
2758 tags to the access database to support these policies. See
2759 cf/README for more information.
2760 CONFIG: Add TLS information to the Received: header.
2761 CONFIG: Call tls_client ruleset from check_mail in case it wasn't
2762 called due to a STARTTLS command.
2763 CONFIG: If TLS_PERM_ERR is defined, TLS related errors are permanent
2764 instead of temporary.
2765 CONFIG: FEATURE(`relay_hosts_only') didn't work in combination with
2766 the access map and relaying to a domain without using a To:
2767 tag. Problem noted by Mark G. Thomas of Mark G. Thomas
2769 CONFIG: Set confEBINDIR to /usr/sbin to match the devtools entry in
2770 OSTYPE(`linux') and OSTYPE(`mklinux'). From Tim Pierce of
2772 CONFIG: Make sure FEATURE(`nullclient') doesn't use aliasing and
2773 forwarding to make it as close to the old behavior as
2774 possible. Problem noted by George W. Baltz of the
2775 University of Maryland.
2776 CONFIG: Added OSTYPE(`darwin') for Mac OS X and Darwin users. From
2777 Wilfredo Sanchez of Apple Computer, Inc.
2778 CONFIG: Changed the map names used by FEATURE(`ldap_routing') from
2779 ldap_mailhost and ldap_mailroutingaddress to ldapmh and
2780 ldapmra as underscores in map names cause problems if
2781 underscore is in OperatorChars. Problem noted by Bob Zeitz
2782 of the University of Alberta.
2783 CONFIG: Apply blacklist_recipients also to hosts in class {w}.
2784 Patch from Michael Tratz of Esosoft Corporation.
2785 CONFIG: Use A=TCP ... instead of A=IPC ... in SMTP mailers.
2786 CONTRIB: Add link_hash.sh to create symbolic links to the hash
2787 of X.509 certificates.
2788 CONTRIB: passwd-to-alias.pl: More protection from special characters;
2789 treat special shells as root aliases; skip entries where the
2790 GECOS full name and username match. From Ulrich Windl of the
2791 Universitat Regensburg.
2792 CONTRIB: qtool.pl: Add missing last_modified_time method and fix a
2793 typo. Patch from Graeme Hewson of Oracle.
2794 CONTRIB: re-mqueue.pl: Improve handling of a race between re-mqueue
2795 and sendmail. Patch from Graeme Hewson of Oracle.
2796 CONTRIB: re-mqueue.pl: Don't exit(0) at end so can be called as
2797 subroutine Patch from Graeme Hewson of Oracle.
2798 CONTRIB: Add movemail.pl (move old mail messages between queues by
2799 calling re-mqueue.pl) and movemail.conf (configuration
2800 script for movemail.pl). From Graeme Hewson of Oracle.
2801 CONTRIB: Add cidrexpand (expands CIDR blocks as a preprocessor to
2802 makemap). From Derek J. Balling of Yahoo,Inc.
2803 DEVTOOLS: INSTALL_RAWMAN installation option mistakenly applied any
2804 extension modifications (e.g., MAN8EXT) to the installation
2805 target. Patch from James Ralston of Carnegie Mellon
2807 DEVTOOLS: Add support for SunOS 5.9.
2808 DEVTOOLS: New option confLN contains the command used to create
2810 LIBSMDB: Berkeley DB 2.X and 3.X errors might be lost and not
2812 MAIL.LOCAL: DG/UX portability. Problem noted by Tim Boyer of
2813 Denman Tire Corporation.
2814 MAIL.LOCAL: Prevent a possible DoS attack when compiled with
2815 -DCONTENTLENGTH. Based on patch from 3APA3A@SECURITY.NNOV.RU.
2816 MAILSTATS: Fix usage statement (-p and -o are optional).
2817 MAKEMAP: Change man page layout as workaround for problem with nroff
2818 and -man on Solaris 7. Patch from Larry Williamson.
2819 RMAIL: AIX 4.3 has snprintf(). Problem noted by David Hayes of
2820 Black Diamond Equipment, Limited.
2821 RMAIL: Prevent a segmentation fault if the incoming message does not
2823 VACATION: Read all of the headers before deciding whether or not
2824 to respond instead of stopping after finding recipient.
2828 contrib/link_hash.sh
2829 contrib/movemail.conf
2831 devtools/OS/SunOS.5.9
2834 8.10.2/8.10.2 2000/06/07
2835 SECURITY: Work around broken Linux setuid() implementation.
2836 On Linux, a normal user process has the ability to subvert
2837 the setuid() call such that it is impossible for a root
2838 process to drop its privileges. Problem noted by Wojciech
2839 Purczynski of elzabsoft.pl.
2840 SECURITY: Add more vigilance around set*uid(), setgid(), setgroups(),
2841 initgroups(), and chroot() calls.
2845 8.10.1/8.10.1 2000/04/06
2846 SECURITY: Limit the choice of outgoing (client-side) SMTP
2847 Authentication mechanisms to those specified in
2848 AuthMechanisms to prevent information leakage. We do not
2849 recommend use of PLAIN for outgoing mail as it sends the
2850 password in clear text to possibly untrusted servers. See
2851 cf/README's DefaultAuthInfo section for additional information.
2852 Copy the ident argument for openlog() to avoid problems on some
2853 OSs. Based on patch from Rob Bajorek from Webhelp.com.
2854 Avoid bogus error message when reporting an alias line as too long.
2855 Avoid bogus socket error message if sendmail.cf version level is
2856 greater than sendmail binary supported version. Patch
2857 from John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
2858 Prevent a malformed ruleset (missing right hand side) from causing
2859 a segmentation fault when using address test mode. Based on
2860 patch from John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
2861 Prevent memory leak from use of NIS maps and yp_match(3). Problem
2862 noted by Gil Kloepfer of the University of Texas at Austin.
2863 Fix queue file permission checks to allow for TrustedUser ownership.
2864 Change logging of errors from the trust_auth ruleset to LogLevel 10
2866 Avoid simple password cracking attacks against SMTP AUTH by using
2867 exponential delay after too many tries within one connection.
2868 Encode an initial empty AUTH challenge as '=', not as empty string.
2869 Avoid segmentation fault on EX_SOFTWARE internal error logs.
2870 Problem noted by Allan E Johannesen of Worcester
2871 Polytechnic Institute.
2872 Ensure that a header check which resolves to $#discard actually
2873 discards the message.
2874 Emit missing value warnings for aliases with no right hand side
2875 when newaliases is run instead of only when delivery is
2876 attempted to the alias.
2877 Remove AuthOptions missing value warning for consistency with other
2880 SECURITY: Specify a run-time shared library search path for
2881 AIX 4.X instead of using the dangerous AIX 4.X
2882 linker semantics. AIX 4.X users should consult
2883 sendmail/README for further information. Problem
2884 noted by Valdis Kletnieks of Virginia Tech.
2885 Avoid use of strerror(3) call. Problem noted by Charles
2886 Levert of Ecole Polytechnique de Montreal.
2887 DGUX requires -lsocket -lnsl and has a non-standard install
2888 program. From Tim Boyer of Denman Tire Corporation.
2889 HPUX 11.0 has a broken res_search() function.
2890 Updates to devtools/OS/NeXT.3.X, NeXT.4.X, and NEXTSTEP.4.X
2891 from J. P. McCann of E I A.
2892 Digital UNIX/Compaq Tru64 5.0 now includes snprintf(3).
2893 Problem noted by Michael Long of Info Avenue Internet
2895 Modern (post-199912) OpenBSD versions include working
2896 strlc{at,py}(3) functions. From Todd C. Miller of
2897 Courtesan Consulting.
2898 SINIX doesn't have random(3). From Gerald Rinske of
2899 Siemens Business Services.
2900 CONFIG: Change error message about unresolvable sender domain to
2901 include the sender address. Proposed by Wolfgang Rupprecht
2903 CONFIG: Fix usenet mailer calls.
2904 CONFIG: If RELAY_MAILER_FLAGS is not defined, use SMTP_MAILER_FLAGS
2905 to be backward compatible with 8.9.
2906 CONFIG: Change handling of default case @domain for virtusertable
2907 to allow for +*@domain to deal with +detail.
2908 CONTRIB: Remove converting.sun.configs -- it is obsolete.
2909 DEVTOOLS: confUBINMODE was being ignored. Fix from KITAZIMA, Tuneki
2911 DEVTOOLS: Add to NCR platform list and include the architecture
2912 (i486). From Tom J. Moore of NCR.
2913 DEVTOOLS: SECURITY: Change method of linking with sendmail utility
2914 libraries to work around the AIX 4.X and SunOS 4.X linker's
2915 overloaded -L option. Problem noted by Valdis Kletnieks of
2917 DEVTOOLS: configure.sh was overriding the user's choice for
2918 confNROFF. Problem noted by Glenn A. Malling of Syracuse
2920 DEVTOOLS: New variables conf_prog_LIB_POST and confBLDVARIANT added
2921 for other internal projects but included in the open source
2923 LIBSMDB: Check for ".db" instead of simply "db" at the end of the
2924 map name to determine whether or not to add the extension.
2925 This fixes makemap when building the userdb file. Problem
2926 noted by Andrew J Cole of the University of Leeds.
2927 LIBSMDB: Allow a database to be opened for updating and created if
2928 it doesn't already exist. Problem noted by Rand Wacker of
2930 LIBSMDB: If type is SMDB_TYPE_DEFAULT and both NEWDB and NDBM are
2931 available, fall back to NDBM if NEWDB open fails. This
2932 fixes praliases. Patch from John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
2933 LIBSMUTIL: safefile()'s SFF_NOTEXCL check was being misinterpreted
2935 OP.ME: Clarify some issues regarding mailer flags. Suggested by
2936 Martin Mokrejs of The Charles University and Neil Rickert of
2937 Northern Illinois University.
2938 PRALIASES: Restore 8.9.X functionality of being able to search for
2939 particular keys in a database by specifying the keys on the
2940 command line. Man page updated accordingly. Patch from
2941 John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
2942 VACATION: SunOS 4.X portability from Charles Levert of Ecole
2943 Polytechnique de Montreal.
2944 VACATION: Fix -t option which is ignored but available for
2945 compatibility with Sun's version, based on patch from
2946 Volker Dobler of Infratest Burke.
2948 devtools/M4/UNIX/smlib.m4
2949 devtools/OS/OSF1.V5.0
2951 contrib/converting.sun.configs
2952 Deleted Directories (already done in 8.10.0 but not listed):
2957 8.10.0/8.10.0 2000/03/01
2958 *************************************************************
2959 * The engineering department at Sendmail, Inc. has suffered *
2960 * the tragic loss of a key member of our engineering team. *
2961 * Julie Van Bourg was the Vice President of Engineering *
2962 * at Sendmail, Inc. during the development and deployment *
2963 * of this release. It was her vision, dedication, and *
2964 * support that has made this release a success. Julie died *
2965 * on October 26, 1999 of cancer. We have lost a leader, a *
2966 * coach, and a friend. *
2968 * This release is dedicated to her memory and to the joy, *
2969 * strength, ideals, and hope that she brought to all of us. *
2970 * Julie, we miss you! *
2971 *************************************************************
2972 SECURITY: The safe file checks now back track through symbolic
2973 links to make sure the files can't be compromised due
2974 to poor permissions on the parent directories of the
2975 symbolic link target.
2976 SECURITY: Only root, TrustedUser, and users in class t can rebuild
2977 the alias map. Problem noted by Michal Zalewski of the
2978 "Internet for Schools" project (IdS).
2979 SECURITY: There is a potential for a denial of service attack if
2980 the AutoRebuildAliases option is set as a user can kill the
2981 sendmail process while it is rebuilding the aliases file
2982 (leaving it in an inconsistent state). This option and
2983 its use is deprecated and will be removed from a future
2984 version of sendmail.
2985 SECURITY: Make sure all file descriptors (besides stdin, stdout, and
2986 stderr) are closed before restarting sendmail. Problem noted
2987 by Michal Zalewski of the "Internet for Schools" project
2989 Begin using /etc/mail/ for sendmail related files. This affects
2990 a large number of files. See cf/README for more details.
2991 The directory structure of the distribution has changed slightly
2992 for easier code sharing among the programs.
2993 Support SMTP AUTH (see RFC 2554). New macros for this purpose
2994 are ${auth_authen}, ${auth_type}, and ${auth_author}
2995 which hold the client's authentication credentials,
2996 the mechanism used for authentication, and the
2997 authorization identity (i.e., the AUTH= parameter if
2998 supplied). Based on code contributed by Tim Martin of CMU.
2999 On systems which use the Torek stdio library (all of the BSD
3000 distributions), use memory-buffered files to reduce
3001 file system overhead by not creating temporary files on
3002 disk. Contributed by Exactis.com, Inc.
3003 New option DataFileBufferSize to control the maximum size of a
3004 memory-buffered data (df) file before a disk-based file is
3005 used. Contributed by Exactis.com, Inc.
3006 New option XscriptFileBufferSize to control the maximum size of a
3007 memory-buffered transcript (xf) file before a disk-based
3008 file is used. Contributed by Exactis.com, Inc.
3009 sendmail implements RFC 2476 (Message Submission), e.g., it can
3010 now listen on several different ports. Use:
3011 O DaemonPortOptions=Name=MSA, Port=587, M=E
3012 to run a Message Submission Agent (MSA); this is turned
3013 on by default in m4-generated .cf files; it can be turned
3014 off with FEATURE(`no_default_msa').
3015 The 'XUSR' SMTP command is deprecated. Mail user agents should
3016 begin using RFC 2476 Message Submission for initial user
3017 message submission. XUSR may disappear from a future release.
3018 The new '-G' (relay (gateway) submission) command line option
3019 indicates that the message being submitted from the command
3020 line is for relaying, not initial submission. This means
3021 the message will be rejected if the addresses are not fully
3022 qualified and no canonicalization will be done. Future
3023 releases may even reject improperly formed messages.
3024 The '-U' (initial user submission) command line option is
3025 deprecated and may be removed from a future release.
3026 Mail user agents should begin using '-G' to indicate that
3027 this is a relay submission (the inverse of -U).
3028 The next release of sendmail will assume that any message submitted
3029 from the command line is an initial user submission and act
3031 If sendmail doesn't have enough privileges to run a .forward
3032 program or deliver to file as the owner of that file, the
3033 address is marked as unsafe. This means if RunAsUser is
3034 set, users won't be able to use programs or delivery to
3035 files in their .forward files. Administrators can override
3036 this by setting the DontBlameSendmail option to the new
3037 setting NonRootSafeAddr.
3038 Allow group or world writable directories if the sticky bit is set
3039 on the directory and DontBlameSendmail is set to
3040 TrustStickyBit. Based on patch from Chris Metcalf of
3042 Prevent logging of unsafe directory paths for non-existent forward
3043 files if the new DontWarnForwardFileInUnsafeDirPath bit is
3044 set in the DontBlameSendmail option. Requested by many.
3045 New Timeout.control option to limit the total time spent satisfying
3046 a control socket request.
3047 New Timeout.resolver options for controlling BIND resolver
3049 Timeout.resolver.retrans
3050 Sets the resolver's retransmission time interval (in
3051 seconds). Sets both Timeout.resolver.retrans.first
3052 and Timeout.resolver.retrans.normal.
3053 Timeout.resolver.retrans.first
3054 Sets the resolver's retransmission time interval (in
3055 seconds) for the first attempt to deliver a message.
3056 Timeout.resolver.retrans.normal
3057 Sets the resolver's retransmission time interval (in
3058 seconds) for all resolver lookups except the first
3060 Timeout.resolver.retry
3061 Sets the number of times to retransmit a resolver
3062 query. Sets both Timeout.resolver.retry.first
3063 and Timeout.resolver.retry.normal.
3064 Timeout.resolver.retry.first
3065 Sets the number of times to retransmit a resolver
3066 query for the first attempt to deliver a message.
3067 Timeout.resolver.retry.normal
3068 Sets the number of times to retransmit a resolver
3069 query for all resolver lookups except the first
3071 Contributed by Exactis.com, Inc.
3072 Support multiple queue directories. To use multiple queues, supply
3073 a QueueDirectory option value ending with an asterisk. For
3074 example, /var/spool/mqueue/q* will use all of the
3075 directories or symbolic links to directories beginning with
3076 'q' in /var/spool/mqueue as queue directories. Keep in
3077 mind, the queue directory structure should not be changed
3078 while sendmail is running. Queue runs create a separate
3079 process for running each queue unless the verbose flag is
3080 given on a non-daemon queue run. New items are randomly
3081 assigned to a queue. Contributed by Exactis.com, Inc.
3082 Support different directories for qf, df, and xf queue files; if
3083 subdirectories or symbolic links to directories of those names
3084 exist in the queue directories, they are used for the
3085 corresponding queue files. Keep in mind, the queue
3086 directory structure should not be changed while sendmail is
3087 running. Proposed by Mathias Koerber of Singapore
3088 Telecommunications Ltd.
3089 New queue file naming system which uses a filename guaranteed to be
3090 unique for 60 years. This allows queue IDs to be assigned
3091 without fancy file system locking. Queued items can be
3092 moved between queues easily. Contributed by Exactis.com,
3094 Messages which are undeliverable due to temporary address failures
3095 (e.g., DNS failure) will now go to the FallBackMX host, if
3096 set. Contributed by Exactis.com, Inc.
3097 New command line option '-L tag' which sets the identifier used for
3098 syslog. Contributed by Exactis.com, Inc.
3099 QueueSortOrder=Filename will sort the queue by filename. This
3100 avoids opening and reading each queue file when preparing
3101 to run the queue. Contributed by Exactis.com, Inc.
3102 Shared memory counters and microtimers functionality has been
3103 donated by Exactis.com, Inc.
3104 The SCCS ID tags have been replaced with RCS ID tags.
3105 Allow trusted users (those on a T line or in $=t) to set the
3106 QueueDirectory (Q) option without an X-Authentication-Warning:
3107 being added. Suggested by Michael K. Sanders.
3108 IPv6 support based on patches from John Kennedy of Cal State
3109 University, Chico, Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University,
3110 and John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
3111 In low-disk space situations, where sendmail would previously refuse
3112 connections, still accept them, but only allow ETRN commands.
3113 Suggested by Mathias Koerber of Singapore Telecommunications
3115 The [IPC] builtin mailer now allows delivery to a UNIX domain socket
3116 on systems which support them. This can be used with LMTP
3117 local delivery agents which listen on a named socket. An
3118 example mailer might be:
3119 Mexecmail, P=[IPC], F=lsDFMmnqSXzA5@/:|, E=\r\n,
3120 S=10, R=20/40, T=DNS/RFC822/X-Unix,
3121 A=FILE /var/run/lmtpd
3122 Code contributed by Lyndon Nerenberg of Messaging Direct.
3123 The [TCP] builtin mailer name is now deprecated. Use [IPC]
3125 The first mailer argument in the [IPC] mailer is now checked for a
3126 legitimate value. Possible values are TCP (for TCP/IP
3127 connections), IPC (which will be deprecated in a future
3128 version), and FILE (for UNIX domain socket delivery).
3129 PrivacyOptions=goaway no longer includes the noetrn and the noreceipts
3131 PrivacyOptions=nobodyreturn instructs sendmail not to include the
3132 body of the original message on delivery status
3134 Don't announce DSN if PrivacyOptions=noreceipts is set. Problem noted
3135 by Dan Bernstein, fix from Robert Harker of Harker Systems.
3136 Accept the SMTP RSET command even when rejecting commands due to TCP
3137 Wrappers or the check_relay ruleset. Problem noted by
3138 Steve Schweinhart of America Online.
3139 Warn if OperatorChars is set multiple times. OperatorChars should
3140 not be set after rulesets are defined. Suggested by
3141 Mitchell Blank Jr of Exec-PC.
3142 Do not report temporary failure on delivery to files. In
3143 interactive delivery mode, this would result in two SMTP
3144 responses after the DATA command. Problem noted by
3145 Nik Conwell of Boston University.
3146 Check file close when mailing to files. Problem noted by Nik
3147 Conwell of Boston University.
3148 Avoid a segmentation fault when using the LDAP map. Patch from
3149 Curtis W. Hillegas of Princeton University.
3150 Always bind to the LDAP server regardless of whether you are using
3151 ldap_open() or ldap_init(). Fix from Raj Kunjithapadam of
3153 New ruleset trust_auth to determine whether a given AUTH=
3154 parameter of the MAIL command should be trusted. See SMTP
3155 AUTH, cf/README, and doc/op/op.ps.
3156 Allow new named config file rules check_vrfy, check_expn, and
3157 check_etrn for VRFY, EXPN, and ETRN commands, respectively,
3158 similar to check_rcpt etc.
3159 Introduce new macros ${rcpt_mailer}, ${rcpt_host}, ${rcpt_addr},
3160 ${mail_mailer}, ${mail_host}, ${mail_addr} that hold
3161 the results of parsing the RCPT and MAIL arguments, i.e.
3162 the resolved triplet from $#mailer $@host $:addr.
3163 From Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
3164 New macro ${client_resolve} which holds the result of the resolve
3165 call for ${client_name}: OK, FAIL, FORGED, TEMP. Proposed
3166 by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
3167 New macros ${dsn_notify}, ${dsn_envid}, and ${dsn_ret} that hold
3168 the corresponding DSN parameter values. Proposed by
3170 New macro ${msg_size} which holds the value of the SIZE= parameter,
3171 i.e., usually the size of the message (in an ESMTP dialogue),
3172 before the message has been collected, thereafter it holds
3173 the message size as computed by sendmail (and can be used
3175 The macro ${deliveryMode} now specifies the current delivery mode
3176 sendmail is using instead of the value of the DeliveryMode
3178 New macro ${ntries} holds the number of delivery attempts.
3179 Drop explicit From: if same as what would be generated only if it is
3180 a local address. From Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
3181 Write pid to file also if sendmail only processes the queue.
3182 Proposed by Roy J. Mongiovi of Georgia Tech.
3183 Log "low on disk space" only when necessary.
3184 New macro ${load_avg} can be used to check the current load average.
3185 Suggested by Scott Gifford of The Internet Ramp.
3186 Return-Receipt-To: header implies DSN request if option RrtImpliesDsn
3188 Flag -S for maps to specify the character which is substituted
3189 for spaces (instead of the default given by O BlankSub).
3190 Flag -D for maps: perform no lookup in deferred delivery mode.
3191 This flag is set by default for the host map. Based on a
3192 proposal from Ian MacPhedran of the University of Saskatchewan.
3193 Open maps only on demand, not at startup.
3194 Log warning about unsupported IP address families.
3195 New option MaxHeadersLength allows to specify a maximum length
3196 of the sum of all headers. This can be used to prevent
3197 a denial-of-service attack.
3198 New option MaxMimeHeaderLength which limits the size of MIME
3199 headers and parameters within those headers. This option
3200 is intended to protect mail user agents from buffer
3202 Added option MaxAliasRecursion to specify the maximum depth of
3204 New flag F=6 for mailers to strip headers to seven bit.
3205 Map type syslog to log the key via syslogd.
3206 Entries in the alias file can be continued by putting a backslash
3207 directly before the newline.
3208 New option DeadLetterDrop to define the location of the system-wide
3209 dead.letter file, formerly hardcoded to
3210 /usr/tmp/dead.letter. If this option is not set (the
3211 default), sendmail will not attempt to save to a
3212 system-wide dead.letter file if it can not bounce the mail
3213 to the user nor postmaster. Instead, it will rename the qf
3214 file as it has in the past when the dead.letter file
3215 could not be opened.
3216 New option PidFile to define the location of the pid file. The
3217 value of this option is macro expanded.
3218 New option ProcessTitlePrefix specifies a prefix string for the
3219 process title shown in 'ps' listings.
3220 New macros for use with the PidFile and ProcessTitlePrefix options
3221 (along with the already existing macros):
3222 ${daemon_info} Daemon information, e.g.
3223 SMTP+queueing@00:30:00
3224 ${daemon_addr} Daemon address, e.g., 0.0.0.0
3225 ${daemon_family} Daemon family, e.g., inet, inet6, etc.
3226 ${daemon_name} Daemon name, e.g., MSA.
3227 ${daemon_port} Daemon port, e.g., 25
3228 ${queue_interval} Queue run interval, e.g., 00:30:00
3229 New macros especially for virtual hosting:
3230 ${if_name} hostname of interface of incoming connection.
3231 ${if_addr} address of interface of incoming connection.
3232 The latter is only set if the interface does not belong to the
3234 If a message being accepted via a method other than SMTP and
3235 would be rejected by a header check, do not send the message.
3236 Suggested by Phil Homewood of Mincom Pty Ltd.
3237 Don't strip comments for header checks if $>+ is used instead of $>.
3238 Provide header value as quoted string in the macro
3239 ${currHeader} (possibly truncated to MAXNAME). Suggested by
3240 Jan Krueger of Unix-AG of University of Hannover.
3241 The length of the header value is stored in ${hdrlen}.
3242 H*: allows to specify a default ruleset for header checks. This
3243 ruleset will only be called if the individual header does
3244 not have its own ruleset assigned. Suggested by Jan
3245 Krueger of Unix-AG of University of Hannover.
3246 The name of the header field stored in ${hdr_name}.
3247 Comments (i.e., text within parentheses) in rulesets are not
3248 removed if the config file version is greater than or equal
3249 to 9. For example, "R$+ ( 1 ) $@ 1" matches the
3250 input "token (1)" but does not match "token".
3251 Avoid removing the Content-Transfer-Encoding MIME header on
3252 MIME messages. Problem noted by Sigurbjorn B. Larusson of
3253 Multimedia Consumer Services. Fix from Per Hedeland of
3255 Avoid duplicate Content-Transfer-Encoding MIME header on
3256 messages with 8-bit text in headers. Problem noted by
3257 Per Steinar Iversen of Oslo College. Fix from Per Hedeland
3259 Avoid keeping maps locked longer than necessary when re-opening a
3260 modified database map file. Problem noted by Chris Adams
3261 of Renaissance Internet Services.
3262 Resolving to the $#error mailer with a temporary failure code (e.g.,
3263 $#error $@ tempfail $: "400 Temporary failure") will now
3264 queue up the message instead of bouncing it.
3265 Be more liberal in acceptable responses to an SMTP RSET command as
3266 standard does not provide any indication of what to do when
3267 something other than 250 is received. Based on a patch
3268 from Steve Schweinhart of America Online.
3269 New option TrustedUser allows to specify a user who can own
3270 important files instead of root. This requires HASFCHOWN.
3271 Fix USERDB conditional so compiling with NEWDB or HESIOD and
3272 setting USERDB=0 works. Fix from Jorg Zanger of Schock.
3273 Fix another instance (similar to one in 8.9.3) of a network failure
3274 being mis-logged as "Illegal Seek" instead of whatever
3275 really went wrong. From John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
3276 $? tests also whether the macro is non-null.
3277 Print an error message if a mailer definition contains an invalid
3279 New mailer equate /= to specify a directory to chroot() into before
3280 executing the mailer program. Suggested by Igor Vinokurov.
3281 New mailer equate W= to specify the maximum time to wait for the
3282 mailer to return after sending all data to it.
3283 Only free memory from the process list when adding a new process
3284 into a previously filled slot. Previously, the memory was
3285 freed at removal time. Since removal can happen in a
3286 signal handler, this may leave the memory map in an
3287 inconsistent state. Problem noted by Jeff A. Earickson and
3288 David Cooley of Colby College.
3289 When using the UserDB @hostname catch-all, do not try to lookup
3290 local users in the passwd file. The UserDB code has
3291 already decided the message will be passed to another host
3292 for processing. Fix from Tony Landells of Burdett
3293 Buckeridge Young Limited.
3294 Support LDAP authorization via either a file containing the
3295 password or Kerberos V4 using the new map options
3296 '-ddistinguished_name', '-Mmethod', and '-Pfilename'. The
3297 distinguished_name is who to login as. The method can be
3298 one of LDAP_AUTH_NONE, LDAP_AUTH_SIMPLE, or
3299 LDAP_AUTH_KRBV4. The filename is the file containing the
3300 secret key for LDAP_AUTH_SIMPLE or the name of the Kerberos
3301 ticket file for LDAP_AUTH_KRBV4. Patch from Booker Bense
3302 of Stanford University.
3303 The ldapx map has been renamed to ldap. The use of ldapx is
3304 deprecated and will be removed in a future version.
3305 If the result of an LDAP search returns a multi-valued attribute
3306 and the map has the column delimiter set, it turns that
3307 response into a delimiter separated string. The LDAP map
3308 will traverse multiple entries as well. LDAP alias maps
3309 automatically set the column delimiter to the comma.
3310 Based on patch from Booker Bense of Stanford University and
3311 idea from Philip A. Prindeville of Mirapoint, Inc.
3312 Support return of multiple values for a single LDAP lookup. The
3313 values to be returned should be in a comma separated string.
3314 For example, `-v "email,emailother"'. Patch from
3315 Curtis W. Hillegas of Princeton University.
3316 Allow the use of LDAP for alias maps.
3317 If no LDAP attributes are specified in an LDAP map declaration, all
3318 attributes found in the match will be returned.
3319 Prevent commas in quoted strings in the AliasFile value from
3320 breaking up a single entry into multiple entries. This is
3321 needed for LDAP alias file specifications to allow for
3322 comma separated key and value strings.
3323 Keep connections to LDAP server open instead of opening and closing
3324 for each lookup. To reduce overhead, sendmail will cache
3325 connections such that multiple maps which use the same
3326 host, port, bind DN, and authentication will only result in
3327 a single connection to that host.
3328 Put timeout in the proper place for USE_LDAP_INIT.
3329 Be more careful about checking for errors and freeing memory on
3331 Use asynchronous LDAP searches to save memory and network
3333 Do not copy LDAP query results if the map's match only flag is set.
3334 Increase portability to the Netscape LDAP libraries.
3335 Change the parsing of the LDAP filter specification. '%s' is still
3336 replaced with the literal contents of the map lookup key --
3337 note that this means a lookup can be done using the LDAP
3338 special characters. The new '%0' token can be used instead
3339 of '%s' to encode the key buffer according to RFC 2254.
3340 For example, if the LDAP map specification contains '-k
3341 "(user=%s)"' and a lookup is done on "*", this would be
3342 equivalent to '-k "(user=*)"' -- matching ANY record with a
3343 user attribute. Instead, if the LDAP map specification
3344 contains '-k "(user=%0)"' and a lookup is done on "*", this
3345 would be equivalent to '-k "(user=\2A)"' -- matching a user
3347 New LDAP map flags: "-1" requires a single match to be returned, if
3348 more than one is returned, it is equivalent to no records
3349 being found; "-r never|always|search|find" sets the LDAP
3350 alias dereference option; "-Z size" limits the number of
3352 New option LDAPDefaultSpec allows a default map specification for
3353 LDAP maps. The value should only contain LDAP specific
3354 settings such as "-h host -p port -d bindDN", etc. The
3355 settings will be used for all LDAP maps unless they are
3356 specified in the individual map specification ('K'
3357 command). This option should be set before any LDAP maps
3359 Prevent an NDBM alias file opening loop when the NDBM open
3360 continually fails. Fix from Roy J. Mongiovi of Georgia
3362 Reduce memory utilization for smaller symbol table entries. In
3363 particular, class entries get much smaller, which can be
3364 important if you have large classes.
3365 On network-related temporary failures, record the hostname which
3366 gave error in the queued status message. Requested by
3367 Ulrich Windl of the Universitat Regensburg.
3368 Add new F=% mailer flag to allow for a store and forward
3369 configuration. Mailers which have this flag will not attempt
3370 delivery on initial receipt of a message or on queue runs
3371 unless the queued message is selected using one of the
3372 -qI/-qR/-qS queue run modifiers or an ETRN request. Code
3373 provided by Philip Guenther of Gustavus Adolphus College.
3374 New option ControlSocketName which, when set, creates a daemon
3375 control socket. This socket allows an external program to
3376 control and query status from the running sendmail daemon
3377 via a named socket, similar to the ctlinnd interface to the
3378 INN news server. Access to this interface is controlled by
3379 the UNIX file permissions on the named socket on most UNIX
3380 systems (see sendmail/README for more information). An
3381 example control program is provided as contrib/smcontrol.pl.
3382 Change the default values of QueueLA from 8 to (8 * numproc) and
3383 RefuseLA from 12 to (12 * numproc) where numproc is the
3384 number of processors online on the system (if that can be
3385 determined). For single processor machines, this change
3387 Don't return body of message to postmaster on "Too many hops" bounces.
3388 Based on fix from Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
3389 Give more detailed DSN descriptions for some cases. Patch from
3390 Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
3391 Logging of alias, forward file, and UserDB expansion now happens
3392 at LogLevel 11 or higher instead of 10 or higher.
3393 Logging of an envelope's complete delivery (the "done" message) now
3394 happens at LogLevel 10 or higher instead of 11 or higher.
3395 Logging of TCP/IP or UNIX standard input connections now happens at
3396 LogLevel 10 or higher. Previously, only TCP/IP connections
3397 were logged, and on at LogLevel 12 or higher. Setting
3398 LogLevel to 10 will now assist users in tracking frequent
3399 connection-based denial of service attacks.
3400 Log basic information about authenticated connections at LogLevel
3402 Log SMTP Authentication mechanism and author when logging the sender
3403 information (from= syslog line).
3404 Log the DSN code for each recipient if one is available as a new
3406 Macro expand PostmasterCopy and DoubleBounceAddress options.
3407 New "ph" map for performing ph queries in rulesets, see
3408 sendmail/README for details. Contributed by Mark Roth
3409 of the University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign.
3410 Detect temporary lookup failures in the host map if looking up a
3411 bracketed IP address. Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the
3412 Finnish Meteorological Institute.
3413 Do not report a Remote-MTA on local deliveries. Problem noted by
3414 Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
3415 When a forward file points to an alias which runs a program, run
3416 the program as the default user and the default group, not
3417 the forward file user. This change also assures the
3418 :include: directives in aliases are also processed using
3419 the default user and group. Problem noted by Sergiu
3420 Popovici of DNT Romania.
3421 Prevent attempts to save a dead.letter file for a user with
3422 no home directory (/no/such/directory). Problem noted by
3423 Michael Brown of Finnigan FT/MS.
3424 Include message delay and number of tries when logging that a
3425 message has been completely delivered (LogLevel of 10 or
3426 above). Suggested by Nick Hilliard of Ireland Online.
3427 Log the sender of a message even if none of the recipients were
3428 accepted. If some of the recipients were rejected, it is
3429 helpful to know the sender of the message.
3430 Check the root directory (/) when checking a path for safety.
3431 Problem noted by John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
3432 Prevent multiple responses to the DATA command if DeliveryMode is
3433 interactive and delivering to an alias which resolves to
3435 Macros in the helpfile are expanded if the helpfile version is 2 or
3436 greater (see below); the help function doesn't print the
3437 version of sendmail any longer, instead it is placed in
3438 the helpfile ($v). Suggested by Chuck Foster of UUNET
3439 PIPEX. Additionally, comment lines (starting with #) are
3440 skipped and a version line (#vers) is introduced. The
3441 helpfile version for 8.10.0 is 2, if no version or an older
3442 version is found, a warning is logged. The '#vers'
3443 directive should be placed at the top of the help file.
3444 Use fsync() when delivering to a file to guarantee the delivery to
3445 disk succeeded. Suggested by Nick Christenson.
3446 If delivery to a file is unsuccessful, truncate the file back to its
3447 length before the attempt.
3448 If a forward points to a filename for delivery, change to the
3449 user's uid before checking permissions on the file. This
3450 allows delivery to files on NFS mounted directories where
3451 root is remapped to nobody. Problem noted by Harald
3452 Daeubler of Universitaet Ulm.
3453 purgestat and sendmail -bH purge only expired (Timeout.hoststatus)
3454 host status files, not all files.
3455 Any macros stored in the class $={persistentMacros} will be saved
3456 in the queue file for the message and set when delivery
3457 is attempted on the queued item. Suggested by Kyle Jones of
3459 Add support for storing information between rulesets using the new
3460 macro map class. This can be used to store information
3461 between queue runs as well using $={persistentMacros}.
3462 Based on an idea from Jan Krueger of Unix-AG of University
3464 New map class arith to allow for computations in rules. The
3465 operation (+, -, *, /, l (for less than), and =) is given
3466 as key. The two operands are specified as arguments; the
3467 lookup returns the result of the computation. For example,
3468 "$(arith l $@ 4 $@ 2 $)" will return "FALSE" and
3469 "$(arith + $@ 4 $@ 2 $)" will return "6".
3470 Add new syntax for header declarations which decide whether to
3471 include the header based on a macro rather than a mailer
3473 H?${MyMacro}?X-My-Header: ${MyMacro}
3474 This should be used along with $={persistentMacros}.
3475 It can be used for adding headers to a message based on
3476 the results of check_* and header check rulesets.
3477 Allow new named config file rule check_eoh which is called after
3478 all of the headers have been collected. The input to the
3479 ruleset the number of headers and the size of all of the
3480 headers in bytes separated by $|. This ruleset along with
3481 the macro storage map can be used to correlate information
3482 gathered between headers and to check for missing headers.
3483 See cf/README or doc/op/op.ps for an example.
3484 Change the default for the MeToo option to True to correspond
3485 to the clarification in the DRUMS SMTP Update spec. This
3486 option is deprecated and will be removed from a future
3488 Change the sendmail binary default for SendMimeErrors to True.
3489 Change the sendmail binary default for SuperSafe to True.
3490 Display ruleset names in debug and address test mode output
3491 if referencing a named ruleset.
3492 New mailer equate m= which will limit the number of messages
3493 delivered per connection on an SMTP or LMTP mailer.
3494 Improve QueueSortOrder=Host by reversing the hostname before
3495 using it to sort. Now all the same domains are really run
3496 through the queue together. If they have the same MX host,
3497 then they will have a much better opportunity to use the
3498 connection cache if available. This should be a reasonable
3499 performance improvement. Patch from Randall Winchester of
3500 the University of Maryland.
3501 If a message is rejected by a header check ruleset, log who would
3502 have received the message if it had not been rejected.
3503 New "now" value for Timeout.queuereturn to bounce entries from the
3504 queue immediately. No delivery attempt is made.
3505 Increase sleeping time exponentially after too many "bad" commands
3506 up to 4 minutes delay (compare MAX{BAD,NOOP,HELO,VRFY,ETRN}-
3508 New option ClientPortOptions similar to DaemonPortOptions
3509 but for outgoing connections.
3510 New suboptions for DaemonPortOptions: Name (a name used for
3511 error messages and logging) and Modifiers, i.e.
3512 a require authentication
3513 b bind to interface through which mail has
3515 c perform hostname canonification
3516 f require fully qualified hostname
3517 h use name of interface for outgoing HELO
3519 C don't perform hostname canonification
3520 E disallow ETRN (see RFC 2476)
3521 New suboption for ClientPortOptions: Modifiers, i.e.
3522 h use name of interface for HELO command
3523 The version number for queue files (qf) has been incremented to 4.
3524 Log unacceptable HELO/EHLO domain name attempts if LogLevel is set
3525 to 10 or higher. Suggested by Rick Troxel of the National
3526 Institutes of Health.
3527 If a mailer dies, print the status in decimal instead of octal
3528 format. Suggested by Michael Shapiro of Sun Microsystems.
3529 Limit the length of all MX records considered for delivery to 8k.
3530 Move message priority from sender to recipient logging. Suggested by
3531 Ulrich Windl of the Universitat Regensburg.
3532 Add support for Berkeley DB 3.X.
3533 Add fix for Berkeley DB 2.X fcntl() locking race condition.
3534 Requires a post-2.7.5 version of Berkeley DB.
3535 Support writing traffic log (sendmail -X option) to a FIFO.
3536 Patch submitted by Rick Heaton of Network Associates, Inc.
3537 Do not ignore Timeout settings in the .cf file when a Timeout
3538 sub-options is set on the command line. Problem noted by
3539 Graeme Hewson of Oracle.
3540 Randomize equal preference MX records each time delivery is
3541 attempted via a new connection to a host instead of once per
3542 session. Suggested by Scott Salvidio of Compaq.
3543 Implement enhanced status codes as defined by RFC 2034.
3544 Add [hostname] to class w for the names of all interfaces unless
3545 DontProbeInterfaces is set. This is useful for sending mails
3546 to hosts which have dynamically assigned names.
3547 If a message is bounced due to bad MIME conformance, avoid bouncing
3548 the bounce for the same reason. If the body is not 8-bit
3549 clean, and EightBitMode isn't set to pass8, the body will
3550 not be included in the bounce. Problem noted by Valdis
3551 Kletnieks of Virginia Tech.
3552 The timeout for sending a message via SMTP has been changed from
3553 '${msgsize} / 16 + (${nrcpts} * 300)' to a timeout which
3554 simply checks for progress on sending data every 5 minutes.
3555 This will detect the inability to send information quicker
3556 and reduce the number of processes simply waiting to
3558 Prevent a segmentation fault on systems which give a partial filled
3559 interface address structure when loading the system network
3560 interface addresses. Fix from Reinier Bezuidenhout of
3562 Add a compile-time configuration macro, MAXINTERFACES, which
3563 indicates the number of interfaces to read when probing
3564 for hostnames and IP addresses for class w ($=w). The
3565 default value is 512. Based on idea from Reinier
3566 Bezuidenhout of Nanoteq.
3567 If the RefuseLA option is set to 0, do not reject connections based
3569 Allow ruleset 0 to have a name. Problem noted by Neil Rickert of
3570 Northern Illinois University.
3571 Expand the Return-Path: header at delivery time, after "owner-"
3572 envelope splitting has occurred.
3573 Don't try to sort the queue if there are no entries. Patch from
3574 Luke Mewburn from RMIT University.
3575 Add a "/quit" command to address test mode.
3576 Include the proper sender in the UNIX "From " line and Return-Path:
3577 header when undeliverable mail is saved to ~/dead.letter.
3578 Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological
3580 The contents of a class can now be copied to another class using
3581 the syntax: "C{Dest} $={Source}". This would copy all of
3582 the items in class $={Source} into the class $={Dest}.
3583 Include original envelope's error transcript in bounces created for
3584 split (owner-) envelopes to see the original errors when
3585 the recipients were added. Based on fix from Motonori
3586 Nakamura of Kyoto University.
3587 Show reason for permanent delivery errors directly after the
3588 addresses. From Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
3589 Prevent a segmentation fault when bouncing a split-envelope
3590 message. Patch from Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
3591 If the specification for the queue run interval (-q###) has a
3592 syntax error, consider the error fatal and exit.
3593 Pay attention to CheckpointInterval during LMTP delivery. Problem
3594 noted by Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
3595 On operating systems which have setlogin(2), use it to set the
3596 login name to the RunAsUserName when starting as a daemon.
3597 This is for delivery to programs which use getlogin().
3598 Based on fix from Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
3599 Differentiate between "command not implemented" and "command
3600 unrecognized" in the SMTP dialogue.
3601 Strip returns from forward and include files. Problem noted by
3602 Allan E Johannesen of Worcester Polytechnic Institute.
3603 Prevent a core dump when using 'sendmail -bv' on an address which
3604 resolves to the $#error mailer with a temporary failure.
3605 Based on fix from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois
3607 Prevent multiple deliveries of a message with a "non-local alias"
3608 pointing to a local user, if canonicalization fails
3609 the message was requeued *and* delivered to the alias.
3610 If an invalid ruleset is declared, the ruleset name could be
3611 ignored and its rules added to S0. Instead, ignore the
3612 ruleset lines as well.
3613 Avoid incorrect Final-Recipient, Action, and X-Actual-Recipient
3614 success DSN fields as well as duplicate entries for a
3615 single address due to S5 and UserDB processing. Problems
3616 noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological
3618 Turn off timeouts when exiting sendmail due to an interrupt signal
3619 to prevent the timeout from firing during the exit process.
3620 Problem noted by Michael Shapiro of Sun Microsystems.
3621 Do not append @MyHostName to non-RFC822 addresses output by the EXPN
3622 command or on Final-Recipient: and X-Actual-Recipient: DSN
3623 headers. Non-RFC822 addresses include deliveries to
3624 programs, file, DECnet, etc.
3625 Fix logic for determining if a local user is using -f or -bs to
3626 spoof their return address. Based on idea from Neil Rickert
3627 of Northern Illinois University and patch from Per Hedeland
3629 Report the proper UID in the bounce message if an :include: file is
3630 owned by a uid that doesn't map to a username and the
3631 :include: file contains delivery to a file or program.
3632 Problem noted by John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
3633 Avoid the attempt of trying to send a second SMTP QUIT command if
3634 the remote server responds to the first QUIT with a 4xx
3635 response code and drops the connection. This behavior was
3636 noted by Ulrich Windl of the Universitat Regensburg when
3637 sendmail was talking to the Mercury 1.43 MTA.
3638 If a hostname lookup times out and ServiceSwitchFile is set but the
3639 file is not present, the lookup failure would be marked as
3640 a permanent failure instead of a temporary failure. Fix
3641 from Russell King of the ARM Linux Project.
3642 Handle aliases or forwards which deliver to programs using tabs
3643 instead of spaces between arguments. Problem noted by Randy
3644 Wormser. Fix from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois
3646 Allow MaxRecipientsPerMessage option to be set on the command line
3647 by normal users (e.g., sendmail won't drop its root
3648 privileges) to allow overrides for message submission via
3650 Set the names for help file and statistics file to "helpfile" and
3651 "statistics", respectively, if no parameters are given for
3652 them in the .cf file.
3653 Avoid bogus 'errbody: I/O Error -7' log messages when sending
3654 success DSN messages for messages relayed to non-DSN aware
3655 systems. Problem noted by Juergen Georgi of RUS University
3656 of Stuttgart and Kyle Tucker of Parexel International.
3657 Prevent +detail information from interfering with local delivery to
3658 multiple users in the same transaction (F=m).
3659 Add H_FORCE flag for the X-Authentication-Warning: header, so it
3660 will be added even if one already exists. Problem noted
3661 by Michal Zalewski of Marchew Industries.
3662 Stop processing SMTP commands if the SMTP connection is dropped.
3663 This prevents a remote system from flooding the connection
3664 with commands and then disconnecting. Previously, the
3665 server would process all of the buffered commands. Problem
3666 noted by Michal Zalewski of Marchew Industries.
3667 Properly process user-supplied headers beginning with '?'. Problem
3668 noted by Michal Zalewski of Marchew Industries.
3669 If multiple header checks resolve to the $#error mailer, use the
3670 last permanent (5XX) failure if any exist. Otherwise, use
3671 the last temporary (4XX) failure.
3672 RFC 1891 requires "hexchar" in a "xtext" to be upper case. Patch
3673 from Ronald F. Guilmette of Infinite Monkeys & Co.
3674 Timeout.ident now defaults to 5 seconds instead of 30 seconds to
3675 prevent the now common delays associated with mailing to a
3676 site which drops IDENT packets. Suggested by many.
3677 Persistent host status data is not reloaded disk when current data
3678 is available in the in-memory cache. Problem noted by Per
3679 Hedeland of Ericsson.
3680 mailq displays unprintable characters in addresses as their octal
3681 representation and a leading backslash. This avoids problems
3682 with "unprintable" characters. Problem noted by Michal
3683 Zalewski of the "Internet for Schools" project (IdS).
3684 The mail line length limit (L= equate) was adding the '!' indicator
3685 one character past the limit. This would cause subsequent
3686 hops to break the line again. The '!' is now placed in
3687 the last column of the limit if the line needs to be broken.
3688 Problem noted by Joe Pruett of Q7 Enterprises. Based on fix
3689 from Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
3690 If a resolver ANY query is larger than the UDP packet size, the
3691 resolver will fall back to TCP. However, some
3692 misconfigured firewalls black 53/TCP so the ANY lookup
3693 fails whereas an MX or A record might succeed. Therefore,
3694 don't fail on ANY queries.
3695 If an SMTP recipient is rejected due to syntax errors in the
3696 address, do not send an empty postmaster notification DSN
3697 to the postmaster. Problem noted by Neil Rickert of
3698 Northern Illinois University.
3699 Allow '_' and '.' in map names when parsing a sequence map
3700 specification. Patch from William Setzer of North Carolina
3702 Fix hostname in logging of read timeouts for the QUIT command on
3703 cached connections. Problem noted by Neil Rickert of
3704 Northern Illinois University.
3705 Use a more descriptive entry to log "null" connections, i.e.,
3706 "host did not issue MAIL/EXPN/VRFY/ETRN during connection".
3707 Fix a file descriptor leak in ONEX mode.
3709 Reverse signal handling logic such that sigaction(2) with
3710 the SA_RESTART flag is the preferred method and the
3711 other signal methods are only tried if SA_RESTART
3712 is not available. Problem noted by Allan E
3713 Johannesen of Worcester Polytechnic Institute.
3714 AIX 4.x supports the sa_len member of struct sockaddr.
3715 This allows network interface probing to work
3716 properly. Fix from David Bronder of the
3718 AIX 4.3 has snprintf() support.
3719 Use "PPC" as the architecture name when building under
3720 AIX. This will be reflected in the obj.* directory
3722 Apple Darwin support based on Apple Rhapsody port.
3723 Fixed AIX 'make depend' method from Valdis Kletnieks of
3725 Digital UNIX has uname(2).
3726 GNU Hurd updates from Mark Kettenis of the University of
3728 Improved HPUX 11.0 portability.
3729 Properly determine the number of CPUs on FreeBSD 2.X,
3730 FreeBSD 3.X, HP/UX 10.X and HP/UX 11.X.
3731 Remove special IRIX ABI cases from Build script and the OS
3732 files. Use the standard 'cc' options used by SGI
3733 in building the operating system. Users can
3734 override the defaults by setting confCC and
3735 confLIBSEARCHPATH appropriately.
3736 IRIX nsd map support from Bob Mende of SGI.
3737 Minor devtools fixes for IRIX from Bob Mende of SGI.
3738 Linux patch for IP_SRCROUTE support from Joerg Dorchain
3739 of MW EDV & ELECTRONIC.
3740 Linux now uses /usr/sbin for confEBINDIR in the build
3741 system. From MATSUURA Takanori of Osaka University.
3742 Remove special treatment for Linux PPC in the build
3743 system. From MATSUURA Takanori of Osaka University.
3744 Motorolla UNIX SYSTEM V/88 Release 4.0 support from
3745 Sergey Rusanov of the Republic of Udmurtia.
3746 NCR MP-RAS 3.x includes regular expression support. From
3747 Tom J. Moore of NCR.
3748 NEC EWS-UX/V series settings for _PATH_VENDOR_CF and
3749 _PATH_SENDMAILPID from Oota Toshiya of
3750 NEC Computers Group Planning Division.
3751 Minor NetBSD owner/group tweaks from Ayamura Kikuchi, M.D.
3752 NEWS-OS 6.X listed SYSLOG_BUFSIZE as 256 in confENVDEF and
3753 1024 in conf.h. Since confENVDEF would be used,
3754 use that value in conf.h.
3755 Use NeXT's NETINFO to get domain name. From Gerd Knops of
3757 Use NeXT's NETINFO for alias and hostname resolution if
3758 AUTO_NETINFO_ALIASES and AUTO_NETINFO_HOSTS are
3759 defined. Patch from Wilfredo Sanchez of Apple
3761 NeXT portability tweaks. Problems reported by Dragan
3762 Milicic of the University of Utah and J. P. McCann
3764 New compile flag FAST_PID_RECYCLE: set this if your system
3765 can reuse the same PID in the same second.
3766 New compile flag HASFCHOWN: set this if your OS has
3768 New compile flag HASRANDOM: set this to 0 if your OS does
3769 not have random(3). rand() will be used instead.
3770 New compile flag HASSRANDOMDEV: set this if your OS has
3772 New compile flag HASSETLOGIN: set this if your OS has
3774 Replace SINIX and ReliantUNIX support with version
3775 specific SINIX files. From Gerald Rinske of
3776 Siemens Business Services.
3777 Use the 60-second load average instead of the 5 second load
3778 average on Compaq Tru64 UNIX (formerly Digital
3779 UNIX). From Chris Teakle of the University of Qld.
3780 Use ANSI C by default for Compaq Tru64 UNIX. Suggested by
3781 Randall Winchester of Swales Aerospace.
3782 Correct setgroups() prototype for Compaq Tru64 UNIX.
3783 Problem noted by Randall Winchester of Swales
3785 Hitachi 3050R/3050RX and 3500 Workstations running
3786 HI-UX/WE2 4.02, 6.10 and 7.10 from Motonori
3787 NAKAMURA of Kyoto University.
3788 New compile flag NO_GETSERVBYNAME: set this to disable
3789 use of getservbyname() on systems which can
3790 not lookup a service by name over NIS, such as
3791 HI-UX. Patch from Motonori NAKAMURA of Kyoto
3793 Use devtools/bin/install.sh on SCO 5.x. Problem noted
3794 by Sun Wenbing of the China Engineering and
3795 Technology Information Network.
3796 make depend didn't work properly on UNIXWARE 4.2. Problem
3797 noted by Ariel Malik of Netology, Ltd.
3798 Use /usr/lbin as confEBINDIR for Compaq Tru64 (Digital UNIX).
3799 Set confSTDIO_TYPE to torek for BSD-OS, FreeBSD, NetBSD,
3801 A recent Compaq Ultrix 4.5 Y2K patch has broken detection
3802 of local_hostname_length(). See sendmail/README
3803 for more details. Problem noted by Allan E
3804 Johannesen of Worcester Polytechnic Institute.
3805 CONFIG: Begin using /etc/mail/ for sendmail related files. This
3806 affects a large number of files. See cf/README for more
3808 CONFIG: New macro MAIL_SETTINGS_DIR contains the path (including
3809 trailing slash) for the mail settings directory.
3810 CONFIG: Increment version number of config file to 9.
3811 CONFIG: OSTYPE(`bsdi1.0') and OSTYPE(`bsdi2.0') have been
3812 deprecated and may be removed from a future release.
3813 BSD/OS users should begin using OSTYPE(`bsdi').
3814 CONFIG: OpenBSD 2.4 installs mail.local non-set-user-ID root. This
3815 requires a new OSTYPE(`openbsd'). From Todd C. Miller of
3816 Courtesan Consulting.
3817 CONFIG: New OSTYPE(`hpux11') for HP/UX 11.X.
3818 CONFIG: A syntax error in check_mail would cause fake top-level
3819 domains (.BITNET, .DECNET, .FAX, .USENET, and .UUCP) to
3820 be improperly rejected as unresolvable.
3821 CONFIG: New FEATURE(`dnsbl') takes up to two arguments (name of
3822 DNS server, rejection message) and can be included
3824 CONFIG: New FEATURE(`relay_mail_from') allows relaying if the
3825 mail sender is listed as RELAY in the access map (and tagged
3827 CONFIG: Optional tagging of LHS in the access map (Connect:,
3828 From:, To:) to enable finer control.
3829 CONFIG: New FEATURE(`ldap_routing') implements LDAP address
3830 routing. See cf/README for a complete description of the
3832 CONFIG: New variables for the new sendmail options:
3833 confAUTH_MECHANISMS AuthMechanisms
3834 confAUTH_OPTIONS AuthOptions
3835 confCLIENT_OPTIONS ClientPortOptions
3836 confCONTROL_SOCKET_NAME ControlSocketName
3837 confDEAD_LETTER_DROP DeadLetterDrop
3838 confDEF_AUTH_INFO DefaultAuthInfo
3839 confDF_BUFFER_SIZE DataFileBufferSize
3840 confLDAP_DEFAULT_SPEC LDAPDefaultSpec
3841 confMAX_ALIAS_RECURSION MaxAliasRecursion
3842 confMAX_HEADERS_LENGTH MaxHeadersLength
3843 confMAX_MIME_HEADER_LENGTH MaxMimeHeaderLength
3844 confPID_FILE PidFile
3845 confPROCESS_TITLE_PREFIX ProcessTitlePrefix
3846 confRRT_IMPLIES_DSN RrtImpliesDsn
3847 confTO_CONTROL Timeout.control
3848 confTO_RESOLVER_RETRANS Timeout.resolver.retrans
3849 confTO_RESOLVER_RETRANS_FIRST Timeout.resolver.retrans.first
3850 confTO_RESOLVER_RETRANS_NORMAL Timeout.resolver.retrans.normal
3851 confTO_RESOLVER_RETRY Timeout.resolver.retry
3852 confTO_RESOLVER_RETRY_FIRST Timeout.resolver.retry.first
3853 confTO_RESOLVER_RETRY_NORMAL Timeout.resolver.retry.normal
3854 confTRUSTED_USER TrustedUser
3855 confXF_BUFFER_SIZE XscriptFileBufferSize
3856 CONFIG: confDAEMON_OPTIONS has been replaced by DAEMON_OPTIONS(),
3857 which takes the options as argument and can be used
3858 multiple times; see cf/README for details.
3859 CONFIG: Add a fifth mailer definition to MAILER(`smtp') called
3860 "dsmtp". This mail provides on-demand delivery using the
3861 F=% mailer flag described above. The "dsmtp" mailer
3862 definition uses the new DSMTP_MAILER_ARGS which defaults
3864 CONFIG: New variables LOCAL_MAILER_MAXMSGS, SMTP_MAILER_MAXMSGS,
3865 and RELAY_MAILER_MAXMSGS for setting the m= equate for the
3866 local, smtp, and relay mailers respectively.
3867 CONFIG: New variable LOCAL_MAILER_DSN_DIAGNOSTIC_CODE for setting
3868 the DSN Diagnostic-Code type for the local mailer. The
3869 value should be changed with care.
3870 CONFIG: FEATURE(`local_lmtp') now sets the DSN Diagnostic-Code type
3871 for the local mailer to the proper value of "SMTP".
3872 CONFIG: All included maps are no longer optional by default; if
3873 there there is a problem with a map, sendmail will
3875 CONFIG: Removed root from class E; use EXPOSED_USER(`root')
3876 to get the old behavior. Suggested by Joe Pruett
3878 CONFIG: MASQUERADE_EXCEPTION() defines hosts/subdomains which
3879 will not be masqueraded. Proposed by Arne Wichmann
3880 of MPI Saarbruecken, Griff Miller of PGS Tensor,
3881 Jayme Cox of Broderbund Software Inc.
3882 CONFIG: A list of exceptions for FEATURE(`nocanonify') can be
3883 specified by CANONIFY_DOMAIN or CANONIFY_DOMAIN_FILE,
3884 i.e., a list of domains which are passed to $[ ... $]
3885 for canonification. Based on an idea from Neil Rickert
3886 of Northern Illinois University.
3887 CONFIG: If `canonify_hosts' is specified as parameter for
3888 FEATURE(`nocanonify') then addresses which have only
3889 a hostname, e.g., <user@host>, will be canonified.
3890 CONFIG: If FEATURE(`nocanonify') is turned on, a trailing dot is
3891 nevertheless added to addresses with more than one component
3893 CONFIG: Canonification is no longer attempted for any host or domain
3895 CONFIG: New class for matching virtusertable entries $={VirtHost} that
3896 can be populated by VIRTUSER_DOMAIN or VIRTUSER_DOMAIN_FILE.
3897 FEATURE(`virtuser_entire_domain') can be used to apply this
3898 class also to entire subdomains. Hosts in this class are
3899 treated as canonical in SCanonify2, i.e., a trailing dot
3901 CONFIG: If VIRTUSER_DOMAIN() or VIRTUSER_DOMAIN_FILE() are used,
3902 include $={VirtHost} in $=R (hosts allowed to relay).
3903 CONFIG: FEATURE(`generics_entire_domain') can be used to apply the
3904 genericstable also to subdomains of $=G.
3905 CONFIG: Pass "+detail" as %2 for virtusertable lookups.
3906 Patch from Noam Freedman from University of Chicago.
3907 CONFIG: Pass "+detail" as %1 for genericstable lookups. Suggested
3908 by Raymond S Brand of rsbx.net.
3909 CONFIG: Allow @domain in genericstable to override masquerading.
3910 Suggested by Owen Duffy from Owen Duffy & Associates.
3911 CONFIG: LOCAL_DOMAIN() adds entries to class w. Suggested by Steve
3912 Hubert of University of Washington.
3913 CONFIG: OSTYPE(`gnuhurd') has been replaced by OSTYPE(`gnu') as
3914 GNU is now the canonical system name. From Mark
3915 Kettenis of the University of Amsterdam.
3916 CONFIG: OSTYPE(`unixware7') updates from Larry Rosenman.
3917 CONFIG: Do not include '=' in option expansion if there is no value
3918 associated with the option. From Andrew Brown of
3919 Graffiti World Wide, Inc.
3920 CONFIG: Add MAILER(`qpage') to define a new pager mailer. Contributed
3921 by Philip A. Prindeville of Enteka Enterprise Technology
3923 CONFIG: MAILER(`cyrus') was not preserving case for mail folder
3924 names. Problem noted by Randall Winchester of Swales
3926 CONFIG: RELAY_MAILER_FLAGS can be used to define additional flags
3927 for the relay mailer. Suggested by Doug Hughes of Auburn
3928 University and Brian Candler.
3929 CONFIG: LOCAL_MAILER_FLAGS now includes 'P' (Add Return-Path:
3930 header) by default. Suggested by Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
3931 CONFIG: Use SMART_HOST for bracketed addresses, e.g., user@[host].
3932 Suggested by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological
3934 CONFIG: New macro MODIFY_MAILER_FLAGS to tweak *_MAILER_FLAGS;
3935 i.e., to set, add, or delete flags.
3936 CONFIG: If SMTP AUTH is used then relaying is allowed for any user
3937 who authenticated via a "trusted" mechanism, i.e., one that
3938 is defined via TRUST_AUTH_MECH(`list of mechanisms').
3939 CONFIG: FEATURE(`delay_checks') delays check_mail and check_relay
3940 after check_rcpt and allows for exceptions from the checks.
3941 CONFIG: Map declarations have been moved into their associated
3942 feature files to allow greater flexibility in use of
3943 sequence maps. Suggested by Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
3944 CONFIG: New macro LOCAL_MAILER_EOL to override the default end of
3945 line string for the local mailer. Requested by Il Oh of
3946 Willamette Industries, Inc.
3947 CONFIG: Route addresses are stripped, i.e., <@a,@b,@c:user@d> is
3948 converted to <user@d>
3949 CONFIG: Reject bogus return address of <@@hostname>, generated by
3950 Sun's older, broken configuration files.
3951 CONFIG: FEATURE(`nullclient') now provides the full rulesets of a
3952 normal configuration, allowing anti-spam checks to be
3954 CONFIG: Don't return a permanent error (Relaying denied) if
3955 ${client_name} can't be resolved just temporarily.
3956 Suggested by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological
3958 CONFIG: Change numbered rulesets into named (which still can
3959 be accessed by their numbers).
3960 CONFIG: FEATURE(`nouucp') takes one parameter: reject or nospecial
3961 which describes whether to disallow "!" in the local part
3963 CONFIG: Call Local_localaddr from localaddr (S5) which can be used
3964 to rewrite an address from a mailer which has the F=5 flag
3965 set. If the ruleset returns a mailer, the appropriate
3966 action is taken, otherwise the returned tokens are ignored.
3967 CONFIG: cf/ostype/solaris.m4 has been renamed to solaris2.pre5.m4
3968 and cf/ostype/solaris2.m4 is now a copy of solaris2.ml.m4.
3969 The latter is kept around for backward compatibility.
3970 CONFIG: Allow ":D.S.N:" for mailer/virtusertable "error:" entries,
3971 where "D.S.N" is an RFC 1893 compliant error code.
3972 CONFIG: Use /usr/lbin as confEBINDIR for Compaq Tru64 (Digital UNIX).
3973 CONFIG: Remove second space between username and date in UNIX From_
3974 line. Noted by Allan E Johannesen of Worcester Polytechnic
3976 CONFIG: Make sure all of the mailers have complete T= equates.
3977 CONFIG: Extend FEATURE(`local_procmail') so it can now take
3978 arguments overriding the mailer program, arguments, and
3979 mailer definition flags. This makes it possible to use
3980 other programs such as maildrop for local delivery.
3981 CONFIG: Emit warning if FEATURE(`local_lmtp') or
3982 FEATURE(`local_procmail') is given after MAILER(`local').
3983 Patch from Richard A. Nelson of IBM.
3984 CONFIG: Add SMTP Authentication information to Received: header
3985 default value (confRECEIVED_HEADER).
3986 CONFIG: Remove `l' flag from USENET_MAILER_FLAGS as it is not a
3987 local mailer. Problem noted by Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
3988 CONTRIB: Added bounce-resender.pl from Brian R. Gaeke of the
3989 University of California at Berkeley.
3990 CONTRIB: Added domainmap.m4 from Mark D. Roth of the University of
3991 Illinois at Urbana-Champaign.
3992 CONTRIB: etrn.pl now recognizes bogus host names. Patch from
3993 Bruce Barnett of GE's R&D Lab.
3994 CONTRIB: Patches for re-mqueue.pl by Graeme Hewson of Oracle
3996 CONTRIB: Added qtool.pl to assist in managing the queues.
3997 DEVTOOLS: Prevent user environment variables from interfering with
3998 the Build scripts. Problem noted by Ezequiel H. Panepucci of
4000 DEVTOOLS: 'Build -M' will display the obj.* directory which will
4001 be used for building.
4002 DEVTOOLS: 'Build -A' will display the architecture that would be
4003 used for a fresh build.
4004 DEVTOOLS: New variable confRANLIB, set automatically by configure.sh.
4005 DEVTOOLS: New variable confRANLIBOPTS for the options to send to
4007 DEVTOOLS: 'Build -O <path>' will have the object files build in
4008 <path>/obj.*. Suggested by Bryan Costales of Exactis.
4009 DEVTOOLS: New variable confNO_MAN_BUILD which will prevent the
4010 building of the man pages when defined. Suggested by Bryan
4012 DEVTOOLS: New variables confNO_HELPFILE_INSTALL and
4013 confNO_STATISTICS_INSTALL which will prevent the
4014 installation of the sendmail helpfile and statistics file
4015 respectively. Suggested by Bryan Costales.
4016 DEVTOOLS: Recognize ReliantUNIX as SINIX. Patch from Gerald Rinske
4017 of Siemens Business Services.
4018 DEVTOOLS: New variable confSTDIO_TYPE which defines the type of
4019 stdio library. The new buffered file I/O depends on the
4020 Torek stdio library. This option can be either portable or
4022 DEVTOOLS: New variables confSRCADD and confSMSRCADD which
4023 correspond to confOBJADD and confSMOBJADD respectively.
4024 They should contain the C source files for the object files
4025 listed in confOBJADD and confSMOBJADD. These file names
4026 will be passed to the 'make depend' stage of compilation.
4027 DEVTOOLS: New program specific variables for each of the programs
4028 in the sendmail distribution. Each has the form
4029 `conf_prog_ENVDEF', for example, `conf_sendmail_ENVDEF'.
4030 The new variables are conf_prog_ENVDEF, conf_prog_LIBS,
4031 conf_prog_SRCADD, and conf_prog_OBJADD.
4032 DEVTOOLS: Build system redesign. This should have little affect on
4033 building the distribution, but documentation on the changes
4034 are in devtools/README.
4035 DEVTOOLS: Don't allow 'Build -f file' if an object directory already
4036 exists. Suggested by Valdis Kletnieks of Virginia Tech.
4037 DEVTOOLS: Rename confSRCDIR to confSMSRCDIR since it only identifies
4038 the path to the sendmail source directory. confSRCDIR is a
4039 new variable which identifies the root of the source
4040 directories for all of the programs in the distribution.
4041 DEVTOOLS: confSRCDIR and confSMSRCDIR are now determined at Build
4042 time. They can both still be overridden by setting the m4
4044 DEVTOOLS: confSBINGRP now defaults to bin instead of kmem.
4045 DEVTOOLS: 'Build -Q prefix' uses devtools/Site/prefix.*.m4 for
4046 build configurations, and places objects in obj.prefix.*/.
4047 Complains as 'Build -f file' does for existing object
4048 directories. Suggested by Tom Smith of Digital Equipment
4050 DEVTOOLS: Setting confINSTALL_RAWMAN will install unformatted
4051 manual pages in the directory tree specified by
4053 DEVTOOLS: If formatting the manual pages fails, copy in the
4054 preformatted pages from the distribution. The new variable
4055 confCOPY specifies the copying program.
4056 DEVTOOLS: Defining confFORCE_RMAIL will install rmail without
4057 question. Suggested by Terry Lambert of Whistle
4059 DEVTOOLS: confSTFILE and confHFFILE can be used to change the names
4060 of the installed statistics and help files, respectively.
4061 DEVTOOLS: Remove spaces in `uname -r` output when determining
4062 operating system identity. Problem noted by Erik
4063 Wachtenheim of Dartmouth College.
4064 DEVTOOLS: New variable confLIBSEARCHPATH to specify the paths that
4065 will be search for the libraries specified in confLIBSEARCH.
4066 Defaults to "/lib /usr/lib /usr/shlib".
4067 DEVTOOLS: New variables confSTRIP and confSTRIPOPTS for specifying
4068 how to strip binaries. These are used by the new
4069 install-strip target.
4070 DEVTOOLS: New config file site.post.m4 which is included after
4071 the others (if it exists).
4072 DEVTOOLS: Change order of LIBS: first product specific libraries
4073 then the default ones.
4074 MAIL.LOCAL: Will not be installed set-user-ID root. To use mail.local
4075 as local delivery agent without LMTP mode, use
4076 MODIFY_MAILER_FLAGS(`LOCAL', `+S')
4078 MAIL.LOCAL: Do not reject addresses which would otherwise be
4079 accepted by sendmail. Suggested by Neil Rickert of
4080 Northern Illinois University.
4081 MAIL.LOCAL: New -7 option which causes LMTP mode not to advertise
4082 8BITMIME in the LHLO response. Suggested by Kari Hurtta of
4083 the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
4084 MAIL.LOCAL: Add support for the maillock() routines by defining
4085 MAILLOCK when compiling. Also requires linking with
4086 -lmail. Patch from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois
4088 MAIL.LOCAL: Create a Content-Length: header if CONTENTLENGTH is
4089 defined when compiling. Automatically set for Solaris 2.3
4090 and later. Patch from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois
4092 MAIL.LOCAL: Move the initialization of the 'notifybiff' address
4093 structure to the beginning of the program. This ensures that
4094 the getservbyname() is done before any seteuid to a possibly
4095 unauthenticated user. If you are using NIS+ and secure RPC
4096 on a Solaris system, this avoids syslog messages such as,
4097 "authdes_refresh: keyserv(1m) is unable to encrypt session
4098 key." Patch from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois
4100 MAIL.LOCAL: Support group writable mail spool files when MAILGID is
4101 set to the gid to use (-DMAILGID=6) when compiling.
4102 Patch from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
4103 MAIL.LOCAL: When a mail message included lines longer than 2046
4104 characters (in LMTP mode), mail.local split the incoming
4105 line up into 2046-character output lines (excluding the
4106 newline). If an input line was 2047 characters long
4107 (excluding CR-LF) and the last character was a '.',
4108 mail.local saw it as the end of input, transfered it to the
4109 user mailbox and tried to write an `ok' back to sendmail.
4110 If the message was much longer, both sendmail and
4111 mail.local would deadlock waiting for each other to read
4112 what they have written. Problem noted by Peter Jeremy of
4113 Alcatel Australia Limited.
4114 MAIL.LOCAL: New option -b to return a permanent error instead of a
4115 temporary error if a mailbox exceeds quota. Suggested by
4116 Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
4117 MAIL.LOCAL: The creation of a lockfile is subject to a global
4118 timeout to avoid starvation.
4119 MAIL.LOCAL: Properly parse addresses with multiple quoted
4120 local-parts. Problem noted by Ronald F. Guilmette of
4121 Infinite Monkeys & Co.
4122 MAIL.LOCAL: NCR MP/RAS 3.X portability from Tom J. Moore of NCR.
4123 MAILSTATS: New -p option to invoke program mode in which stats are
4124 printed in a machine readable fashion and the stats file
4125 is reset. Patch from Kevin Hildebrand of the University
4127 MAKEMAP: If running as root, automatically change the ownership of
4128 generated maps to the TrustedUser as specified in the
4129 sendmail configuration file.
4130 MAKEMAP: New -C option to accept an alternate sendmail
4131 configuration file to use for finding the TrustedUser
4133 MAKEMAP: New -u option to dump (unmap) a database. Based on
4134 code contributed by Roy Mongiovi of Georgia Tech.
4135 MAKEMAP: New -e option to allow empty values. Suggested by Philip
4136 A. Prindeville of Enteka Enterprise Technology Services.
4137 MAKEMAP: Compile cleanly on 64-bit operating systems. Problem
4138 noted by Gerald Rinske of Siemens Business Services.
4139 OP.ME: Correctly document interaction between F=S and U= mailer
4140 equates. Problem noted by Bob Halley of Internet Engines.
4141 OP.ME: Fixup Timeout documentation. From Graeme Hewson of Oracle
4143 OP.ME: The Timeout [r] option was incorrectly listed as "safe"
4144 (e.g., sendmail would not drop root privileges if the
4145 option was specified on the command line). Problem noted
4146 by Todd C. Miller of Courtesan Consulting.
4147 PRALIASES: Handle the hash and btree map specifications for
4148 Berkeley DB. Patch from Brian J. Coan of the
4149 Institute for Global Communications.
4150 PRALIASES: Read the sendmail.cf file for the location(s) of the
4151 alias file(s) if the -f option is not used. Patch from
4152 John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
4153 PRALIASES: New -C option to specify an alternate sendmail
4154 configuration file to use for finding alias file(s). Patch
4155 from John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
4156 SMRSH: allow shell commands echo, exec, and exit. Allow command
4157 lists using || and &&. Based on patch from Brian J. Coan
4158 of the Institute for Global Communications.
4159 SMRSH: Update README for the new Build system. From Tim Pierce
4160 of RootsWeb Genealogical Data Cooperative.
4161 VACATION: Added vacation auto-responder to sendmail distribution.
4162 LIBSMDB: Added abstracted database library. Works with Berkeley
4163 DB 1.85, Berkeley DB 2.X, Berkeley DB 3.X, and NDBM.
4165 The Build script in the various program subdirectories are
4166 no longer symbolic links. They are now scripts
4167 which execute the actual Build script in
4169 All the manual pages are now written against -man and not
4170 -mandoc as they were previously.
4171 Add a simple Makefile to every directory so make instead
4172 of Build will work (unless parameters are
4173 required for Build).
4181 Renamed Directories:
4182 BuildTools => devtools
4186 devtools/OS/Linux.ppc
4187 devtools/OS/ReliantUNIX
4193 cf/cf/generic-linux.cf
4194 cf/cf/generic-linux.mc
4195 cf/feature/delay_checks.m4
4197 cf/feature/generics_entire_domain.m4
4198 cf/feature/no_default_msa.m4
4199 cf/feature/relay_mail_from.m4
4200 cf/feature/virtuser_entire_domain.m4
4204 cf/ostype/openbsd.m4
4205 contrib/bounce-resender.pl
4206 contrib/domainmap.m4
4209 devtools/M4/depend/AIX.m4
4211 devtools/M4/string.m4
4212 devtools/M4/subst_ext.m4
4213 devtools/M4/switch.m4
4216 devtools/OS/SINIX.5.43
4217 devtools/OS/SINIX.5.44
4219 devtools/bin/find_in_path.sh
4227 sendmail/bf_portable.c
4228 sendmail/bf_portable.h
4231 sendmail/shmticklib.c
4232 sendmail/statusd_shm.h
4238 cf/ostype/gnuhurd.m4 => cf/ostype/gnu.m4
4239 sendmail/cdefs.h => include/sendmail/cdefs.h
4240 sendmail/sendmail.hf => sendmail/helpfile
4241 sendmail/mailstats.h => include/sendmail/mailstats.h
4242 sendmail/pathnames.h => include/sendmail/pathnames.h
4243 sendmail/safefile.c => libsmutil/safefile.c
4244 sendmail/snprintf.c => libsmutil/snprintf.c
4245 sendmail/useful.h => include/sendmail/useful.h
4246 cf/ostype/solaris2.m4 => cf/ostype/solaris2.pre5.m4
4248 cf/ostype/solaris2.ml.m4 => cf/ostype/solaris2.m4
4250 8.9.3/8.9.3 1999/02/04
4251 SECURITY: Limit message headers to a maximum of 32K bytes (total
4252 of all headers in a single message) to prevent a denial of
4253 service attack. This limit will be configurable in 8.10.
4254 Problem noted by Michal Zalewski of the "Internet for
4255 Schools" project (IdS).
4256 Prevent segmentation fault on an LDAP lookup if the LDAP map
4257 was closed due to an earlier failure. Problem noted by
4258 Jeff Wasilko of smoe.org. Fix from Booker Bense of
4259 Stanford University and Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
4260 Preserve the order of the MIME headers in multipart messages
4261 when performing the MIME header length check. This
4262 will allow PGP signatures to function properly. Problem
4263 noted by Lars Hecking of University College, Cork, Ireland.
4264 If ruleset 5 rewrote the local address to an :include: directive,
4265 the delivery would fail with an "aliasing/forwarding loop
4266 broken" error. Problem noted by Eric C Hagberg of Morgan
4267 Stanley. Fix from Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
4268 Allow -T to work for bestmx maps. Fix from Aaron Schrab of
4269 ExecPC Internet Systems.
4270 During the transfer of a message in an SMTP transaction, if a
4271 TCP timeout occurs, the message would be properly queued
4272 for later retry but the failure would be logged as
4273 "Illegal Seek" instead of a timeout. Problem noted by
4274 Piotr Kucharski of the Warsaw School of Economics (SGH)
4275 and Carles Xavier Munyoz Baldo of CTV Internet.
4276 Prevent multiple deliveries on a self-referencing alias if the
4277 F=w mailer flag is not set. Problem noted by Murray S.
4278 Kucherawy of Concentric Network Corporation and Per
4279 Hedeland of Ericsson.
4280 Do not strip empty headers but if there is no value and a
4281 default is defined in sendmail.cf, use the default.
4282 Problem noted by Philip Guenther of Gustavus Adolphus
4283 College and Christopher McCrory of Netus, Inc.
4284 Don't inherit information about the sender (notably the full name)
4285 in SMTP (-bs) mode, since this might be called from inetd.
4286 Accept any 3xx reply code in response to DATA command instead of
4287 requiring 354. This change will match the wording to be
4288 published in the updated SMTP specification from the DRUMS
4291 AIX 4.2.0 or 4.2.1 may become updated by the fileset
4292 bos.rte.net level 4.2.0.2. This introduces the
4293 softlink /usr/lib/libbind.a which should
4294 not be used. It conflicts with the resolver
4295 built into libc.a. "bind" has been removed
4296 from the confLIBSEARCH BuildTools variable.
4297 Users who have installed BIND 8.X will have
4298 to add it back in their site.config.m4 file.
4299 Problem noted by Ole Holm Nielsen of the
4300 Technical University of Denmark.
4301 CRAY TS 10.0.x from Sven Nielsen of San Diego
4302 Supercomputer Center.
4303 Improved LDAP version 3 integration based on input
4304 from Kurt D. Zeilenga of the OpenLDAP Foundation,
4305 John Beck of Sun Microsystems, and Booker Bense
4306 of Stanford University.
4307 Linux doesn't have a standard way to get the timezone
4308 between different releases. Back out the
4309 change in 8.9.2 and don't attempt to derive
4310 a timezone. Problem reported by Igor S. Livshits
4311 of the University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign
4312 and Michael Dickens of Tetranet Communications.
4313 Reliant UNIX, the new name for SINIX, from Gert-Jan Looy
4315 SunOS 5.8 from John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
4316 CONFIG: SCO UnixWare 2.1 and 7.0 need TZ to get the proper
4317 timezone. Problem noted by Petr Lampa of Technical
4319 CONFIG: Handle <@bestmx-host:user@otherhost> addressing properly
4320 when using FEATURE(bestmx_is_local). Patch from Neil W.
4321 Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
4322 CONFIG: Properly handle source routed and %-hack addresses on
4323 hosts which the mailertable remaps to local:. Patch from
4324 Neil W. Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
4325 CONFIG: Internal fixup of mailertable local: map value. Patch from
4326 Larry Parmelee of Cornell University.
4327 CONFIG: Only add back +detail from host portion of mailer triplet
4328 on local mailer triplets if it was originally +detail.
4329 Patch from Neil W. Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
4330 CONFIG: The bestmx_is_local checking done in check_rcpt would
4331 cause later checks to fail. Patch from Paul J Murphy of
4334 BuildTools/OS/CRAYTS.10.0.x
4335 BuildTools/OS/ReliantUNIX
4336 BuildTools/OS/SunOS.5.8
4338 8.9.2/8.9.2 1998/12/30
4339 SECURITY: Remove five second sleep on accepting daemon connections
4340 due to an accept() failure. This sleep could be used
4341 for a denial of service attack.
4342 Do not silently ignore queue files with names which are too long.
4343 Patch from Bryan Costales of InfoBeat, Inc.
4344 Do not store failures closing an SMTP session in persistent
4345 host status. Reported by Graeme Hewson of Oracle
4347 Allow symbolic link forward files if they are in safe directories.
4348 Problem noted by Andreas Schott of the Max Planck Society.
4349 Missing columns in a text map could cause a segmentation fault.
4350 Fix from David Lee of the University of Durham.
4351 Note that for 8.9.X, PrivacyOptions=goaway also includes the
4352 noetrn flag. This is scheduled to change in a future
4353 version of sendmail. Problem noted by Theo Van Dinter of
4354 Chrysalis Symbolic Designa and Alan Brown of Manawatu
4356 When trying to do host canonification in a Wildcard MX
4357 environment, try an MX lookup of the hostname without the
4358 default domain appended. Problem noted by Olaf Seibert of
4359 Polderland Language & Speech Technology.
4360 Reject SMTP RCPT To: commands with only comments (i.e.
4361 'RCPT TO: (comment)'. Problem noted by Earle Ake of
4362 Hassler Communication Systems Technology, Inc.
4363 Handle any number of %s in the LDAP filter spec. Patch from
4364 Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
4365 Clear ldapx open timeouts even if the map open failed to prevent
4366 a segmentation fault. Patch from Wayne Knowles of the
4367 National Institute of Water & Atmospheric Research Ltd.
4368 Do not syslog envelope clone messages when using address
4369 verification (-bv). Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the
4370 Finnish Meteorological Institute.
4371 Continue to perform queue runs while in daemon mode even if the
4372 daemon is rejecting connections due to a disk full
4373 condition. Problem noted by JR Oldroyd of TerraNet
4375 Include full filename on installation of the sendmail.hf file
4376 in case the $HFDIR directory does not exist. Problem
4377 noted by Josef Svitak of Montana State University.
4378 Close all maps when exiting the process with one exception.
4379 Berkeley DB can use internal shared memory locking for
4380 its memory pool. Closing a map opened by another process
4381 will interfere with the shared memory and locks of the
4382 parent process leaving things in a bad state. For
4383 Berkeley DB, only close the map if the current process
4384 is also the one that opened the map, otherwise only close
4385 the map file descriptor. Thanks to Yoseff Francus of
4386 Collective Technologies for volunteering his system for
4388 Avoid null pointer dereference on XDEBUG output for SMTP reply
4389 failures. Problem noted by Carlos Canau of EUnet Portugal.
4390 On mailq and hoststat listings being piped to another program, such
4391 as more, if the pipe closes (i.e., the user quits more),
4392 stop sending output and exit. Patch from Allan E Johannesen
4393 of Worcester Polytechnic Institute.
4394 In accordance with the documentation, LDAP map lookup failures
4395 are now considered temporary failures instead of permanent
4396 failures unless the -t flag is used in the map definition.
4397 Problem noted by Booker Bense of Stanford University and
4398 Eric C. Hagberg of Morgan Stanley.
4399 Fix by one error reporting on long alias names. Problem noted by
4400 H. Paul Hammann of the Missouri Research and Education
4402 Fix DontBlameSendmail=IncludeFileInUnsafeDirPath behavior. Problem
4403 noted by Barry S. Finkel of Argonne National Laboratory.
4404 When automatically converting from 8 bit to quoted printable MIME,
4405 be careful not to miss a multi-part boundary if that
4406 boundary is preceded by a boundary-like line. Problem
4407 noted by Andreas Raschle of Ansid Inc. Fix from
4408 Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
4409 Avoid bogus reporting of "LMTP tobuf overflow" when the buffer
4410 has enough space for the additional address. Problem
4411 noted by Steve Cliffe of the University of Wollongong.
4412 Fix DontBlameSendmail=FileDeliveryToSymlink behavior. Problem
4413 noted by Alex Vorobiev of Swarthmore College.
4414 If the check_compat ruleset resolves to the $#discard mailer,
4415 discard the current recipient. Unlike check_relay,
4416 check_mail, and check_rcpt, the entire envelope is not
4417 discarded. Problem noted by RZ D. Rahlfs. Fix from
4418 Claus Assmann of Christian-Albrechts-University of Kiel.
4419 Avoid segmentation fault when reading ServiceSwitchFile files with
4420 bogus formatting. Patch from Kari Hurtta of the Finnish
4421 Meteorological Institute.
4422 Support Berkeley DB 2.6.4 API change.
4423 OP.ME: Pages weren't properly output on duplexed printers. Fix
4424 from Matthew Black of CSU Long Beach.
4426 Apple Rhapsody from Wilfredo Sanchez of Apple Computer, Inc.
4427 Avoid a clash with IRIX 6.2 getopt.h and the UserDatabase
4428 option structure. Problem noted by Ashley M.
4429 Kirchner of Photo Craft Laboratories, Inc.
4430 Break out IP address to hostname translation for
4431 reading network interface addresses into
4432 class 'w'. Patch from John Kennedy of
4433 Cal State University, Chico.
4434 AIX 4.x use -qstrict with -O3 to prevent the optimized
4435 from changing the semantics of the compiled
4436 program. From Simon Travaglia of the
4437 University of Waikato, New Zealand.
4438 FreeBSD 2.2.2 and later support setusercontext(). From
4439 Peter Wemm of DIALix.
4440 FreeBSD 3.x fix from Peter Wemm of DIALix.
4441 IRIX 5.x has a syslog buffer size of 512 bytes. From
4442 Nao NINOMIYA of Utsunomiya University.
4443 IRIX 6.5 64-bit Build support.
4444 LDAP Version 3 support from John Beck and Ravi Iyer
4445 of Sun Microsystems.
4446 Linux does not implement seteuid() properly. From
4447 John Kennedy of Cal State University, Chico.
4448 Linux timezone type was set improperly. From Takeshi Itoh
4450 NCR MP-RAS 3.x needs -lresolv for confLIBS. From
4451 Tom J. Moore of NCR.
4452 NeXT 4.x correction to man page path. From J. P. McCann
4454 System V Rel 5.x (a.k.a UnixWare7 w/o BSD-Compatibility Libs)
4455 from Paul Gampe of the Asia Pacific Network
4457 ULTRIX now requires an optimization limit of 970 from
4458 Allan E Johannesen of Worcester Polytechnic
4460 Fix extern declaration for sm_dopr(). Fix from Henk
4461 van Oers of Algemeen Nederlands Persbureau.
4462 CONFIG: Catch @hostname,user@anotherhost.domain as relaying.
4463 Problem noted by Mark Rogov of AirMedia, Inc. Fix from
4464 Claus Assmann of Christian-Albrechts-University of Kiel.
4465 CONFIG: Do not refer to http://maps.vix.com/ on RBL rejections as
4466 there are multiple RBL's available and the MAPS RBL may
4467 not be the one in use. Suggested by Alan Brown of
4468 Manawatu Internet Services.
4469 CONFIG: Properly strip route addresses (i.e., @host1:user@host2)
4470 when stripping down a recipient address to check for
4471 relaying. Patch from Claus Assmann of
4472 Christian-Albrechts-University of Kiel and Neil W Rickert
4473 of Northern Illinois University.
4474 CONFIG: Allow the access database to override RBL lookups. Patch
4475 from Claus Assmann of Christian-Albrechts-University of
4477 CONFIG: UnixWare 7 support from Phillip P. Porch of The Porch
4479 CONFIG: Fixed check for deferred delivery mode warning. Patch
4480 from Claus Assmann of Christian-Albrechts-University of
4481 Kiel and Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
4482 CONFIG: If a recipient using % addressing is used, e.g.
4483 user%site@othersite, and othersite's MX records are now
4484 checked for local hosts if FEATURE(relay_based_on_MX) is
4485 used. Problem noted by Alexander Litvin of Lucky Net Ltd.
4486 Patch from Alexander Litvin of Lucky Net Ltd and
4487 Claus Assmann of Christian-Albrechts-University of Kiel.
4488 MAIL.LOCAL: Prevent warning messages from appearing in the LMTP
4489 stream. Do not allow more than one response per recipient.
4490 MAIL.LOCAL: Handle routed addresses properly when using LMTP. Fix
4491 from John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
4492 MAIL.LOCAL: Properly check for CRLF when using LMTP. Fix from
4493 John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
4494 MAIL.LOCAL: Substitute MAILER-DAEMON for the LMTP empty sender in
4495 the envelope From header.
4496 MAIL.LOCAL: Accept underscores in hostnames in LMTP mode.
4497 Problem noted by Glenn A. Malling of Syracuse University.
4498 MAILSTATS: Document msgsrej and msgsdis fields in the man page.
4499 Problem noted by Richard Wong of Princeton University.
4500 MAKEMAP: Build group list so group writable files are allowed with
4501 the -s flag. Problem noted by Curt Sampson of Internet
4502 Portal Services, Inc.
4503 PRALIASES: Automatically handle alias files created without the
4504 NULL byte at the end of the key. Patch from John Beck of
4506 PRALIASES: Support Berkeley DB 2.6.4 API change.
4508 BuildTools/OS/IRIX64.6.5
4509 BuildTools/OS/UnixWare.5.i386
4510 cf/ostype/unixware7.m4
4511 contrib/smcontrol.pl
4514 8.9.1/8.9.1 1998/07/02
4515 If both an OS specific site configuration file and a generic
4516 site.config.m4 file existed, only the latter was used
4517 instead of both. Problem noted by Geir Johannessen of
4518 the Norwegian University of Science and Technology.
4519 Fix segmentation fault while converting 8 bit to 7 bit MIME
4520 multipart messages by trying to write to an unopened
4521 file descriptor. Fix from Kari Hurtta of the Finnish
4522 Meteorological Institute.
4523 Do not assume Message: and Text: headers indicate the end of
4524 the header area when parsing MIME headers. Problem noted
4525 by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
4526 Setting the confMAN#SRC Build variable would only effect the
4527 installation commands. The man pages would still be
4528 built with .0 extensions. Problem noted by Bryan
4529 Costales of InfoBeat, Inc.
4530 Installation of manual pages didn't honor the DESTDIR environment
4531 variable. Problem noted by Bryan Costales of InfoBeat, Inc.
4532 If the check_relay ruleset resolved to the discard mailer, messages
4533 were still delivered. Problem noted by Mirek Luc of NASK.
4534 Mail delivery to files would fail with an Operating System Error
4535 if sendmail was not running as root, i.e., RunAsUser was set.
4536 Problem noted by Leonard N. Zubkoff of Dandelion Digital.
4537 Prevent MinQueueAge from interfering from queued items created
4538 in the future, i.e., if the system clock was set ahead
4539 and then back. Problem noted by Michael Miller of the
4540 University of Natal, Pietermaritzburg.
4541 Do not advertise ETRN support in ESTMP EHLO reply if noetrn is
4542 set in the PrivacyOptions option. Fix from Ted Rule of
4544 Log invalid persistent host status file lines instead of
4545 bouncing the message. Problem noted by David Lindes of
4546 DaveLtd Enterprises.
4547 Move creation of empty sendmail.st file from installation to
4548 compilation. Installation may be done from a read-only
4549 mount. Fix from Bryan Costales of InfoBeat, Inc. and Ric
4550 Anderson of the Oasis Research Center, Inc.
4551 Enforce the maximum number of User Database entries limit. Problem
4552 noted by Gary Buchanan of Credence Systems Inc.
4553 Allow dead.letter files in root's home directory. Problem noted
4554 by Anna Ullman of Sun Microsystems.
4555 Program deliveries in forward files could be marked unsafe if
4556 any directory listed in the ForwardPath option did not
4557 exist. Problem noted by Jorg Bielak of Coastal Web Online.
4558 Do not trust the length of the address structure returned by
4559 gethostbyname(). Problem noted by Chris Evans of Oxford
4561 If the SIZE= MAIL From: ESMTP parameter is too large, use the
4562 5.3.4 DSN status code instead of 5.2.2. Similarly, for
4563 non-local deliveries, if the message is larger than the
4564 mailer maximum message size, use 5.3.4 instead of 5.2.3.
4565 Suggested by Antony Bowesman of
4566 Fujitsu/TeaWARE Mail/MIME System.
4568 Fix the check for an IP address reverse lookup for
4569 use in $&{client_name} on 64 bit platforms.
4570 From Gilles Gallot of Institut for Development
4571 and Resources in Intensive Scientific computing.
4572 BSD-OS uses .0 for man page extensions. From Jeff Polk
4574 DomainOS detection for Build. Also, version 10.4 and later
4575 ship a unistd.h. Fixes from Takanobu Ishimura of
4577 NeXT 4.x uses /usr/lib/man/cat for its man pages. From
4578 J. P. McCann of E I A.
4579 SCO 4.X and 5.X include NDBM support. From Vlado Potisk
4581 CONFIG: Do not pass spoofed PTR results through resolver for
4582 qualification. Problem noted by Michiel Boland of
4583 Digital Valley Internet Professionals; fix from
4584 Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
4585 CONFIG: Do not try to resolve non-DNS hostnames such as UUCP,
4586 BITNET, and DECNET addresses for resolvable senders.
4587 Problem noted by Alexander Litvin of Lucky Net Ltd.
4588 CONFIG: Work around Sun's broken configuration which sends bounce
4589 messages as coming from @@hostname instead of <>. LMTP
4590 would not accept @@hostname.
4591 OP.ME: Corrections to complex sendmail startup script from Rick
4592 Troxel of the National Institutes of Health.
4593 RMAIL: Do not install rmail by default, require 'make force-install'
4594 as this rmail isn't the same as others. Suggested by
4595 Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
4597 BuildTools/OS/DomainOS.10.4
4599 8.9.0/8.9.0 1998/05/19
4600 SECURITY: To prevent users from reading files not normally
4601 readable, sendmail will no longer open forward, :include:,
4602 class, ErrorHeader, or HelpFile files located in unsafe
4603 (i.e., group or world writable) directory paths. Sites
4604 which need the ability to override security can use the
4605 DontBlameSendmail option. See the README file for more
4607 SECURITY: Problems can occur on poorly managed systems, specifically,
4608 if maps or alias files are in world writable directories.
4609 This fixes the change added to 8.8.6 to prevent links in these
4610 world writable directories.
4611 SECURITY: Make sure ServiceSwitchFile option file is not a link if
4612 it is in a world writable directory.
4613 SECURITY: Never pass a tty to a mailer -- if a mailer can get at the
4614 tty it may be able to push bytes back to the senders input.
4615 Unfortunately this breaks -v mode. Problem noted by
4616 Wietse Venema of the Global Security Analysis Lab at
4617 IBM T.J. Watson Research.
4618 SECURITY: Empty group list if DontInitGroups is set to true to
4619 prevent program deliveries from picking up extra group
4620 privileges. Problem reported by Wolfgang Ley of DFN-CERT.
4621 SECURITY: The default value for DefaultUser is now set to the uid and
4622 gid of the first existing user mailnull, sendmail, or daemon
4623 that has a non-zero uid. If none of these exist, sendmail
4624 reverts back to the old behavior of using uid 1 and gid 1.
4625 This is a security problem for Linux which has chosen that
4626 uid and gid for user bin instead of daemon. If DefaultUser
4627 is set in the configuration file, that value overrides this
4629 SECURITY: Since 8.8.7, the check for non-set-user-ID binaries
4630 interfered with setting an alternate group id for the
4631 RunAsUser option. Problem noted by Randall Winchester of
4632 the University of Maryland.
4633 Add support for Berkeley DB 2.X. Based on patch from John Kennedy
4634 of Cal State University, Chico.
4635 Remove support for OLD_NEWDB (pre-1.5 version of Berkeley DB). Users
4636 which previously defined OLD_NEWDB=1 must now upgrade to the
4637 current version of Berkeley DB.
4638 Added support for regular expressions using the new map class regex.
4639 From Jan Krueger of Unix-AG of University of Hannover.
4640 Support for BIND 8.1.1's hesiod for hesiod maps and hesiod
4641 UserDatabases from Randall Winchester of the University
4643 Allow any shell for user shell on program deliveries on V1
4644 configurations for backwards compatibility on machines which
4645 do not have getusershell(). Fix from John Beck of Sun
4647 On operating systems which change the process title by reusing the
4648 argument vector memory, sendmail could corrupt memory if the
4649 last argument was either "-q" or "-d". Problem noted by
4650 Frank Langbein of the University of Stuttgart.
4651 Support Local Mail Transfer Protocol (LMTP) between sendmail and
4652 mail.local on the F=z flag.
4653 Macro-expand the contents of the ErrMsgFile. Previously this was
4654 only done if you had magic characters (0x81) to indicate
4655 macro expansion. Now $x will be expanded. This means that
4656 real dollar signs have to be backslash escaped.
4657 TCP Wrappers expects "unknown" in the hostname argument if the
4658 reverse DNS lookup for the incoming connection fails.
4659 Problem noted by Randy Grimshaw of Syracuse University and
4660 Wietse Venema of the Global Security Analysis Lab at
4661 IBM T.J. Watson Research.
4662 DSN success bounces generated from an invocation of sendmail -t
4663 would be sent to both the sender and MAILER-DAEMON.
4664 Problem noted by Claus Assmann of
4665 Christian-Albrechts-University of Kiel.
4666 Avoid "Error 0" messages on delivery mailers which exit with a
4667 valid exit value such as EX_NOPERM. Fix from Andreas Luik
4668 of ISA Informationssysteme GmbH.
4669 Tokenize $&x expansions on right hand side of rules. This eliminates
4670 the need to use tricks like $(dequote "" $&{client_name} $)
4671 to cause the ${client_name} macro to be properly tokenized.
4672 Add the MaxRecipientsPerMessage option: this limits the number of
4673 recipients that will be accepted in a single SMTP
4674 transaction. After this number is reached, sendmail
4675 starts returning "452 Too many recipients" to all RCPT
4676 commands. This can be used to limit the number of recipients
4677 per envelope (in particular, to discourage use of the server
4678 for spamming). Note: a better approach is to restrict
4680 Fixed pointer initialization for LDAP lmap struct, fixed -s option
4681 to ldapx map and added timeout for ldap_open call to
4682 avoid hanging sendmail in the event of hung LDAP servers.
4683 Patch from Booker Bense of Stanford University.
4684 Allow multiple -qI, -qR, or -qS queue run limiters. For example,
4685 '-qRfoo -qRbar' would deliver mail to recipients with foo or
4686 bar in their address. Patch from Allan E Johannesen of
4687 Worcester Polytechnic Institute.
4688 The bestmx map will now return a list of the MX servers for a host if
4689 passed a column delimiter via the -z map flag. This can be
4690 used to check if the server is an MX server for the recipient
4691 of a message. This can be used to help prevent relaying.
4692 Patch from Mitchell Blank Jr of Exec-PC.
4693 Mark failures for the *file* mailer and return bounce messages to the
4694 sender for those failures.
4695 Prevent bogus syslog timestamps on errors in sendmail.cf by
4696 preserving the TZ environment variable until TimeZoneSpec
4697 has been determined. Problem noted by Ralf Hildebrandt of
4698 Technical University of Braunschweig. Patch from Per Hedeland
4700 Print test input in address test mode when input is not from the tty
4701 when the -v flag is given (i.e., sendmail -bt -v) to make
4702 output easier to decipher. Problem noted by Aidan Nichol
4703 of Procter & Gamble.
4704 The LDAP map -s flag was not properly parsed and the error message
4705 given included the remainder of the arguments instead of
4706 solely the argument in error. Problem noted by Aidan Nichol
4707 of Procter & Gamble.
4708 New DontBlameSendmail option. This option allows administrators to
4709 bypass some of sendmail's file security checks at the expense
4710 of system security. This should only be used if you are
4711 absolutely sure you know the consequences. The available
4712 DontBlameSendmail options are:
4715 ClassFileInUnsafeDirPath
4716 ErrorHeaderInUnsafeDirPath
4717 GroupWritableDirPathSafe
4718 GroupWritableForwardFileSafe
4719 GroupWritableIncludeFileSafe
4720 GroupWritableAliasFile
4721 HelpFileinUnsafeDirPath
4722 WorldWritableAliasFile
4723 ForwardFileInGroupWritableDirPath
4724 IncludeFileInGroupWritableDirPath
4725 ForwardFileInUnsafeDirPath
4726 IncludeFileInUnsafeDirPath
4727 ForwardFileInUnsafeDirPathSafe
4728 IncludeFileInUnsafeDirPathSafe
4730 LinkedAliasFileInWritableDir
4731 LinkedClassFileInWritableDir
4732 LinkedForwardFileInWritableDir
4733 LinkedIncludeFileInWritableDir
4734 LinkedMapInWritableDir
4735 LinkedServiceSwitchFileInWritableDir
4736 FileDeliveryToHardLink
4737 FileDeliveryToSymLink
4740 WriteStatsToHardLink
4742 RunProgramInUnsafeDirPath
4744 New DontProbeInterfaces option to turn off the inclusion of all the
4745 interface names in $=w on startup. In particular, if you
4746 have lots of virtual interfaces, this option will speed up
4747 startup. However, unless you make other arrangements, mail
4748 sent to those addresses will be bounced.
4749 Automatically create alias databases if they don't exist and
4750 AutoRebuildAliases is set.
4751 Add PrivacyOptions=noetrn flag to disable the SMTP ETRN command.
4752 Suggested by Christophe Wolfhugel of the Institut Pasteur.
4753 Add PrivacyOptions=noverb flag to disable the SMTP VERB command.
4754 When determining the client host name ($&{client_name} macro), do
4755 a forward (A) DNS lookup on the result of the PTR lookup
4756 and compare results. If they differ or if the PTR lookup
4757 fails, &{client_name} will contain the IP address
4758 surrounded by square brackets (e.g., [127.0.0.1]).
4759 New map flag: -Tx appends "x" to lookups that return temporary failure
4760 (i.e, it is like -ax for the temporary failure case, in
4761 contrast to the success case).
4762 New syntax to do limited checking of header syntax. A config line
4765 causes the indicated Ruleset to be invoked on the Header
4766 when read. This ruleset works like the check_* rulesets --
4767 that is, it can reject mail on the basis of the contents.
4768 Limit the size of the HELO/EHLO parameter to prevent spammers
4769 from hiding their connection information in Received:
4771 When SingleThreadDelivery is active, deliveries to locked hosts
4772 are skipped. This will cause the delivering process to
4773 try the next MX host or queue the message if no other MX
4774 hosts are available. Suggested by Alexander Litvin.
4775 The [FILE] mailer type now delivers to the file specified in the
4776 A= equate of the mailer definition instead of $u. It also
4777 obeys all of the F= mailer flags such as the MIME
4778 7/8 bit conversion flags. This is useful for defining
4779 a mailer which delivers to the same file regardless of the
4780 recipient (e.g., 'A=FILE /dev/null' to discard unwanted mail).
4781 Do not assume the identity of a remote connection is root@localhost
4782 if the remote connection closes the socket before the
4783 remote identity can be queried.
4784 Change semantics of the F=S mailer flag back to 8.7.5 behavior.
4785 Some mailers, including procmail, require that the real
4786 uid is left unchanged by sendmail. Problem noted by Per
4787 Hedeland of Ericsson.
4788 No longer is the src/obj*/Makefile selected from a large list -- it
4789 is now generated using the information in BuildTools/OS/ --
4790 some of the details are determined dynamically via
4791 BuildTools/bin/configure.sh.
4792 The other programs in the sendmail distribution -- mail.local,
4793 mailstats, makemap, praliases, rmail, and smrsh -- now use
4794 the new Build method which creates an operating system
4795 specific Makefile using the information in BuildTools.
4796 Make 4xx reply codes to the SMTP MAIL command be non-sticky (i.e.,
4797 a failure on one message won't affect future messages to the
4798 same host). This is necessary if the remote host sends
4799 a 451 error if the domain of the sender does not resolve
4800 as is common in anti-spam configurations. Problem noted
4801 by Mitchell Blank Jr of Exec-PC.
4802 New "discard" mailer for check_* rulesets and header checking
4803 rulesets. If one of the above rulesets resolves to the
4804 $#discard mailer, the commands will be accepted but the
4805 message will be completely discarded after it is accepting.
4806 This means that even if only one of the recipients
4807 resolves to the $#discard mailer, none of the recipients
4808 will receive the mail. Suggested by Brian Kantor.
4809 All but the last cloned envelope of a split envelope were queued
4810 instead of being delivered. Problem noted by John Caruso
4811 of CNET: The Computer Network.
4812 Fix deadlock situation in persistent host status file locking.
4813 Syslog an error if a user forward file could not be read due to
4814 an error. Patch from John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
4815 Use the first name returned on machine lookups when canonifying a
4816 hostname via NetInfo. Patch from Timm Wetzel of GWDG.
4817 Clear the $&{client_addr}, $&{client_name}, and $&{client_port}
4818 macros when delivering a bounce message to prevent
4819 rejection by a check_compat ruleset which uses these macros.
4820 Problem noted by Jens Hamisch of AgiX Internetservices GmbH.
4821 If the check_relay ruleset resolves to the the error mailer, the
4822 error in the $: portion of the resolved triplet is used
4823 in the rejection message given to the remote machine.
4824 Suggested by Scott Gifford of The Internet Ramp.
4825 Set the $&{client_addr}, $&{client_name}, and $&{client_port} macros
4826 before calling the check_relay ruleset. Suggested by Scott
4827 Gifford of The Internet Ramp.
4828 Sendmail would get a segmentation fault if a mailer exited with an
4829 exit code of 79. Problem noted by Aaron Schrab of ExecPC
4830 Internet. Fix from Christophe Wolfhugel of the Pasteur
4832 Separate snprintf/vsnprintf routines into separate file for use by
4834 Allow multiple map lookups on right hand side, e.g.,
4835 R$* $( host $1 $) $| $( passwd $1 $). Patch from
4836 Christophe Wolfhugel of the Pasteur Institute.
4837 Properly generate success DSN messages if requested for aliases
4838 which have owner- aliases. Problem noted by Kari Hurtta
4839 of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
4840 Properly display delayed-expansion macros ($&{macroname}) in
4841 address test mode (-bt). Problem noted by Bryan Costales
4843 -qR could sometimes match names incorrectly. Problem noted by
4844 Lutz Euler of Lavielle EDV Systemberatung GmbH & Co.
4845 Include a magic number and version in the StatusFile for the
4847 Record the number of rejected and discarded messages in the
4848 StatusFile for display by the mailstats command. Patch
4849 from Randall Winchester of the University of Maryland.
4850 IDENT returns where the OSTYPE field equals "OTHER" now list the
4851 user portion as IDENT:username@site instead of
4852 username@site to differentiate the two. Suggested by
4853 Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
4854 Enforce timeout for LDAP queries. Patch from Per Hedeland of
4856 Change persistent host status filename substitution so '/' is
4857 replaced by ':' instead of '|' to avoid clashes. Also
4858 avoid clashes with hostnames with leading dots. Fix from
4859 Mitchell Blank Jr. of Exec-PC.
4860 If the system lock table is full, only attempt to create a new
4861 queue entry five times before giving up. Previously, it
4862 was attempted indefinitely which could cause the partition
4863 to run out of inodes. Problem noted by Suzie Weigand of
4864 Stratus Computer, Inc.
4865 In verbose mode, warn if the sendmail.cf version is less than the
4866 currently supported version.
4867 Sorting for QueueSortOrder=host is now case insensitive. Patch
4868 from Randall S. Winchester of the University of Maryland.
4869 Properly quote a full name passed via the -F command line option,
4870 the Full-Name: header, or the NAME environment variable if
4871 it contains characters which must be quoted. Problem noted
4872 by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
4873 Avoid possible race condition that unlocked a mail job before
4874 releasing the transcript file on systems that use flock(2).
4875 In some cases, this might result in a "Transcript Unavailable"
4876 message in error bounces.
4877 Accept SMTP replies which contain only a reply code and no
4878 accompanying text. Problem noted by Fernando Fraticelli of
4879 Digital Equipment Corporation.
4881 AIX 4.1 uses int for SOCKADDR_LEN_T from Motonori Nakamura
4882 of Kyoto University.
4883 AIX 4.2 requires <userpw.h> before <usersec.h>. Patch from
4884 Randall S. Winchester of the University of
4886 AIX 4.3 from Valdis Kletnieks of Virginia Tech CNS.
4887 CRAY T3E from Manu Mahonen of Center for Scientific Computing
4889 Digital UNIX now uses statvfs for determining free
4890 disk space. Patch from Randall S. Winchester of
4891 the University of Maryland.
4892 HP-UX 11.x from Richard Allen of Opin Kerfi HF and
4893 Regis McEwen of Progress Software Corporation.
4894 IRIX 64 bit fixes from Kari Hurtta of the Finnish
4895 Meteorological Institute.
4896 IRIX 6.2 configuration fix for mail.local from Michael Kyle
4897 of CIC/Advanced Computing Laboratory.
4898 IRIX 6.5 from Thomas H Jones II of SGI.
4899 IRIX 6.X load average code from Bob Mende of SGI.
4900 QNX from Glen McCready <glen@qnx.com>.
4901 SCO 4.2 and 5.x use /usr/bin instead of /usr/ucb for links
4902 to sendmail. Install with group bin instead of kmem
4903 as kmem does not exist. From Guillermo Freige of
4904 Gobernacion de la Pcia de Buenos Aires and Paul
4905 Fischer of BTG, Inc.
4906 SunOS 4.X does not include memmove(). Patch from
4907 Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
4908 SunOS 5.7 includes getloadavg() function for determining
4909 load average. Patch from John Beck of Sun
4911 CONFIG: Increment version number of config file.
4912 CONFIG: add DATABASE_MAP_TYPE to set the default type of database
4913 map for the various maps. The default is hash. Patch from
4914 Robert Harker of Harker Systems.
4915 CONFIG: new confEBINDIR m4 variable for defining the executable
4916 directory for certain programs.
4917 CONFIG: new FEATURE(local_lmtp) to use the new LMTP support for
4918 local mail delivery. By the default, /usr/libexec/mail.local
4919 is used. This is expected to be the mail.local shipped
4920 with 8.9 which is LMTP capable. The path is based on the
4921 new confEBINDIR m4 variable.
4922 CONFIG: Use confEBINDIR in determining path to smrsh for
4923 FEATURE(smrsh). Note that this changes the default from
4924 /usr/local/etc/smrsh to /usr/libexec/smrsh. To obtain the
4925 old path for smrsh, use FEATURE(smrsh, /usr/local/etc/smrsh).
4926 CONFIG: DOMAIN(generic) changes the default confFORWARD_PATH to
4927 include $z/.forward.$w+$h and $z/.forward+$h which allow
4928 the user to setup different .forward files for
4929 user+detail addressing.
4930 CONFIG: add confMAX_RCPTS_PER_MESSAGE, confDONT_PROBE_INTERFACES,
4931 and confDONT_BLAME_SENDMAIL to set MaxRecipientsPerMessage,
4932 DontProbeInterfaces, and DontBlameSendmail options.
4933 CONFIG: by default do not allow relaying (that is, accepting mail
4934 from outside your domain and sending it to another host
4935 outside your domain).
4936 CONFIG: new FEATURE(promiscuous_relay) to allow mail relaying from
4937 any site to any site.
4938 CONFIG: new FEATURE(relay_entire_domain) allows any host in your
4939 domain as defined by the 'm' class ($=m) to relay.
4940 CONFIG: new FEATURE(relay_based_on_MX) to allow relaying based on
4941 the MX records of the host portion of an incoming recipient.
4942 CONFIG: new FEATURE(access_db) which turns on the access database
4943 feature. This database gives you the ability to allow
4944 or refuse to accept mail from specified domains for
4945 administrative reasons. By default, names that are listed
4946 as "OK" in the access db are domain names, not host names.
4947 CONFIG: new confCR_FILE m4 variable for defining the name of the file
4948 used for class 'R'. Defaults to /etc/mail/relay-domains.
4949 CONFIG: new command RELAY_DOMAIN(domain) and RELAY_DOMAIN_FILE(file)
4950 to add items to class 'R' ($=R) for hosts allowed to relay.
4951 CONFIG: new FEATURE(relay_hosts_only) to change the behavior
4952 of FEATURE(access_db) and class 'R' to lookup individual
4954 CONFIG: new FEATURE(loose_relay_check). Normally, if a recipient
4955 using % addressing is used, e.g. user%site@othersite,
4956 and othersite is in class 'R', the check_rcpt ruleset
4957 will strip @othersite and recheck user@site for relaying.
4958 This feature changes that behavior. It should not be
4959 needed for most installations.
4960 CONFIG: new FEATURE(relay_local_from) to allow relaying if the
4961 domain portion of the mail sender is a local host. This
4962 should only be used if absolutely necessary as it opens
4963 a window for spammers. Patch from Randall S. Winchester of
4964 the University of Maryland.
4965 CONFIG: new FEATURE(blacklist_recipients) turns on the ability to
4966 block incoming mail destined for certain recipient
4967 usernames, hostnames, or addresses.
4968 CONFIG: By default, MAIL FROM: commands in the SMTP session will be
4969 refused if the host part of the argument to MAIL FROM: cannot
4970 be located in the host name service (e.g., DNS).
4971 CONFIG: new FEATURE(accept_unresolvable_domains) accepts
4972 unresolvable hostnames in MAIL FROM: SMTP commands.
4973 CONFIG: new FEATURE(accept_unqualified_senders) accepts
4974 MAIL FROM: senders which do not include a domain.
4975 CONFIG: new FEATURE(rbl) Turns on rejection of hosts found in the
4976 Realtime Blackhole List. You can specify the RBL name
4977 server to contact by specifying it as an optional argument.
4978 The default is rbl.maps.vix.com. For details, see
4979 http://maps.vix.com/rbl/.
4980 CONFIG: Call Local_check_relay, Local_check_mail, and
4981 Local_check_rcpt from check_relay, check_mail, and
4982 check_rcpt. Users with local rulesets should place the
4983 rules using LOCAL_RULESETS. If a Local_check_* ruleset
4984 returns $#OK, the message is accepted. If the ruleset
4985 returns a mailer, the appropriate action is taken, else
4986 the return of the ruleset is ignored.
4987 CONFIG: CYRUS_MAILER_FLAGS now includes the /:| mailer flags by
4988 default to support file, :include:, and program deliveries.
4989 CONFIG: Remove the default for confDEF_USER_ID so the binary can
4990 pick the proper default value. See the SECURITY note
4991 above for more information.
4992 CONFIG: FEATURE(nodns) now warns the user that the feature is a
4993 no-op. Patch from Kari Hurtta of the Finnish
4994 Meteorological Institute.
4995 CONFIG: OSTYPE(osf1) now sets DefaultUserID (confDEF_USER_ID) to
4996 daemon since DEC's /bin/mail will drop the envelope
4997 sender if run as mailnull. See the Digital UNIX section
4998 of src/README for more information. Problem noted by
4999 Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
5000 CONFIG: .cf files are now stored in the same directory with the
5001 .mc files instead of in the obj directory.
5002 CONFIG: New options confSINGLE_LINE_FROM_HEADER,
5003 confALLOW_BOGUS_HELO, and confMUST_QUOTE_CHARS for
5004 setting SingleLineFromHeader, AllowBogusHELO, and
5005 MustQuoteChars respectively.
5006 MAIL.LOCAL: support -l flag to run LMTP on stdin/stdout. This
5007 SMTP-like protocol allows detailed reporting of delivery
5008 status on a per-user basis. Code donated by John Myers of
5009 CMU (now of Netscape).
5010 MAIL.LOCAL: HP-UX support from Randall S. Winchester of the
5011 University of Maryland. NOTE: mail.local is not
5012 compatible with the stock HP-UX mail format. Be sure to
5013 read mail.local/README.
5014 MAIL.LOCAL: Prevent other mail delivery agents from stealing a
5015 mailbox lock. Patch from Randall S. Winchester of the
5016 University of Maryland.
5017 MAIL.LOCAL: glibc portability from John Kennedy of Cal State
5019 MAIL.LOCAL: IRIX portability from Kari Hurtta of the Finnish
5020 Meteorological Institute.
5021 MAILSTATS: Display the number of rejected and discarded messages
5022 in the StatusFile. Patch from Randall Winchester of the
5023 University of Maryland.
5024 MAKEMAP: New -s flag to ignore safety checks on database map files
5025 such as linked files in world writable directories.
5026 MAKEMAP: Add support for Berkeley DB 2.X. Remove OLD_NEWDB support.
5027 PRALIASES: Add support for Berkeley DB 2.X.
5028 PRALIASES: Do not automatically include NDBM support. Problem
5029 noted by Ralf Hildebrandt of the Technical University of
5031 RMAIL: Improve portability for other platforms. Patches from
5032 Randall S. Winchester of the University of Maryland and
5033 Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
5035 src/Makefiles/Makefile.* files have been modified to use
5036 the new build mechanism and are now BuildTools/OS/*.
5037 src/makesendmail changed to symbolic link to src/Build.
5039 BuildTools/M4/header.m4
5040 BuildTools/M4/depend/BSD.m4
5041 BuildTools/M4/depend/CC-M.m4
5042 BuildTools/M4/depend/NCR.m4
5043 BuildTools/M4/depend/Solaris.m4
5044 BuildTools/M4/depend/X11.m4
5045 BuildTools/M4/depend/generic.m4
5046 BuildTools/OS/AIX.4.2
5047 BuildTools/OS/AIX.4.x
5048 BuildTools/OS/CRAYT3E.2.0.x
5049 BuildTools/OS/HP-UX.11.x
5050 BuildTools/OS/IRIX.6.5
5051 BuildTools/OS/NEXTSTEP.4.x
5052 BuildTools/OS/NeXT.4.x
5053 BuildTools/OS/NetBSD.8.3
5055 BuildTools/OS/SunOS.5.7
5056 BuildTools/OS/dcosx.1.x.NILE
5058 BuildTools/Site/README
5059 BuildTools/bin/Build
5060 BuildTools/bin/configure.sh
5061 BuildTools/bin/find_m4.sh
5062 BuildTools/bin/install.sh
5065 cf/cf/generic-hpux10.cf
5066 cf/feature/accept_unqualified_senders.m4
5067 cf/feature/accept_unresolvable_domains.m4
5068 cf/feature/access_db.m4
5069 cf/feature/blacklist_recipients.m4
5070 cf/feature/loose_relay_check.m4
5071 cf/feature/local_lmtp.m4
5072 cf/feature/promiscuous_relay.m4
5074 cf/feature/relay_based_on_MX.m4
5075 cf/feature/relay_entire_domain.m4
5076 cf/feature/relay_hosts_only.m4
5077 cf/feature/relay_local_from.m4
5079 contrib/doublebounce.pl
5081 mail.local/Makefile.m4
5084 mailstats/Makefile.m4
5088 praliases/Makefile.m4
5098 cf/cf/Makefile (replaced by Makefile.dist)
5100 mail.local/Makefile.dist
5102 mailstats/Makefile.dist
5104 makemap/Makefile.dist
5106 praliases/Makefile.dist
5111 src/Makefiles/Makefile.AIX.4 (split into AIX.4.x and AIX.4.2)
5112 src/Makefiles/Makefile.SMP_DC.OSx.NILE
5113 (renamed BuildTools/OS/dcosx.1.x.NILE)
5114 src/Makefiles/Makefile.Utah (obsolete platform)
5117 cf/cf/Makefile.dist => Makefile
5118 cf/cf/obj/* => cf/cf/*
5119 src/READ_ME => src/README
5121 8.8.8/8.8.8 1997/10/24
5122 If the check_relay ruleset failed, the relay= field was logged
5123 incorrectly. Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish
5124 Meteorological Institute.
5125 If /usr/tmp/dead.letter already existed, sendmail could not
5126 add additional bounces to it. Problem noted by Thomas J.
5127 Arseneault of SRI International.
5128 If an SMTP mailer used a non-standard port number for the outgoing
5129 connection, it would be displayed incorrectly in verbose mode.
5130 Problem noted by John Kennedy of Cal State University, Chico.
5131 Log the ETRN parameter specified by the client before altering them
5132 to internal form. Suggested by Bob Kupiec of GES-Verio.
5133 EXPN and VRFY SMTP commands on malformed addresses were logging as
5134 User unknown with bogus delay= values. Change them to log
5135 the same as compliant addresses. Problem noted by Kari E.
5136 Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
5137 Ignore the debug resolver option unless using sendmail debug trace
5138 option for resolver. Problem noted by Greg Nichols of Wind
5140 If SingleThreadDelivery was enabled and the remote server returned a
5141 protocol error on the DATA command, the connection would be
5142 closed but the persistent host status file would not be
5143 unlocked so other sendmail processes could not deliver to
5144 that host. Problem noted by Peter Wemm of DIALix.
5145 If queueing up a message due to an expensive mailer, don't increment
5146 the number of delivery attempts or set the last delivery
5147 attempt time so the message will be delivered on the next
5148 queue run regardless of MinQueueAge. Problem noted by
5149 Brian J. Coan of the Institute for Global Communications.
5150 Authentication warnings of "Processed from queue _directory_" and
5151 "Processed by _username_ with -C _filename_" would be logged
5152 with the incorrect timestamp. Problem noted by Kari E. Hurtta
5153 of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
5154 Use a better heuristic for detecting GDBM.
5155 Log null connections on dropped connections. Problem noted by
5156 Jon Lewis of Florida Digital Turnpike.
5157 If class dbm maps are rebuilt, sendmail will now detect this and
5158 reopen the map. Previously, they could give stale
5159 results during a single message processing (but would
5160 recover when the next message was received). Fix from
5161 Joe Pruett of Q7 Enterprises.
5162 Do not log failures such as "User unknown" on -bv or SMTP VRFY
5163 requests. Problem noted by Kari E. Hurtta of the
5164 Finnish Meteorological Institute.
5165 Do not send a bounce message back to the sender regarding bad
5166 recipients if the SMTP connection is dropped before the
5167 message is accepted. Problem noted by Kari E. Hurtta of the
5168 Finnish Meteorological Institute.
5169 Use "localhost" instead of "[UNIX: localhost]" when connecting to
5170 sendmail via a UNIX pipe. This will allow rulesets using
5171 $&{client_name} to process without sending the string through
5172 dequote. Problem noted by Alan Barrett of Internet Africa.
5173 A combination of deferred delivery mode, a double bounce situation,
5174 and the inability to save a bounce message to
5175 /var/tmp/dead.letter would cause sendmail to send a bounce
5176 to postmaster but not remove the offending envelope from the
5177 queue causing it to create a new bounce message each time the
5178 queue was run. Problem noted by Brad Doctor of Net Daemons
5180 Remove newlines from hostname information returned via DNS. There are
5181 no known security implications of newlines in hostnames as
5182 sendmail filters newlines in all vital areas; however, this
5183 could cause confusing error messages.
5184 Starting with sendmail 8.8.6, mail sent with the '-t' option would be
5185 rejected if any of the specified addresses were bad. This
5186 behavior was modified to only reject the bad addresses and not
5187 the entire message. Problem noted by Jozsef Hollosi of
5189 Use Timeout.fileopen when delivering mail to a file. Suggested by
5190 Bryan Costales of InfoBeat, Inc.
5191 Display the proper Final-Recipient on DSN messages for non-SMTP
5192 mailers. Problem noted by Kari E. Hurtta of the
5193 Finnish Meteorological Institute.
5194 An error in calculating the available space in the list of addresses
5195 for logging deliveries could cause an address to be silently
5197 Include the initial user environment if sendmail is restarted via
5198 a HUP signal. This will give room for the process title.
5199 Problem noted by Jon Lewis of Florida Digital Turnpike.
5200 Mail could be delivered without a body if the machine does not
5201 support flock locking and runs out of processes during
5202 delivery. Fix from Chuck Lever of the University of Michigan.
5203 Drop recipient address from 251 and 551 SMTP responses per RFC 821.
5204 Problem noted by Kari E. Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological
5206 Make sure non-rebuildable database maps are opened before the
5207 rebuildable maps (i.e., alias files) in case the database maps
5208 are needed for verifying the left hand side of the aliases.
5209 Problem noted by Lloyd Parkes of Victoria University.
5210 Make sure sender RFC822 source route addresses are alias expanded for
5211 bounce messages. Problem noted by Juergen Georgi of
5212 RUS University of Stuttgart.
5214 Return a temporary error instead of a permanent error if an LDAP map
5215 search returns an error. This will allow sequenced maps which
5216 use other LDAP servers to be checked. Fix from Booker Bense
5217 of Stanford University.
5218 When automatically converting from quoted printable to 8bit text do
5219 not pad bare linefeeds with a space. Problem noted by Theo
5220 Nolte of the University of Technology Aachen, Germany.
5222 Non-standard C compilers may have had a problem compiling
5223 conf.c due to a standard C external declaration of
5224 setproctitle(). Problem noted by Ted Roberts of
5225 Electronic Data Systems.
5226 AUX: has a broken O_EXCL implementation. Reported by Jim
5227 Jagielski of jaguNET Access Services.
5228 BSD/OS: didn't compile if HASSETUSERCONTEXT was defined.
5229 Digital UNIX: Digital UNIX (and possibly others) moves
5230 loader environment variables into the loader memory
5231 area. If one of these environment variables (such as
5232 LD_LIBRARY_PATH) was the last environment variable,
5233 an invalid memory address would be used by the process
5234 title routine causing memory corruption. Problem
5235 noted by Sam Hartman of Mesa Internet Systems.
5236 GNU libc: uses an enum for _PC_CHOWN_RESTRICTED which caused
5237 chownsafe() to always return 0 even if the OS does
5238 not permit file giveaways. Problem noted by
5239 Yasutaka Sumi of The University of Tokyo.
5240 IRIX6: Syslog buffer size set to 512 bytes. Reported by
5241 Gerald Rinske of Siemens Business Services VAS.
5242 Linux: Pad process title with NULLs. Problem noted by
5243 Jon Lewis of Florida Digital Turnpike.
5244 SCO OpenServer 5.0: SIOCGIFCONF ioctl call returns an
5245 incorrect value for the number of interfaces.
5246 Problem noted by Chris Loelke of JetStream Internet
5248 SINIX: Update for Makefile and syslog buffer size from Gerald
5249 Rinske of Siemens Business Services VAS.
5250 Solaris: Make sure HASGETUSERSHELL setting for SunOS is not
5251 used on a Solaris machine. Problem noted by
5252 Stephen Ma of Jtec Pty Limited.
5253 CONFIG: SINIX: Update from Gerald Rinske of Siemens Business
5255 MAKEMAP: Use a better heuristic for detecting GDBM.
5256 CONTRIB: expn.pl: Updated version from the author, David Muir Sharnoff.
5257 OP.ME: Document the F=i mailer flag. Problem noted by Per Hedeland of
5260 8.8.7/8.8.7 1997/08/03
5261 If using Berkeley DB on systems without O_EXLOCK (open a file with
5262 an exclusive lock already set -- i.e., almost all systems
5263 except 4.4-BSD derived systems), the initial attempt at
5264 rebuilding aliases file if the database didn't already
5265 exist would fail. Patch from Raymund Will of LST Software
5267 Bogus incoming SMTP commands would reset the SMTP conversation.
5268 Problem noted by Fredrik Jönsson of the Royal Institute
5269 of Technology, Stockholm.
5270 Since TCP Wrappers includes setenv(), unsetenv(), and putenv(),
5271 some environments could give "multiple definitions" for these
5272 routines during compilation. If using TCP Wrappers, assume
5273 that these routines are included as though they were in the
5274 C library. Patch from Robert La Ferla.
5275 When a NEWDB database map was rebuilt at the same time it was being
5276 used by a queue run, the maps could be left locked for the
5277 duration of the queue run, causing other processes to hang.
5278 Problem noted by Kendall Libby of Shore.NET.
5279 In some cases, NoRecipientAction=add-bcc was being ignored, so the
5280 mail was passed on without any recipient header. This could
5281 cause problems downstream. Problem noted by Xander Jansen
5282 of SURFnet ExpertiseCentrum.
5283 Give error when GDBM is used with sendmail. GDBM's locking and
5284 linking of the .dir and .pag files interferes with sendmail's
5285 locking and security checks. Problems noted by Fyodor
5286 Yarochkin of the Kyrgyz Republic FreeNet.
5287 Don't fsync qf files if SuperSafe option is not set.
5288 Avoid extra calls to gethostbyname for addresses for which a
5289 gethostbyaddr found no value. Also, ignore any returns
5290 from gethostbyaddr that look like a dotted quad.
5291 If PTR lookup fails when looking up an SMTP peer, don't tag it as
5292 "may be forged", since at the network level we pretty much
5293 have to assume that the information is good.
5294 In some cases, errors during an SMTP session could leave files
5296 Better handling of missing file descriptors (0, 1, 2) on startup.
5297 Better handling of non-set-user-ID binaries -- avoids certain obnoxious
5298 errors during testing.
5299 Errors in file locking of NEWDB maps had the incorrect file name
5300 printed in the error message.
5301 If the AllowBogusHELO option were set and an EHLO with a bad or
5302 missing parameter were issued, the EHLO behaved like a HELO.
5303 Load limiting never kicked in for incoming SMTP transactions if the
5304 DeliveryMode=background and any recipient was an alias or
5305 had a .forward file. From Nik Conwell of Boston University.
5306 On some non-Posix systems, the decision of whether chown(2) permits
5307 file giveaway was undefined. From Tetsu Ushijima of the
5308 Tokyo Institute of Technology.
5309 Fix race condition that could cause the body of a message to be
5310 lost (so only the header was delivered). This only occurs
5311 on systems that do not use flock(2), and only when a queue
5312 runner runs during a critical section in another message
5313 delivery. Based on a patch from Steve Schweinhart of
5315 If a qf file was found in a mail queue directory that had a problem
5316 (wrong ownership, bad format, etc.) and the file name was
5317 exactly MAXQFNAME bytes long, then instead of being tried
5318 once, it would be tried on every queue run. Problem noted
5319 by Bryan Costales of Mercury Mail.
5320 If the system supports an st_gen field in the status structure,
5321 include it when reporting that a file has changed after open.
5322 This adds a new compile flag, HAS_ST_GEN (0/1 option).
5323 This out to be checked as well as reported, since it is
5324 theoretically possible for an attacker to remove a file after
5325 it is opened and replace it with another file that has the
5326 same i-number, but some filesystems (notably AFS) return
5327 garbage in this field, and hence always look like the file
5328 has changed. As a practical matter this is not a security
5329 problem, since the files can be neither hard nor soft links,
5330 and on no filesystem (that I am aware of) is it possible to
5331 have two files on the same filesystem with the same i-number
5333 Delete the root Makefile from the distribution -- it is only for
5334 use internally, and does not work at customer sites.
5335 Fix botch that caused the second MAIL FROM: command in a single
5336 transaction to clear the entire transaction. Problem
5337 noted by John Kennedy of Cal State University, Chico.
5338 Work properly on machines that have _PATH_VARTMP defined without
5339 a trailing slash. (And a pox on vendors that decide to
5340 ignore the established conventions!) Problem noted by
5341 Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI.
5342 Internal changes to make it easier to add another protocol family
5343 (intended for IPv6). Patches are from John Kennedy of
5345 In certain cases, 7->8 bit MIME decoding of Base64 text could leave
5346 an extra space at the beginning of some lines. Problem
5347 noted by Charles Karney of Princeton University; fix based
5348 on a patch from Christophe Wolfhugel.
5350 Allow _PATH_VENDOR_CF to be set in Makefile for consistency
5351 with the _Sendmail_ book, 2nd edition. Note that
5352 the book is actually wrong: _PATH_SENDMAILCF should
5354 AIX 3.x: Include <sys/select.h>. Patch from Gene Rackow
5355 of Argonne National Laboratory.
5356 OpenBSD from from Paul DuBois of the University of Wisconsin.
5357 RISC/os 4.0 from Paul DuBois of the University of Wisconsin.
5358 SunOS: Include <memory.h> to fix warning from util.c. From
5359 James Aldridge of EUnet Ltd.
5360 Solaris: Change STDIR (location of status file) to /etc/mail
5362 Linux, Dynix, UNICOS: Remove -DNDBM and -lgdbm from
5363 Makefiles. Use NEWDB on Linux instead.
5364 NCR MP-RAS 3.x with STREAMware TCP/IP: SIOCGIFNUM ioctl
5365 exists but behaves differently than other OSes.
5366 Add SIOCGIFNUM_IS_BROKEN compile flag to get
5367 around the problem. Problem noted by Tom Moore of
5369 HP-UX 9.x: fix compile warnings for old select API. Problem
5370 noted by Tom Smith of Digital Equipment Corp.
5371 UnixWare 2.x: compile warnings on offsetof macro. Problem
5372 noted by Tom Good of the Community Access Information
5374 SCO 4.2: compile problems caused by a change in the type of
5375 the "length" parameters passed to accept, getpeername,
5376 getsockname, and getsockopt. Adds new compile flags
5377 SOCKADDR_SIZE_T and SOCKOPT_SIZE_T. Problem reported
5378 by Tom Good of St. Vincent's North Richmond Community
5379 Mental Health Center Residential Services.
5380 AIX 4: Use size_t for SOCKADDR_SIZE_T and SOCKOPT_SIZE_T.
5381 Suggested by Brett Hogden of Rochester Gas & Electric
5383 Linux: avoid compile problem for versions of <setjmp.h> that
5384 #define both setjmp and longjmp. Problem pointed out
5385 by J.R. Oldroyd of TerraNet.
5386 CONFIG: SCO UnixWare 2.1: Support for OSTYPE(sco-uw-2.1)
5387 from Christopher Durham of SCO.
5388 CONFIG: NEXTSTEP: define confCW_FILE to
5389 /etc/sendmail/sendmail.cw to match the usual
5390 configuration. Patch from Dennis Glatting of
5392 CONFIG: MAILER(fax) called a program that hasn't existed for a long
5393 time. Convert to use the HylaFAX 4.0 conventions. Suggested
5395 CONFIG: Improve sample anti-spam rulesets in cf/cf/knecht.mc. These
5396 are the rulesets in use on sendmail.org.
5397 MAKEMAP: give error on GDBM files.
5398 MAIL.LOCAL: Make error messages a bit more explicit, for example,
5399 telling more details on what actually changed when "file
5400 changed after open".
5401 CONTRIB: etrn.pl: Ignore comments in Fw files. Support multiple Fw
5403 CONTRIB: passwd-to-alias.pl: Handle 8 bit characters and '-'.
5405 src/Makefiles/Makefile.OpenBSD
5406 src/Makefiles/Makefile.RISCos.4_0
5408 cf/ostype/sco-uw-2.1.m4
5412 8.8.6/8.8.6 1997/06/14
5413 *************************************************************
5414 * The extensive assistance of Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI *
5415 * in preparing this release is gratefully appreciated. *
5416 * Sun Microsystems has also provided resources toward *
5417 * continued sendmail development. *
5418 *************************************************************
5419 SECURITY: A few systems allow an open with the O_EXCL|O_CREAT open
5420 mode bits set to create a file that is a symbolic link that
5421 points nowhere. This makes it possible to create a root
5422 owned file in an arbitrary directory by inserting the symlink
5423 into a writable directory after the initial lstat(2) check
5424 determined that the file did not exist. The only verified
5425 example of a system having these odd semantics for O_EXCL
5426 and symbolic links was HP-UX prior to version 9.07. Most
5427 systems do not have the problem, since a exclusive create
5428 of a file disallows symbolic links. Systems that have been
5429 verified to NOT have the problem include AIX 3.x, *BSD,
5430 DEC OSF/1, HP-UX 9.07 and higher, Linux, SunOS, Solaris,
5431 and Ultrix. This is a potential exposure on systems that
5432 have this bug and which do not have a MAILER-DAEMON alias
5433 pointing at a legitimate account, since this will cause old
5434 mail to be dropped in /var/tmp/dead.letter.
5435 SECURITY: Problems can occur on poorly managed systems, specifically,
5436 if maps or alias files are in world writable directories.
5437 If your system has alias maps in writable directories, it
5438 is potentially possible for an attacker to replace the .db
5439 (or .dir and .pag) files by symbolic links pointing at
5440 another database; this can be used either to expose
5441 information (e.g., by pointing an alias file at /etc/spwd.db
5442 and probing for accounts), or as a denial-of-service attack
5443 (by trashing the password database). The fix disallows
5444 symbolic links entirely when rebuilding alias files or on
5445 maps that are in writable directories, and always warns on
5446 writable directories; 8.9 will probably consider writable
5447 directories to be fatal errors. This does not represent an
5448 exposure on systems that have alias files in unwritable
5450 SECURITY: disallow .forward or :include: files that are links (hard
5451 or soft) if the parent directory (or any directory in the
5452 path) is writable by anyone other than the owner. This is
5453 similar to the previous case for user files. This change
5454 should not affect most systems, but is necessary to prevent
5455 an attacker who can write the directory from pointing such
5456 files at other files that are readable only by the owner.
5457 SECURITY: Tighten safechown rules: many systems will say that they
5458 have a safe (restricted to root) chown even on files that
5459 are mounted from another system that allows owners to give
5460 away files. The new rules are very strict, trusting file
5461 ownership only in those few cases where the system has
5462 been verified to be at least as paranoid as necessary.
5463 However, it is possible to relax the rules to partially
5464 trust the ownership if the directory path is not world or
5465 group writable. This might allow someone who has a legitimate
5466 :include: file (referenced directly from /etc/aliases) to
5467 become another non-root user if the :include: file is in a
5468 non-writable directory on an NFS-mounted filesystem where
5469 the local system says that giveaway is denied but it is
5470 actually permitted. I believe this to be a very small set
5471 of cases. If in doubt, do not point :include: aliases at
5472 NFS-mounted filesystems.
5473 SECURITY: When setting a numeric group id using the RunAsUser option
5474 (e.g., "O RunAsUser=10:20", the group id would not be set.
5475 Implicit group ids (e.g., "O RunAsUser=mailnull") or alpha
5476 group ids (e.g., "O RunAsUser=mailuser:mailgrp") worked fine.
5477 The user id was still set properly. Problem noted by Uli
5478 Pralle of the Technical University of Berlin.
5479 Save the initial gid set for use when checking for if the
5480 PrivacyOptions=restrictmailq option is set. Problem reported
5481 by Wolfgang Ley of DFN-CERT.
5482 Make 55x reply codes to the SMTP DATA-"." be non-sticky (i.e., a
5483 failure on one message won't affect future messages to the
5485 IP source route printing had an "off by one" error that would
5486 affect any options that came after the route option. Patch
5488 The "Message is too large" error didn't successfully bounce the error
5489 back to the sender. Problem reported by Stephen More of
5490 PSI; patch from Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI.
5491 Change SMTP status code 553 to map into Extended code 5.1.0 (instead
5492 of 5.1.3); it apparently gets used in multiple ways.
5493 Suggested by John Myers of Portola Communications.
5494 Fix possible extra null byte generated during collection if errors
5495 occur at the beginning of the stream. Patch contributed by
5496 Andrey A. Chernov and Gregory Neil Shapiro.
5497 Code changes to avoid possible reentrant call of malloc/free within
5498 a signal handler. Problem noted by John Beck of Sun
5500 Move map initialization to be earlier so that check_relay ruleset
5501 will have the latest version of the map data. Problem noted
5502 by Paul Forgey of Metainfo; patch from Gregory Neil Shapiro.
5503 If there are fatal errors during the collection phase (e.g., message
5504 too large) don't send the bogus message.
5505 Avoid "cannot open xfAAA00000" messages when sending to aliases that
5506 have errors and have owner- aliases. Problem noted by Michael
5507 Barber of MTU; fix from Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI.
5508 Avoid null pointer dereference on illegal Boundary= parameters in
5509 multipart/mixed Content-Type: header. Problem noted by
5510 Richard Muirden of RMIT University.
5511 Always print error messages during newaliases (-bi) even if the
5512 ErrorMode is not set to "print". Fix from Gregory Neil
5514 Test mode could core dump if you did a /map lookup in an optional map
5515 that could not be opened. Based on a fix from John Beck of
5517 If DNS is misconfigured so that the last MX record tried points to
5518 a host that does not have an A record, but other MX records
5519 pointed to something reasonable, don't bounce the message
5520 with a "host unknown" error. Note that this should really
5521 be fixed in the zone file for the domain. Problem noted by
5522 Joe Rhett of Navigist, Inc.
5523 If a map fails (e.g., DNS times out) on all recipient addresses, mark
5524 the message as having been tried; otherwise the next queue
5525 run will not realize that this is a second attempt and will
5526 retry immediately. Problem noted by Bryan Costales of
5528 If the clock is set backwards, and a MinQueueAge is set, no jobs
5529 will be run until the later setting of the clock is reached.
5530 "Problem" (I use the term loosely) noted by Eric Hagberg of
5532 If the load average rises above the cutoff threshold (above which
5533 sendmail will not process the queue at all) during a queue
5534 run, abort the queue run immediately. Problem noted by
5535 Bryan Costales of Mercury Mail.
5536 The variable queue processing algorithm (based on the message size,
5537 number of recipients, message precedence, and job age) was
5538 non-functional -- either the entire queue was processed or
5539 none of the queue was processed. The updated algorithm
5540 does no queue run if a single recipient zero size job will
5542 If there is a fatal ("panic") message that will cause sendmail to
5543 die immediately, never hold the error message for future
5545 Force ErrorMode=print in -bt mode so that all errors are printed
5546 regardless of the setting of the ErrorMode option in the
5547 configuration file. Patch from Gregory Neil Shapiro.
5548 New compile flag HASSTRERROR says that this OS has the strerror(3)
5549 routine available in one of the libraries. Use it in conf.h.
5550 The -m (match only) flag now works on host class maps.
5551 If class hash or btree maps are rebuilt, sendmail will now detect
5552 this and reopen the map. Previously, they could give
5553 erroneous results during a single message processing
5554 (but would recover when the next message was received).
5555 Don't delete zero length queue files when doing queue runs until the
5556 files are at least ten minutes old. This avoids a potential
5557 race condition: the creator creates the qf file, getting back
5558 a file descriptor. The queue runner locks it and deletes it
5559 because it is zero length. The creator then writes the
5560 descriptor that is now for a disconnected file, and the
5561 job goes away. Based on a suggestion by Bryan Costales.
5562 When determining the "validated" host name ($_ macro), do a forward
5563 (A) DNS lookup on the result of the PTR lookup and compare
5564 results. If they differ or if the PTR lookup fails, tag the
5565 address as "may be forged".
5566 Log null connections (i.e., hosts that connect but do not do any
5567 substantive activity on the connection before disconnecting;
5568 "substantive" is defined to be MAIL, EXPN, VRFY, or ETRN.
5569 Always permit "writes" to /dev/null regardless of the link count.
5570 This is safe because /dev/null is special cased, and no open
5571 or write is ever actually attempted. Patch from Villy Kruse
5573 If a message cannot be sent because of a 552 (exceeded storage
5574 allocation) response to the MAIL FROM:<>, and a SIZE= parameter
5575 was given, don't return the body in the bounce, since there
5576 is a very good chance that the message will double-bounce.
5577 Fix possible line truncation if a quoted-printable had an =00 escape
5578 in the body. Problem noted by Charles Karney of the Princeton
5579 Plasma Physics Laboratory.
5580 Notify flags (e.g., -NSUCCESS) were lost on user+detail addresses.
5581 Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological
5583 The MaxDaemonChildren option wasn't applying to queue runs as
5584 documented. Note that this increases the potential denial
5585 of service problems with this option: an attacker can
5586 connect many times, and thereby lock out queue runs as well
5587 as incoming connections. If you use this option, you should
5588 run the "sendmail -bd" and "sendmail -q30m" jobs separately
5589 to avoid this attack. Failure to limit noted by Matthew
5590 Dillon of BEST Internet Communications.
5591 Always give a message in newaliases if alias files cannot be
5592 opened instead of failing silently. Suggested by Gregory
5593 Neil Shapiro. This change makes the code match the O'Reilly
5595 Some older versions of the resolver could return with h_errno == -1
5596 if no name server could be reached, causing mail to bounce
5597 instead of queueing. Treat this like TRY_AGAIN. Fix from
5598 John Beck of SunSoft.
5599 If a :include: file is owned by a user that does not have an entry
5600 in the passwd file, sendmail could dereference a null pointer.
5601 Problem noted by Satish Mynam of Sun Microsystems.
5602 Take precautions to make sure that the SMTP protocol cannot get out
5603 of sync if (for example) an alias file cannot be opened.
5604 Fix a possible race condition that can cause a SIGALRM to come in
5605 immediately after a SIGHUP, causing the new sendmail to die.
5606 Avoid possible hang on SVr3 systems when doing child reaping. Patch
5607 from Villy Kruse of TwinCom.
5608 Ignore improperly formatted SMTP reply codes. Previously these were
5609 partially processed, which could cause confusing error
5611 Fix possible bogus pointer dereference when doing ldapx map lookups
5612 on some architectures.
5614 A/UX: from Jim Jagielski of NASA/GSFC.
5615 glibc: SOCK_STREAM was changed from a #define to an enum,
5616 thus breaking #ifdef SOCK_STREAM. Only option seems
5617 to be to assume SOCK_STREAM if __GNU_LIBRARY__ is
5618 defined. Problem reported by A Sun of the University
5620 Solaris: use SIOCGIFNUM to get the number of interfaces on
5621 the system rather than guessing at compile time.
5622 Patch contributed by John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
5623 Intel Paragon: from Wendy Lin of Purdue University.
5624 GNU Hurd: from Miles Bader of the GNU project.
5625 RISC/os 4.50 from Harlan Stenn of PFCS Corporation.
5626 ISC Unix: wait never returns if SIGCLD signals are blocked.
5627 Unfortunately releasing them opens a race condition,
5628 but there appears to be no fix for this. Patch from
5629 Gregory Neil Shapiro.
5630 BIND 8.1 for IPv6 compatibility from John Kennedy.
5631 Solaris: a bug in strcasecmp caused characters with the
5632 high order bit set to apparently randomly match
5633 letters -- for example, $| (0233) matches "i" and "I".
5634 Problem noted by John Gregson of the University of
5636 IRIX 6.x: make Makefile.IRIX.6.2 apply to all 6.x. From
5638 IRIX 6.x: Create Makefiles for systems that claim to be
5639 IRIX64 but are 6.2 or higher (so use the regular
5641 IRIX 6.x: Fix load average computation on 64 bit kernels.
5642 Problem noted by Eric Hagberg of Morgan Stanley.
5643 CONFIG: Some canonification was still done for UUCP-like addresses
5644 even if FEATURE(nocanonify) was set. Problem pointed out by
5646 CONFIG: In some cases UUCP mailers wouldn't properly recognize all
5647 local names as local. Problem noted by Jeff Polk of BSDI;
5648 fix provided by Gregory Neil Shapiro.
5649 CONFIG: The "local:user" syntax entries in mailertables and other
5650 "mailer:user" syntax locations returned an incorrect value
5651 for the $h macro. Problem noted by Gregory Neil Shapiro.
5652 CONFIG: Retain "+detail" information when forwarding mail to a
5653 MAIL_HUB, LUSER_RELAY, or LOCAL_RELAY. Patch from Philip
5654 Guenther of Gustavus Adolphus College.
5655 CONFIG: Make sure user+detail works for FEATURE(virtusertable);
5656 rules are the same as for aliasing. Based on a patch from
5657 Gregory Neil Shapiro.
5658 CONFIG: Break up parsing rules into several pieces; this should
5659 have no functional change in this release, but makes it
5660 possible to have better anti-spam rulesets in the future.
5661 CONFIG: Disallow double dots in host names to avoid having the
5662 HostStatusDirectory store status under the wrong name.
5663 In some cases this can be used as a denial-of-service attack.
5664 Problem noted by Ron Jarrell of Virginia Tech, patch from
5665 Gregory Neil Shapiro.
5666 CONFIG: Don't use F=m (multiple recipients per invocation) for
5667 MAILER(procmail), but do pass F=Pn9 (include Return-Path:,
5668 don't include From_, and convert to 8-bit). Suggestions
5669 from Kimmo Suominen and Roderick Schertler.
5670 CONFIG: Domains under $=M (specified with MASQUERADE_DOMAIN) were
5671 being masqueraded as though FEATURE(masquerade_entire_domain)
5672 was specified, even when it wasn't.
5673 MAIL.LOCAL: Solaris 2.6 has snprintf. From John Beck of SunSoft.
5674 MAIL.LOCAL: SECURITY: check to make sure that an attacker doesn't
5675 "slip in" a symbolic link between the lstat(2) call and the
5676 exclusive open. This is only a problem on System V derived
5677 systems that allow an exclusive create on files that are
5678 symbolic links pointing nowhere.
5679 MAIL.LOCAL: If the final mailbox close() failed, the user id was
5680 not reset back to root, which on some systems would cause
5681 later mailboxes to fail. Also, any partial message would
5682 not be truncated, which could result in repeated deliveries.
5683 Problem noted by Bruce Evans via Peter Wemm (FreeBSD
5685 MAKEMAP: Handle cases where O_EXLOCK is #defined to be 0. A similar
5686 change to the sendmail map code was made in 8.8.3. Problem
5687 noted by Gregory Neil Shapiro.
5688 MAKEMAP: Give warnings on file problems such as map files that are
5689 symbolic links; although makemap is not set-user-ID root, it is
5690 often run as root and hence has the potential for the same
5691 sorts of problems as alias rebuilds.
5692 MAKEMAP: Change compilation so that it will link properly on
5694 CONTRIB: etrn.pl: search for Cw as well as Fw lines in sendmail.cf.
5695 Accept an optional list of arguments following the server
5696 name for the ETRN arguments to use (instead of $=w). Other
5697 miscellaneous bug fixes. From Christian von Roques via
5698 John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
5699 CONTRIB: Add passwd-to-alias.pl, contributed by Kari Hurtta. This
5700 Perl script converts GECOS information in the /etc/passwd
5701 file into aliases, allowing for faster access to full name
5702 lookups; it is also clever about adding aliases (to root)
5703 for system accounts.
5706 cf/ostype/gnuhurd.m4
5708 contrib/passwd-to-alias.pl
5709 src/Makefiles/Makefile.IRIX64.6.1
5710 src/Makefiles/Makefile.IRIX64.6.x
5712 src/Makefiles/Makefile.IRIX.6.2 => Makefile.IRIX.6.x
5713 src/Makefiles/Makefile.IRIX64 => Makefile.IRIX64.6.0
5715 8.8.5/8.8.5 1997/01/21
5716 SECURITY: Clear out group list during startup. Without this, sendmail
5717 will continue to run with the group permissions of the caller,
5718 even if RunAsUser is specified.
5719 SECURITY: Make purgestat (-bH) be root-only. This is not in response
5720 to any known attack, but it's best to be conservative.
5721 Suggested by Peter Wemm of DIALix.
5722 SECURITY: Fix buffer overrun problem in MIME code that has possible
5723 security implications. Patch from Alex Garthwaite of the
5724 University of Pennsylvania.
5725 Use of a -f flag with a phrase attached (e.g., "-f 'Full Name <addr>'")
5726 would truncate the address after "Full". Although the -f
5727 syntax is incorrect (since it is in the envelope, it
5728 shouldn't have comments and full names), the failure mode
5729 was unnecessarily awful.
5730 Fix a possible null pointer dereference when converting 8-bit data
5731 to a 7-bit format. Problem noted by Jim Hutchins of
5732 Sandia National Labs and David James of British Telecom.
5733 Clear out stale state that affected F=9 on SMTP mailers in queue
5734 runs. Although this really shouldn't be used (F=9 is for
5735 final delivery only, and using it on an SMTP mailer makes
5736 it possible for a message to be converted from 8->7->8->7
5737 bits several times), it shouldn't have failed with a syserr.
5738 Problem noted by Eric Hagberg of Morgan Stanley.
5739 _Really_ fix the multiple :maildrop code in the user database
5740 module. Patch from Roy Mongiovi of Georgia Tech.
5741 Let F lines in the configuration file actually read root-only
5742 files if the configuration file is safe. Based on a
5743 patch from Keith Reynolds of SCO.
5744 ETRN followed by QUIT would hold the connection open until the queue
5745 run completed. Problem noted by Truck Lewis of TDK
5747 It turns out that despite the documentation, the TCP wrappers library
5748 does _not_ log rejected connections. Do the logging ourselves.
5749 Problem noted by Fletcher Mattox of the University of Texas
5751 If sendmail finds a qf file in its queue directory that is an unknown
5752 version (e.g., when backing out to an old version), the
5753 error is reported on every queue run. Change it to only
5754 give the error once (and rename the qf => Qf). Patch from
5755 William A. Gianopoulos of Raytheon Company.
5756 Start a new session when doing background delivery; currently it
5757 ignored signals but didn't start a new signal, that caused
5758 some problems if a background process tried to send mail
5759 under certain circumstances. Problem noted by Eric Hagberg
5760 of Morgan Stanley; fix from Kari Hurtta.
5761 Simplify test for skipping a queue run to just check if the current
5762 load average is >= the queueing load average. Previously
5763 the check factored in some other parameters that caused it
5764 to essentially never skip the queue run. Patch from Bryan
5766 If the SMTP server is running in "nullserver" mode (that is, it is
5767 rejecting all commands), start sleeping after MAXBADCOMMAND
5768 (25) commands; this helps prevent a bad guy from putting
5769 you into a tight loop as a denial-of-service attack. Based
5770 on an e-mail conversation with Brad Knowles of AOL.
5771 Slow down when too many "light weight" commands have been issued;
5772 this helps prevent a class of denial-of-service attacks.
5773 The current values and defaults are:
5774 MAXNOOPCOMMANDS 20 NOOP, VERB, ONEX, XUSR
5775 MAXHELOCOMMANDS 3 HELO, EHLO
5776 MAXVRFYCOMMANDS 6 VRFY, EXPN
5777 MAXETRNCOMMANDS 8 ETRN
5778 These will probably be configurable in a future release.
5779 On systems that have uid_t typedefed to be an unsigned short, programs
5780 that had the F=S flag and no U= equate would be invoked with
5781 the real uid set to 65535 rather than being left unchanged.
5782 In some cases, NOTIFY=NEVER was not being honored. Problem noted
5783 by Steve Hubert of the University of Washington, Seattle.
5784 Mail that was Quoted-Printable encoded and had a soft line break on
5785 the last line (i.e., an incomplete continuation) had the last
5786 line dropped. Since this appears to be illegal it isn't
5787 clear what to do with it, but flushing the last line seems
5788 to be a better "fail soft" approach. Based on a patch from
5790 If AllowBogusHELO and PrivacyOptions=needmailhelo are both set, a
5791 bogus HELO command still causes the "Polite people say HELO
5792 first" error message. Problem pointed out by Chris Thomas
5793 of UCLA; patch from John Beck of SunSoft.
5794 Handle "sendmail -bp -qSfoobar" properly if restrictqrun is set
5795 in PrivacyOptions. The -q shouldn't turn this command off.
5796 Problem noted by Murray Kucherawy of Pacific Bell Internet;
5797 based on a patch from Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI.
5798 Don't consider SMTP reply codes 452 or 552 (exceeded storage allocation)
5799 in a DATA transaction to be sticky; these can occur because
5800 a message is too large, and smaller messages should still go
5801 through. Problem noted by Matt Dillon of Best Internet
5803 In some cases bounces were saved in /var/tmp/dead.letter even if they
5804 had been successfully delivered to the envelope sender.
5805 Problem noted Eric Hagberg of Morgan Stanley; solution from
5806 Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI.
5807 Give better diagnostics on long alias lines. Based on code contributed
5808 by Patrick Gosling of the University of Cambridge.
5809 Increase the number of virtual interfaces that will be probed for
5810 alternate names. Problem noted by Amy Rich of Shore.Net.
5812 UXP/DS V20L10 for Fujitsu DS/90: Makefile patches from
5813 Toshiaki Nomura of Fujitsu Limited.
5814 SunOS with LDAP support: compile problems with struct timeval.
5815 Patch from Nick Cuccia of TCSI Corporation.
5816 SCO: from Keith Reynolds of SCO.
5817 Solaris: kstat load average computation wasn't being used.
5818 Fixes from Michael Ju. Tokarev of Telecom Service, JSC
5820 OpenBSD: from Jason Downs of teeny.org.
5821 Altos System V: from Tim Rice.
5822 Solaris 2.5: from Alan Perry of SunSoft.
5823 Solaris 2.6: from John Beck of SunSoft.
5824 Harris Nighthawk PowerUX (mh6000 box): from Bob Miorelli
5825 of Pratt & Whitney <miorelli@pweh.com>.
5826 CONFIG: It seems that I hadn't gotten the Received: line syntax
5827 _just_right_ yet. Tweak it again. I'll omit the names
5828 of the "contributors" (quantity two) in this one case.
5829 As of now, NO MORE DISCUSSION about the syntax of the
5831 CONFIG: Although FEATURE(nullclient) uses EXPOSED_USER (class $=E),
5832 it never inserts that class into the output file. Fix it
5833 so it will honor EXPOSED_USER but will _not_ include root
5834 automatically in this class. Problem noted by Ronan KERYELL
5835 of Centre de Recherche en Informatique de l'École Nationale
5836 Supérieure des Mines de Paris (CRI-ENSMP).
5837 CONFIG: Clean up handling of "local:" syntax in relay specifications
5838 such as LUSER_RELAY. This change permits the following
5839 syntaxes: ``local:'' will send to the same user on the
5840 local machine (e.g., in a mailertable entry for "host",
5841 ``local:'' will cause an address addressed to user@host to
5842 go to user on the local machone). ``local:user'' will send
5843 to the named user on the local machine. ``local:user@host''
5844 is equivalent to ``local:user'' (the host is ignored). In
5845 all cases, the original user@host is passed in $@ (i.e., the
5846 detail information). Inspired by a report from Michael Fuhr.
5847 CONFIG: Strip quotes from the first word of an "error:" host
5848 indication. This lets you set (for example) the LUSER_RELAY
5849 to be ``error:\"5.1.1\" Your Message Here''. Note the use
5850 of the \" so that the resulting string is properly quoted.
5851 Problem noted by Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI.
5852 OP.ME: documentation was inconsistent about whether sendmail did a
5853 NOOP or a RSET to probe the connection (it does a RSET).
5854 Inconsistency noted by Deeran Peethamparam.
5855 OP.ME: insert additional blank pages so it will print properly on
5856 a duplex printer. From Matthew Black of Cal State University,
5859 8.8.4/8.8.4 1996/12/02
5860 SECURITY: under some circumstances, an attacker could get additional
5861 permissions by hard linking to files that were group
5862 writable by the attacker. The solution is to disallow any
5863 files that have hard links -- this will affect .forward,
5864 :include:, and output files. Problem noted by Terry
5865 Kyriacopoulos of Interlog Internet Services. As a
5866 workaround, set UnsafeGroupWrites -- always a good idea.
5867 SECURITY: the TryNullMXList (w) option should not be safe -- if it
5868 is, it is possible to do a denial-of-service attack on
5869 MX hosts that rely on the use of the null MX list. There
5870 is no danger if you have this option turned off (the default).
5871 Problem noted by Dan Bernstein. Also, make the DontInitGroups
5872 unsafe. I know of no specific attack against this, although
5873 a denial-of-service attack is probably possible, but in theory
5874 you should not be able to safely tweak anything that affects
5875 the permissions that are used when mail is delivered.
5876 Purgestat could go into an infinite loop if one of the host status
5877 directories somehow became empty. Problem noted by Roy
5878 Mongiovi of Georgia Tech.
5879 Processes got "lost" when counting children due to a race condition.
5880 This caused "proc_list_probe: lost pid" messages to be logged.
5881 Problem noted by several people.
5882 On systems with System V SIGCLD child signal semantics (notably AIX
5883 and HP-UX), mail transactions would print the message "451
5884 SMTP-MAIL: lost child: No child processes". Problem noted
5886 Miscellaneous compiler warnings on picky compilers (or when setting
5887 gcc to high warning levels). From Tom Moore of NCR Corp.
5888 SMTP protocol errors, and most errors on MAIL FROM: lines should
5889 not be persistent between runs, since they are based on the
5890 message rather than the host. Problem noted by Matt Dillon
5891 of Best Internet Communications.
5892 The F=7 flag was ignored on SMTP mailers. Problem noted by Tom Moore
5893 of NCR (a.k.a., AT&T Global Information Solutions).
5894 Avoid the possibility of having a child daemon run to completion
5895 (including closing the SMTP socket) before the parent has
5896 had a chance to close the socket; this can cause the parent
5897 to hang for a long time waiting for the socket to drain.
5898 Patch from Don Lewis of TDK Semiconductor.
5899 If the fork() failed in a queue run, the queue runners would not be
5900 rescheduled (so queue runs would stop). Patch from Don Lewis.
5901 Some error conditions in ETRN could cause output without an SMTP
5902 status code. Problem noted by Don Lewis.
5903 Multiple :maildrop addresses in the user database didn't work properly.
5904 Patch from Roy Mongiovi of Georgia Tech.
5905 Add ".db" automatically onto any user database spec that does not
5906 already have it; this is for consistency with makemap, the
5907 K line, and the documentation. Inconsistency pointed out
5909 Allow sendmail to be properly called in nohup mode. Patch from
5910 Kyle Jones of UUNET.
5911 Change ETRN to ignore but still update host status files; previously
5912 it would ignore them and not save the updated status, which
5913 caused stale information to be maintained. Based on a patch
5914 from Christopher Davis of Kapor Enterprises Inc. Also, have
5915 ETRN ignore the MinQueueAge option.
5916 Patch long term host status to recover more gracefully from an empty
5917 host status file condition. Patch from NAKAMURA Motonori
5918 of Kyoto University.
5919 Several patches to signal handling code to fix potential race
5920 conditions from Don Lewis.
5921 Make it possible to compile with -DDAEMON=0 (previously it had some
5922 compile errors). This turns DAEMON, QUEUE, and SMTP into
5923 0/1 compilation flags. Note that DAEMON is an obsolete
5924 compile flag; use NETINET instead. Solution based on a
5925 patch from Bryan Costales.
5927 AIX4: getpwnam() and getpwuid() do a sequential scan of the
5928 /etc/security/passwd file when called as root. This
5929 is very slow on some systems. To speed it up, use the
5930 (undocumented) _getpw{nam,uid}_shadow() routines.
5931 Patch from Chris Thomas of UCLA/OAC Systems Group.
5932 SCO 5.x: include -lprot in the Makefile. Patch from Bill
5933 Glicker of Burrelle's Information Service.
5934 NEWS-OS 4.x: need a definition for MODE_T to compile. Patch
5935 from Makoto MATSUSHITA of Osaka University.
5936 SunOS 4.0.3: compile problems. Patches from Andrew Cole of
5937 Leeds University and SASABE Tetsuro of the University
5939 DG/UX 5.4.4.11 from Brian J. Murrell of InterLinx Support
5941 Domain/OS from Don (Truck) Lewis of TDK Semiconductor Corp.
5942 I believe this to have only been a problem if you
5943 compiled with -DUSE_VENDOR_CF_PATH -- another reason
5944 to stick with /etc/sendmail.cf as your One True Path.
5945 Digital UNIX (OSF/1 on Alpha) load average computation from
5946 Martin Laubach of the Technischen Universität Wien.
5947 CONFIG: change default Received: line to be multiple lines rather
5948 than one long one. By popular demand.
5949 MAIL.LOCAL: warnings weren't being logged on some systems. Patch
5950 from Jerome Berkman of U.C. Berkeley.
5951 MAKEMAP: be sure to zero hinfo to avoid cruft that can cause runs
5952 to take a very long time. Problem noted by Yoshiro YONEYA
5953 of NTT Software Corporation.
5954 CONTRIB: add etrn.pl, contributed by John Beck.
5958 8.8.3/8.8.3 1996/11/17
5959 SECURITY: it was possible to get a root shell by lying to sendmail
5960 about argv[0] and then sending it a signal. Problem noted
5961 by Leshka Zakharoff <leshka@leshka.chuvashia.su> on the
5962 best-of-security list.
5963 Log sendmail binary version number in "Warning: .cf version level
5964 (%d) exceeds program functionality (%d) message" -- this
5965 should make it clearer to people that they are running
5967 Fix a problem that occurs when you open an SMTP connection and then
5968 do one or more ETRN commands followed by a MAIL command; at
5969 the end of the DATA phase sendmail would incorrectly report
5970 "451 SMTP-MAIL: lost child: No child processes". Problem
5971 noted by Eric Bishop of Virginia Tech.
5972 When doing text-based host canonification (typically /etc/hosts
5973 lookup), a null host name would match any /etc/hosts entry
5974 with space at the end of the line. Problem noted by Steve
5975 Hubert of the University of Washington, Seattle.
5976 7 to 8 bit BASE64 MIME conversions could duplicate bits of text.
5977 Problem reported by Tom Smith of Digital Equipment Corp.
5978 Increase the size of the DNS answer buffer -- the standard UDP packet
5979 size PACKETSZ (512) is not sufficient for some nameserver
5980 answers containing very many resource records. The resolver
5981 may also switch to TCP and retry if it detects UDP packet
5982 overflow. Also, allow for the fact that the resolver
5983 routines res_query and res_search return the size of the
5984 *un*truncated answer in case the supplied answer buffer it
5985 not big enough to accommodate the entire answer. Patch from
5987 Improvements to MaxDaemonChildren code. If you think you have too
5988 many children, probe the ones you have to verify that they
5989 are still around. Suggested by Jared Mauch of CICnet, Inc.
5990 Also, do this probe before growing the vector of children
5991 pids; this previously caused the vector to grow indefinitely
5992 due to a race condition. Problem reported by Kyle Jones of
5994 On some architectures, <db.h> (from the Berkeley DB library) defines
5995 O_EXLOCK to zero; this fools the map compilation code into
5996 thinking that it can avoid race conditions by locking on open.
5997 Change it to check for O_EXLOCK non-zero. Problem noted by
5998 Leif Erlingsson of Data Lege.
5999 Always call res_init() on startup (if compiled in, of course) to
6000 allow the sendmail.cf file to tweak resolver flags; without
6001 it, flag tweaks in ResolverOptions are ignored. Patch from
6002 Andrew Sun of Merrill Lynch.
6003 Improvements to host status printing code. Suggested by Steve Hubert
6004 of the University of Washington, Seattle.
6005 Change MinQueueAge option processing to do the check for the job age
6006 when reading the queue file, rather than at the end; this
6007 avoids parsing the addresses, which can do DNS lookups.
6008 Problem noted by John Beck of InReference, Inc.
6009 When MIME was being 7->8 bit decoded, "From " lines weren't being
6010 properly escaped. Problem noted by Peter Nilsson of the
6011 University of Linkoping.
6012 In some cases, sendmail would retain root permissions during queue
6013 runs even if RunAsUser was set. Problem noted by Mark
6014 Thomas of Mark G. Thomas Consulting.
6015 If the F=l flag was set on an SMTP mailer to indicate that it is
6016 actually local delivery, and NOTIFY=SUCCESS is specified in
6017 the envelope, and the receiving SMTP server speaks DSN, then
6018 the DSN would be both generated locally and propagated to the
6020 The U= mailer field didn't correctly extract the group id if the
6021 user id was numeric. Problem noted by Kenneth Herron of
6022 MCI Telecommunications Communications.
6023 If a message exceeded the fixed maximum size on input, the body of
6024 the message was included in the bounce. Note that this did
6025 not occur if it exceeded the maximum _output_ size. Problem
6026 reported by Kyle Jones of UUNET.
6028 AIX4: 4.1 doesn't have a working setreuid(2); change the
6029 AIX4 defines to use seteuid(2) instead, which
6030 works on 4.1 as well as 4.2. Problem noted by
6031 Håkan Lindholm of interAF, Sweden.
6032 AIX4: use tzname[] vector to determine time zone name.
6033 Patch from NAKAMURA Motonori of Kyoto University.
6034 MkLinux: add Makefile.Linux.ppc and OSTYPE(mklinux) support.
6035 Contributed by Paul DuBois <dubois@primate.wisc.edu>.
6036 Solaris: kstat(3k) support for retrieving the load average.
6037 This adds the LA_KSTAT definition for LA_TYPE.
6038 The outline of the implementation was contributed
6039 by Michael Tokarev of Telecom Service, JSC, Moscow.
6040 HP-UX 10.0 gripes about the (perfectly legal!) forward
6041 declaration of struct rusage at the top of conf.h;
6042 change it to only be included if you are using gcc,
6043 which is apparently the only compiler that requires
6044 it in the first place. Problem noted by Jeff
6045 Earickson of Colby College.
6046 IRIX: don't default to using gcc. IRIX is a civilized
6047 operating system that comes with a decent compiler
6048 by default. Problem noted by Barry Bouwsma and
6050 CONFIG: specify F=9 as default in FEATURE(local_procmail) for
6051 consistency with other local mailers. Inconsistency
6052 pointed out by Teddy Hogeborn <teddy@fukt.hk-r.se>.
6053 CONFIG: if the "limited best mx" feature is used (to reduce DNS
6054 overhead) as part of the bestmx_is_local feature, the
6055 domain part was dropped from the name. Patch from Steve
6056 Hubert of the University of Washington, Seattle.
6057 CONFIG: catch addresses of the form "user@.dom.ain"; these could
6058 end up being translated to the null host name, which would
6059 return any entry in /etc/hosts that had a space at the end
6060 of the line. Problem noted by Steve Hubert of the
6061 University of Washington, Seattle.
6062 CONFIG: add OSTYPE(aix4). From Michael Sofka of Rensselaer
6063 Polytechnic Institute.
6064 MAKEMAP: tweak hash and btree parameters for better performance.
6065 Patch from Matt Dillon of Best Internet Communications.
6067 src/Makefiles/Makefile.Linux.ppc
6069 cf/ostype/mklinux.m4
6071 8.8.2/8.8.2 1996/10/18
6072 SECURITY: fix a botch in the 7-bit MIME patch; the previous patch
6073 changed the code but didn't fix the problem.
6075 Solaris: Don't use the system getusershell(3); it can
6076 apparently corrupt the heap in some circumstances.
6077 Problem found by Ken Pizzini of Spry, Inc.
6078 OP.ME: document several mailer flags that were accidentally omitted
6079 from this document. These flags were F=d, F=j, F=R, and F=9.
6082 8.8.1/8.8.1 1996/10/17
6083 SECURITY: unset all environment variables that the resolver will
6084 examine during queue runs and daemon mode. Problem noted
6085 by Dan Bernstein of the University of Illinois at Chicago.
6086 SECURITY: in some cases an illegal 7-bit MIME-encoded text/plain
6087 message could overflow a buffer if it was converted back
6088 to 8 bits. This caused core dumps and has the potential
6089 for a remote attack. Problem first noted by Gregory Shapiro
6091 Avoid duplicate deliveries of error messages on systems that don't
6092 have flock(2) support. Patch from Motonori Nakamura of
6094 Ignore null FallBackMX (V) options. If this option is null (as
6095 opposed to undefined) it can cause "null signature" syserrs
6096 on illegal host names.
6097 If a Base64 encoded text/plain message has no trailing newline in
6098 the encoded text, conversion back to 8 bits will drop the
6099 final line. Problem noted by Pierre David.
6100 If running with a RunAsUser, sendmail would give bogus "cannot
6101 setuid" (or seteuid, or setreuid) messages on some systems.
6102 Problem pointed out by Jordan Mendelson of Web Services, Inc.
6103 Always print error messages in -bv mode -- previously, -bv would
6104 be absolutely silent on errors if the error mode was sent
6105 to (say) mail-back. Problem noted by Kyle Jones of UUNET.
6106 If -qI/R/S is set (or the ETRN command is used), ignore all long
6107 term host status. This is necessary because it is common
6108 to do this when you know a host has just come back up.
6109 Disallow duplicate HELO/EHLO commands as required by RFC 1651 section
6110 4.2. Excessive permissiveness noted by Lee Flight of the
6111 University of Leicester.
6112 If a service (such as NIS) is specified as the last entry in the
6113 service switch, but that service is not compiled in, sendmail
6114 would return a temporary failure when an entry was not found
6115 in the map. This caused the message to be queued instead of
6116 bouncing immediately. Problem noted by Harry Edmon of the
6117 University of Washington.
6119 Solaris 2.3 had compilation problems in conf.c. Several
6120 people pointed this out.
6121 NetBSD from Charles Hannum of MIT.
6122 AIX4 improvements based on info from Steve Bauer of South
6123 Dakota School of Mines & Technology.
6124 CONFIG: ``error:code message'' syntax was broken in virtusertable.
6125 Patch from Gil Kloepfer Jr.
6126 CONFIG: if FEATURE(nocanonify) was specified, hosts in $=M (set
6127 using MASQUERADE_DOMAIN) were not masqueraded unless they
6128 were also in $=w. Problem noted by Zoltan Basti of
6130 MAIL.LOCAL: patches to compile and link cleanly on AIX. Based
6131 on a patch from Eric Hagberg of Morgan Stanley.
6132 MAIL.LOCAL: patches to compile on NEXTSTEP. From Patrick Nolan
6133 of Stanford via Robert La Ferla.
6135 8.8.0/8.8.0 1996/09/26
6136 Under some circumstances, Bcc: headers would not be properly
6137 deleted. Pointed out by Jonathan Kamens of OpenVision.
6138 Log a warning if the sendmail daemon is invoked without a full
6139 pathname, which prevents "kill -1" from working. I was
6140 urged to put this in by Andrey A. Chernov of DEMOS (Russia).
6141 Fix small buffer overflow. Since the data in this buffer was not
6142 read externally, there was no security problem (and in fact
6143 probably wouldn't really overflow on most compilers). Pointed
6144 out by KIZU takashi of Osaka University.
6145 Fix problem causing domain literals such as [1.2.3.4] to be ignored
6146 if a FallbackMXHost was specified in the configuration file
6147 -- all mail would be sent to the fallback even if the original
6148 host was accessible. Pointed out by Munenari Hirayama of
6150 A message that didn't terminate with a newline would (sometimes) not
6151 have the trailing "." added properly in the SMTP dialogue,
6152 causing SMTP to hang. Patch from Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
6153 The DaemonPortOptions suboption to bind to a particular address was
6154 incorrect and nonfunctional due to a misunderstanding of the
6155 semantics of binding on a passive socket. Patch from
6156 NIIBE Yutaka of Mitsubishi Research Institute.
6157 Increase the number of MX hosts for a single name to 100 to better
6158 handle the truly huge service providers such as AOL, which
6159 has 13 at the moment (and climbing). In order to avoid
6160 trashing memory, the buffer for all names has only been
6161 slightly increased in size, to 12.8K from 10.2K -- this means
6162 that if a single name had 100 MX records, the average size
6163 of those records could not exceed 128 bytes. Requested by
6164 Brad Knowles of America On Line.
6165 Restore use of IDENT returns where the OSTYPE field equals "OTHER".
6166 Urged by Dan Bernstein of U.C. Berkeley.
6167 Print q_statdate and q_specificity in address structure debugging
6169 Expand MCI structure flag bits for debugging output.
6170 Support IPv6-style domain literals, which can have colons between
6172 Log open file descriptors for the "cannot dup" messages in deliver();
6173 this is an attempt to track down a bug that one person seems
6174 to be having (it may be a Solaris bug!).
6175 DSN NOTIFY parameters were not properly propagated across queue runs;
6176 this caused the NOTIFY info to sometimes be lost. Problem
6177 pointed out by Claus Assmann of the
6178 Christian-Albrechts-University of Kiel.
6179 The statistics gathered in the sendmail.st file were too high; in
6180 some cases failures (e.g., user unknown or temporary failure)
6181 would count as a delivery as far as the statistics were
6182 concerned. Problem noted by Tom Moore of AT&T GIS.
6183 Systems that don't have flock() would not send split envelopes in
6184 the initial run. Problem pointed out by Leonard Zubkoff of
6186 Move buffer overflow checking -- these primarily involve distrusting
6187 results that may come from NIS and DNS.
6188 4.4-BSD-derived systems, including FreeBSD, NetBSD, and BSD/OS didn't
6189 include <paths.h> and hence had the wrong pathnames for a few
6190 things like /var/tmp. Reported by Matthew Green.
6191 Conditions were reversed for the Priority: header, resulting in all
6192 values being interpreted as non-urgent except for non-urgent,
6193 which was interpreted as normal. Patch from Bryan Costales.
6194 The -o (optional) flag was being ignored on hash and btree maps
6195 since 8.7.2. Fix from Bryan Costales.
6196 Content-Types listed in class "q" will always be encoded as
6197 Quoted-Printable (or more accurately, will never be encoded
6198 as base64). The class can have primary types (e.g., "text")
6199 or full types (e.g., "text/plain"). Based on a suggestion by
6200 Marius Olafsson of the University of Iceland.
6201 Define ${envid} to be the original envelope id (from the ESMTP DSN
6202 dialogue) so it can be passed to programs in mailers.
6203 Define ${bodytype} to be the body type (from the -B flag or the
6204 BODY= ESMTP parameter) so it can be passed to programs in
6206 Cause the VRFY command to return 252 instead of 250 unless the F=q
6207 flag is set in the mailer descriptor. Suggested by John
6209 Implement ESMTP ETRN command to flush the queue for a specific host.
6210 The command takes a host name; data for that host is
6211 immediately (and asynchronously) flushed. Because this shares
6212 the -qR implementation, other hosts may be attempted, but
6213 there should be no security implications. Implementation
6214 from John Beck of InReference, Inc. See RFC 1985 for details.
6215 Add three new command line flags to pass in DSN parameters: -V envid
6216 (equivalent to ENVID=envid on the MAIL command), -R ret
6217 (equivalent to RET=ret on the MAIL command), and -Nnotify
6218 (equivalent to NOTIFY=notify on the RCPT command). Note
6219 that the -N flag applies to all recipients; there is no way
6220 to specify per-address notifications on the command line,
6221 nor is there an equivalent for the ORCPT= per-address
6223 Restore LogLevel option to be safe (it can only be increased);
6224 apparently I went into paranoid mode between 8.6 and 8.7
6225 and made it unsafe. Pointed out by Dabe Murphy of the
6226 University of Maryland.
6227 New logging on log level 15: all SMTP traffic. Patches from
6228 Andrew Gross of San Diego Supercomputer Center.
6229 NetInfo property value searching code wasn't stopping when it found
6230 a match. This was causing the wrong values to be found (and
6231 had a memory leak). Found by Bastian Schleuter of TU-Berlin.
6232 Add new F=0 (zero) mailer flag to turn off MX lookups. It was pointed
6233 out by Bill Wisner of Electronics for Imaging that you can't
6234 use the bracket address form for the MAIL_HUB macro, since
6235 that causes the brackets to remain in the envelope recipient
6236 address used for delivery. The simple fix (stripping off the
6237 brackets in the config file) breaks the use of IP literal
6238 addresses. This flag will solve that problem.
6239 Add MustQuoteChars option. This is a list of characters that must
6240 be quoted if they are found in the phrase part of an address
6241 (that is, the full name part). The characters @,;:\()[] are
6242 always in this list and cannot be removed. The default is
6243 this list plus . and ' to match RFC 822.
6244 Add AllowBogusHELO option; if set, sendmail will allow HELO commands
6245 that do not include a host name for back compatibility with
6246 some stupid SMTP clients. Setting this violates RFC 1123
6248 Add MaxDaemonChildren option; if this is set, sendmail will start
6249 rejecting connections if it has more than this many
6250 outstanding children accepting mail. Note that you may
6251 see more processes than this because of outgoing mail; this
6252 is for incoming connections only.
6253 Add ConnectionRateThrottle option. If set to a positive value, the
6254 number of incoming SMTP connections that will be permitted
6255 in a single second is limited to this number. Connections are
6256 not refused during this time, just deferred. The intent is to
6257 flatten out demand so that load average limiting can kick in.
6258 It is less radical than MaxDaemonChildren, which will stop
6259 accepting connections even if all the connections are idle
6260 (e.g., due to connection caching).
6261 Add Timeout.hoststatus option. This interval (defaulting to 30m)
6262 specifies how long cached information about the state of a
6263 host will be kept before they are considered stale and the
6264 host is retried. If you are using persistent host status
6265 (i.e., the HostStatusDirectory option is set) this will apply
6266 between runs; otherwise, it applies only within a single queue
6267 run and hence is useful only for hosts that have large queues
6268 that take a very long time to run.
6269 Add SingleLineFromHeader option. If set, From: headers are coerced
6270 into being a single line even if they had newlines in them
6271 when read. This is to get around a botch in Lotus Notes.
6272 Text class maps were totally broken -- if you ever retrieved the last
6273 item in a table it would be truncated. Problem noted by
6274 Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI.
6275 Extend the lines printed by the mailq command (== the -bp flag) when
6276 -v is given to 120 characters; this allows more information
6277 to be displayed. Suggested by Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI.
6278 Allow macro definitions (`D' lines) with unquoted commas; previously
6279 this was treated as end-of-input. Problem noted by Bryan
6281 The RET= envelope parameter (used for DSNs) wasn't properly written
6282 to the queue file. Fix from John Hughes of Atlantic
6284 Close /var/tmp/dead.letter after a successful write -- otherwise
6285 if this happens in a queue run it can cause nasty delays.
6286 Problem noted by Mark Horton of AT&T.
6287 If userdb entries pointed to userdb entries, and there were multiple
6288 values for a given key, the database cursor would get
6289 trashed by the recursive call. Problem noted by Roy Mongiovi
6290 of Georgia Tech. Fixed by reading all the values and creating
6291 a comma-separated list; thus, the -v output will be somewhat
6292 different for this case.
6293 Fix buffer allocation problem with Hesiod-based userdb maps when
6294 HES_GETMAILHOST is defined. Based on a patch by Betty Lee
6295 of Stanford University.
6296 When envelopes were split due to aliases with owner- aliases, and
6297 there was some error on one of the lists, more than one of
6298 the owners would get the message. Problem pointed out by
6299 Roy Mongiovi of Georgia Tech.
6300 Detect excessive recursion in macro expansions, e.g., $X defined
6301 in terms of $Y which is defined in terms of $X. Problem
6302 noted by Bryan Costales; patch from Eric Wassenaar.
6303 When using F=U to get "ugly UUCP" From_ lines, a buffer could in
6304 some cases get trashed causing bogus From_ lines. Fix from
6305 Kyle Jones of UUNET.
6306 When doing load average initialization, if the nlist call for avenrun
6307 failed, the second and subsequent lookups wouldn't notice
6308 that fact causing bogus load averages to be returned. Noted
6309 by Casper Dik of Sun Holland.
6310 Fix problem with incompatibility with some versions of inet_aton that
6311 have changed the return value to unsigned, so a check for an
6312 error return of -1 doesn't work. Use INADDR_NONE instead.
6313 This could cause mail to addresses such as [foo.com] to bounce
6314 or get dropped. Problem noted by Christophe Wolfhugel of the
6316 DSNs were inconsistent if a failure occurred during the DATA phase
6317 rather than the RCPT phase: the Action: would be correct, but
6318 the detailed status information would be wrong. Problem noted
6319 by Bob Snyder of General Electric Company.
6320 Add -U command line flag and the XUSR ESMTP extension, both indicating
6321 that this is the initial MUA->MTA submission. The flag current
6322 does nothing, but in future releases (when MUAs start using
6323 these flags) it will probably turn on things like DNS
6325 Default end-of-line string (E= specification on mailer [M] lines)
6326 to \r\n on SMTP mailers. Default remains \n on non-SMTP
6328 Change the internal definition for the *file* and *include* mailers
6329 to have $u in the argument vectors so that they aren't
6330 misinterpreted as SMTP mailers and thus use \r\n line
6331 termination. This will affect anyone who has redefined
6332 either of these in their configuration file.
6333 Don't assume that IDENT servers close the connection after a query;
6334 responses can be newline terminated. From Terry Kennedy of
6335 St. Peter's College.
6336 Avoid core dumps on erroneous configuration files that have
6337 $#mailer with nothing following. From Bryan Costales.
6338 Avoid null pointer dereference with high debug values in unlockqueue.
6339 Fix from Randy Martin of Clemson University.
6340 Fix possible buffer overrun when expanding very large macros. Fix
6341 from Kyle Jones of UUNET.
6342 After 25 EXPN or VRFY commands, start pausing for a second before
6343 processing each one. This avoids a certain form of denial
6344 of service attack. Potential attack pointed out by Bryan
6346 Allow new named (not numbered!) config file rules to do validity
6347 checking on SMTP arguments: check_mail for MAIL commands and
6348 check_rcpt for RCPT commands. These rulesets can do anything
6349 they want; their result is ignored unless they resolve to the
6350 $#error mailer, in which case the indicated message is printed
6351 and the command is rejected. Similarly, the check_compat
6352 ruleset is called before delivery with "from_addr $| to_addr"
6353 (the $| is a meta-symbol used to separate the two addresses);
6354 it can give a "this sender can't send to this recipient"
6355 notification. Note that this patch allows $| to stand alone
6357 Define new macros ${client_name}, ${client_addr}, and ${client_port}
6358 that have the name, IP address, and port number (respectively)
6359 of the SMTP client (that is, the entity at the other end of
6360 the connection. These can be used in (e.g.) check_rcpt to
6361 verify that someone isn't trying to relay mail through your
6362 host inappropriately. Be sure to use the deferred evaluation
6363 form, for example $&{client_name}, to avoid having these bound
6364 when sendmail reads the configuration file.
6365 Add new config file rule check_relay to check the incoming connection
6366 information. Like check_compat, it is passed the host name
6367 and host address separated by $| and can reject connections
6369 Allow IDA-style recursive function calls. Code contributed by Mark
6370 Lovell and Paul Vixie.
6371 Eliminate the "No ! in UUCP From address!" message" -- instead, create
6372 a virtual UUCP address using either a domain address or the $k
6373 macro. Based on code contributed by Mark Lovell and Paul
6375 Add Stanford LDAP map. Requires special libraries that are not
6376 included with sendmail. Contributed by Booker C. Bense
6377 <bbense@networking.stanford.edu>; contact him for support.
6378 See also the src/READ_ME file.
6379 Allow -dANSI to turn on ANSI escape sequences in debug output; this
6380 puts metasymbols (e.g., $+) in reverse video. Really useful
6381 only for debugging deep bits of code where it is important to
6382 distinguish between the single-character metasymbol $+ and the
6383 two characters $, +.
6384 Changed ruleset 89 (executed in dumpstate()) to a named ruleset,
6386 Add new UnsafeGroupWrites option; if set, .forward and :include:
6387 files that are group writable are considered "unsafe" -- that
6388 is, programs and files referenced from such files are not
6390 Delete bogosity test for FallBackMX host; this prevented it to be a
6391 name that was not in DNS or was a domain-literal. Problem
6393 Change the introduction to error messages to more clearly delineate
6394 permanent from temporary failures; if both existed in a
6395 single message it could be confusing. Suggested by John
6396 Beck of InReference, Inc.
6397 The IngoreDot (i) option didn't work for lines that were terminated
6398 with CRLF. Problem noted by Ted Stockwell of Secure
6399 Computing Corporation.
6400 Add a heuristic to improve the handling of unbalanced `<' signs in
6401 message headers. Problem reported by Matt Dillon of Best
6402 Internet Communications.
6403 Check for bogus characters in the 0200-0237 range; since these are
6404 used internally, very strange errors can occur if those
6405 characters appear in headers. Problem noted by Anders Gertz
6407 Implement 7 -> 8 bit MIME conversions. This only takes place if the
6408 recipient mailer has the F=9 flag set, and only works on
6409 text/plain body types. Code contributed by Marius Olafsson
6410 of the University of Iceland.
6411 Special case "postmaster" name so that it is always treated as lower
6412 case in alias files regardless of configuration settings;
6413 this prevents some potential problems where "Postmaster" or
6414 "POSTMASTER" might not match "postmaster". In most cases
6415 this change is a no-op.
6416 The -o map flag was ignored for text maps. Problem noted by Bryan
6418 The -a map flag was ignored for dequote maps. Problem noted by
6420 Fix core dump when a lookup of a class "prog" map returns no
6421 response. Patch from Bryan Costales.
6422 Log instances where sendmail is deferring or rejecting connections
6423 on LogLevel 14. Suggested by Kyle Jones of UUNET.
6424 Include port number in process title for network daemons. Suggested
6425 by Kyle Jones of UUNET.
6426 Send ``double bounces'' (errors that occur when sending an error
6427 message) to the address indicated in the DoubleBounceAddress
6428 option (default: postmaster). Previously they were always
6429 sent to postmaster. Suggested by Kyle Jones of UUNET.
6430 Add new mode, -bD, that acts like -bd in all respects except that
6431 it runs in foreground. This is useful for using with a
6432 wrapper that "watches" system services. Suggested by Kyle
6434 Fix botch in spacing around (parenthesized) comments in addresses
6435 when the comment comes before the address. Patch from
6436 Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
6437 Use the prefix "Postmaster notify" on the Subject: lines of messages
6438 that are being bounced to postmaster, rather than "Returned
6439 mail". This permits the person who is postmaster more
6440 easily determine what messages are to their role as
6441 postmaster versus bounces to mail they actually sent. Based
6442 on a suggestion by Motonori Nakamura.
6443 Add new value "time" for QueueSortOrder option; this causes the queue
6444 to be sorted strictly by the time of submission. Note that
6445 this can cause very bad behavior over slow lines (because
6446 large jobs will tend to delay small jobs) and on nodes with
6447 heavy traffic (because old things in the queue for hosts that
6448 are down delay processing of new jobs). Also, this does not
6449 guarantee that jobs will be delivered in submission order
6450 unless you also set DeliveryMode=queue. In general, it should
6451 probably only be used on the command line, and only in
6452 conjunction with -qRhost.domain. In fact, there are very few
6453 cases where it should be used at all. Based on an
6454 implementation by Motonori Nakamura.
6455 If a map lookup in ruleset 5 returns tempfail, queue the message in
6456 the same manner as other rulesets. Previously a temporary
6457 failure in ruleset 5 was ignored. Patch from Booker Bense
6458 of Stanford University.
6459 Don't proceed to the next MX host if an SMTP MAIL command returns a
6460 5yz (permanent failure) code. The next MX host will still be
6461 tried if the connection cannot be opened in the first place
6462 or if the MAIL command returns a 4yz (temporary failure) code.
6463 (It's hard to know what to do here, since neither RFC 974 nor
6464 RFC 1123 specify when to proceed to the next MX host.)
6465 Suggested by Jonathan Kamens of OpenVision, Inc.
6466 Add new "-t" flag for map definitions (the "K" line in the .cf file).
6467 This causes map lookups that get a temporary failure (e.g.,
6468 name server failure) to _not_ defer the delivery of the
6469 message. This should only be used if your configuration file
6470 is prepared to do something sensible in this case. Based on
6471 an idea by Gregory Shapiro of WPI.
6472 Fix problem finding network interface addresses. Patch from
6474 Don't reject qf entries that are not owned by your effective uid if
6475 you are not running set-user-ID; this makes management of
6476 certain kinds of firewall setups difficult. Patch
6477 suggested by Eamonn Coleman of Qualcomm.
6478 Add persistent host status. This keeps the information normally
6479 maintained within a single queue run in disk files that are
6480 shared between sendmail instances. The HostStatusDirectory
6481 is the directory in which the information is maintained. If
6482 not set, persistent host status is turned off. If not a full
6483 pathname, it is relative to the queue directory. A common
6484 value is ".hoststat".
6485 There are also two new operation modes:
6486 * -bh prints the status of hosts that have had recent
6488 * -bH purges the host statuses. No attempt is made to save
6489 recent status information.
6490 This feature was originally written by Paul Vixie of Vixie
6491 Enterprises for KJS and adapted for V8 by Mark Lovell of
6492 Bigrock Consulting. Paul's funding of Mark and Mark's patience
6493 with my insistence that things fit cleanly into the V8
6494 framework is gratefully appreciated.
6495 New SingleThreadDelivery option (requires HostStatusDirectory to
6496 operate). Avoids letting two sendmails on the local machine
6497 open connections to the same remote host at the same time.
6498 This reduces load on the other machine, but can cause mail to
6499 be delayed (for example, if one sendmail is delivering a huge
6500 message, other sendmails won't be able to send even small
6501 messages). Also, it requires another file descriptor (for the
6502 lock file) per connection, so you may have to reduce
6503 ConnectionCacheSize to avoid running out of per-process
6504 file descriptors. Based on the persistent host status code
6505 contributed by Paul Vixie and Mark Lovell.
6506 Allow sending to non-simple files (e.g., /dev/null) even if the
6507 SafeFileEnvironment option is set. Problem noted by Bryan
6509 The -qR flag mistakenly matched flags in the "R" line of the queue
6510 file. Problem noted by Bryan Costales.
6511 If a job was aborted using the interrupt signal (e.g., control-C from
6512 the keyboard), on some occasions an empty df file would be
6513 left around; these would collect in the queue directory.
6514 Problem noted by Bryan Costales.
6515 Change the makesendmail script to enhance the search for Makefiles
6516 based on release number. For example, on SunOS 5.5.1, it will
6517 search for Makefile.SunOS.5.5.1, Makefile.SunOS.5.5, and then
6518 Makefile.SunOS.5.x (in addition to the other rules, e.g.,
6519 adding $arch). Problem noted by Jason Mastaler of Atlanta
6521 When creating maps using "newaliases", always map the keys to lower
6522 case when creating the map unless the -f flag is specified on
6523 the map itself. Previously this was done based on the F=u
6524 flag in the local mailer, which meant you could create aliases
6525 that you could never access. Problem noted by Bob Wu of DEC.
6526 When a job was read from the queue, the bits causing notification on
6527 failure or delay were always set. This caused those
6528 notifications to be sent even if NOTIFY=NEVER had been
6529 specified. Problem noted by Steve Hubert of the University
6530 of Washington, Seattle.
6531 Add new configurable routine validate_connection (in conf.c). This
6532 lets you decide if you are willing to accept traffic from
6533 this host. If it returns FALSE, all SMTP commands will return
6534 "550 Access denied". -DTCPWRAPPERS will include support for
6535 TCP wrappers; you will need to add -lwrap to the link line.
6536 (See src/READ_ME for details.)
6537 Don't include the "THIS IS A WARNING MESSAGE ONLY" banner on postmaster
6538 bounces. Some people seemed to think that this could be
6539 confusing (even though it is true). Suggested by Motonori
6541 Add new RunAsUser option; this causes sendmail to do a setuid to that
6542 user early in processing to avoid potential security problems.
6543 However, this means that all .forward and :include: files must
6544 be readable by that user, and all files to be written must be
6545 writable by that user and all programs will be executed by that
6546 user. It is also incompatible with the SafeFileEnvironment
6547 option. In other words, it may not actually add much to
6548 security. However, it should be useful on firewalls and other
6549 places where users don't have accounts and the aliases file is
6551 Add Timeout.iconnect. This is like Timeout.connect except it is used
6552 only on the first attempt to delivery to an address. It could
6553 be set to be lower than Timeout.connect on the principle that
6554 the mail should go through quickly to responsive hosts; less
6555 responsive hosts get to wait for the next queue run.
6556 Fix a problem on Solaris that occasionally causes programs
6557 (such as vacation) to hang with their standard input connected
6558 to a UDP port. It also created some signal handling problems.
6559 The problems turned out to be an interaction between vfork(2)
6560 and some of the libraries, particularly NIS/NIS+. I am
6561 indebted to Tor Egge <tegge@idt.ntnu.no> for this fix.
6562 Change user class map to do the same matching that actual delivery
6563 will do instead of just a /etc/passwd lookup. This adds
6564 fuzzy matching to the user map. Patch from Dan Oscarsson.
6565 The Timeout.* options are not safe -- they can be used to create a
6566 denial-of-service attack. Problem noted by Christophe
6568 Don't send PostmasterCopy messages in the event of a "delayed"
6569 notification. Suggested by Barry Bouwsma.
6570 Don't advertise "VERB" ESMTP extension if the "noexpn" privacy
6571 option is set, since this disables VERB mode. Suggested
6572 by John Hawkinson of MIT.
6573 Complain if the QueueDirectory (Q) option is not set. Problem noted
6574 by Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
6575 Only queue messages on transient .forward open failures if there
6576 were no successful opens. The previous behavior caused it
6577 to queue even if a "fall back" .forward was found. Problem
6578 noted by Ann-Kian Yeo of the Dept. of Information Systems
6579 and Computer Science (DISCS), NUS, Singapore.
6580 Don't do 8->7 bit conversions when bouncing a MIME message that
6581 is bouncing because of a MIME error during 8->7 bit conversion;
6582 the encapsulated message will bounce again, causing a loop.
6583 Problem noted by Steve Hubert of the University of Washington.
6584 Create xf (transcript) files using the TempFileMode option value
6585 instead of 0644. Suggested by Ann-Kian Yeo of the
6586 National University of Singapore.
6587 Print errors if setgid/setuid/etc. fail during delivery. This helps
6588 detect cases where DefaultUid is set to something that the
6589 system can't cope with.
6591 Support for AIX/RS 2.2.1 from Mark Whetzel of Western
6592 Atlas International.
6593 Patches for Intel Paragon OSF/1 1.3 from Leo Bicknell
6595 On DEC OSF/1 3.2 and earlier, the MatchGECOS code would only
6596 work on the first recipient of a message due to a
6597 bug in the getpwent family. If this is something you
6598 use, you can define DEC_OSF_BROKEN_GETPWENT=1 for a
6599 workaround. From Maximum Entropy of Sanford C.
6600 Bernstein and Associates.
6601 FreeBSD 1.1.5.1 uname -r returns a string containing
6602 parentheses, which breaks makesendmail. Reported
6603 by Piero Serini <piero@strider.ibenet.it>.
6604 Sequent DYNIX/ptx 4.0.2 patches from Jack Woolley of
6605 Systems and Computer Technology Corporation.
6606 Solaris 2.x: omit the UUCP grade parameter (-g flag) because
6607 it is system-dependent. Problem noted by J.J. Bailey
6608 of Bailey Computer Consulting.
6609 Pyramid NILE running DC/OSx support from Earle F. Ake of
6610 Hassler Communication Systems Technology, Inc.
6611 HP-UX 10.x compile glitches, reported by Anne Brink of the
6612 U.S. Army and James Byrne of Harte & Lyne Limited.
6613 NetBSD from Matthew Green of the NetBSD crew.
6614 SCO 5.x from Keith Reynolds of SCO.
6615 IRIX 6.2 from Robert Tarrall of the University of
6616 Colorado and Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological
6618 UXP/DS (Fujitsu/ICL DS/90 series) support from Diego R.
6619 Lopez, CICA (Seville).
6620 NCR SVR4 MP-RAS 3.x support from Tom Moore of NCR.
6621 PTX 3.2.0 from Kenneth Stailey of the US Department of Labor
6622 Employment Standards Administration.
6623 Altos System V (5.3.1) from Tim Rice of Multitalents.
6624 Concurrent Systems Corporation Maxion from Donald R. Laster
6626 NetInfo maps (improved debugging and multi-valued aliases)
6627 from Adrian Steinmann of Steinmann Consulting.
6628 ConvexOS 11.5 (including SecureWare C2 and the Share Scheduler)
6629 from Eric Schnoebelen of Convex.
6630 Linux 2.0 mail.local patches from Horst von Brand.
6631 NEXTSTEP 3.x compilation from Robert La Ferla.
6632 NEXTSTEP 3.x code changes from Allan J. Nathanson of NeXT.
6633 Solaris 2.5 configuration fixes for mail.local by Jim Davis
6634 of the University of Arizona.
6635 Solaris 2.5 has a working setreuid. Noted by David Linn of
6636 Vanderbilt University.
6637 Solaris changes for praliases, makemap, mailstats, and smrsh.
6638 Previously you had to add -DSOLARIS in Makefile.dist;
6639 this auto-detects. Based on a patch from Randall
6640 Winchester of the University of Maryland.
6641 CONFIG: add generic-nextstep3.3.mc file. Contributed by
6642 Robert La Ferla of Hot Software.
6643 CONFIG: allow mailertables to resolve to ``error:code message''
6644 (where "code" is an exit status) on domains (previously
6645 worked only on hosts). Patch from Cor Bosman of Xs4all
6647 CONFIG: hooks for IPv6-style domain literals.
6648 CONFIG: predefine ALIAS_FILE and change the prototype file so that
6649 if it is undefined the AliasFile option is never set; this
6650 should be transparent for most everyone. Suggested by John
6652 CONFIG: add FEATURE(limited_masquerade). Without this feature, any
6653 domain listed in $=w is masqueraded. With it, only those
6654 domains listed in a MASQUERADE_DOMAIN macro are masqueraded.
6655 CONFIG: add FEATURE(masquerade_entire_domain). This causes
6656 masquerading specified by MASQUERADE_DOMAIN to apply to all
6657 hosts under those domains as well as the domain headers
6658 themselves. For example, if a configuration had
6659 MASQUERADE_DOMAIN(foo.com), then without this feature only
6660 foo.com would be masqueraded; with it, *.foo.com would be
6661 masqueraded as well. Based on an implementation by Richard
6662 (Pug) Bainter of U. Texas.
6663 CONFIG: add FEATURE(genericstable) to do a more general rewriting of
6664 outgoing addresses. Defaults to ``hash -o /etc/genericstable''.
6665 Keys are user names; values are outgoing mail addresses. Yes,
6666 this does overlap with the user database, and figuring out
6667 just when to use which one may be tricky. Based on code
6668 contributed by Richard (Pug) Bainter of U. Texas with updates
6669 from Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
6670 CONFIG: add FEATURE(virtusertable) to do generalized rewriting of
6671 incoming addresses. Defaults to ``hash -o /etc/virtusertable''.
6672 Keys are either fully qualified addresses or just the host
6673 part (with the @ sign). For example, a table containing:
6674 info@foo.com foo-info
6675 info@bar.com bar-info
6676 @baz.org jane@elsewhere.net
6677 would send all mail destined for info@foo.com to foo-info
6678 (which is presumably an alias), mail addressed to info@bar.com
6679 to bar-info, and anything addressed to anyone at baz.org will
6680 be sent to jane@elsewhere.net. The names foo.com, bar.com,
6681 and baz.org must all be in $=w. Based on discussions with
6682 a great many people.
6683 CONFIG: add nullclient configurations to define SMTP_MAILER_FLAGS.
6684 Suggested by Richard Bainter.
6685 CONFIG: add FAX_MAILER_ARGS to tweak the arguments passed to the
6687 CONFIG: allow mailertable entries to resolve to local:user; this
6688 passes the original user@host in to procmail-style local
6689 mailers as the "detail" information to allow them to do
6690 additional clever processing. From Joe Pruett of
6691 Teleport Corporation. Delivery to the original user can
6692 be done by specifying "local:" (with nothing after the colon).
6693 CONFIG: allow any context that takes "mailer:domain" to also take
6694 "mailer:user@domain" to force mailing to the given user;
6695 "local:user" can also be used to do local delivery. This
6696 applies on *_RELAY and in the mailertable entries. Based
6697 on a suggestion by Ribert Kiessling of Easynet.
6698 CONFIG: Allow FEATURE(bestmx_is_local) to take an argument that
6699 limits the possible domains; this reduces the number of DNS
6700 lookups required to support this feature. For example,
6701 FEATURE(bestmx_is_local, my.site.com) limits the lookups
6702 to domains under my.site.com. Code contributed by Anthony
6703 Thyssen <anthony@cit.gu.edu.au>.
6704 CONFIG: LOCAL_RULESETS introduces any locally defined rulesets,
6705 such as the check_rcpt ruleset. Suggested by Gregory Shapiro
6707 CONFIG: MAILER_DEFINITIONS introduces any mailer definitions, in the
6708 event you have to define local mailers. Suggested by
6709 Gregory Shapiro of WPI.
6710 CONFIG: fix cases where a three- (or more-) stage route-addr could
6711 be misinterpreted as a list:...; syntax. Based on a patch by
6712 Vlado Potisk <Vlado_Potisk@tempest.sk>.
6713 CONFIG: Fix masquerading of UUCP addresses when the UUCP relay is
6714 remotely connected. The address host!user was being
6715 converted to host!user@thishost instead of host!user@uurelay.
6716 Problem noted by William Gianopoulos of Raytheon Company.
6717 CONFIG: add confTO_ICONNECT to set Timeout.iconnect.
6718 CONFIG: change FEATURE(redirect) message from "User not local" to
6719 "User has moved"; the former wording was confusing if the
6720 new address is still on the local host. Based on a suggestion
6722 CONFIG: add support in FEATURE(nullclient) for $=E (exposed users).
6723 However, the class is not pre-initialized to contain root.
6724 Suggested by Gregory Neil Shapiro.
6725 CONTRIB: Remove XLA code at the request of the author, Christophe
6727 CONTRIB: Add re-mqueue.pl, contributed by Paul Pomes of Qualcomm.
6728 MAIL.LOCAL: make it possible to compile mail.local on Solaris. Note
6729 well: this produces a slightly different mailbox format (no
6730 Content-Length: headers), file ownerships and modes are
6731 different (not owned by group mail; mode 600 instead of 660),
6732 and the local mailer flags will have to be tweaked (make them
6733 match bsd4.4) in order to use this mailer. Patches from Paul
6734 Hammann of the Missouri Research and Education Network.
6735 MAIL.LOCAL: in some cases it could return EX_OK even though there
6736 was a delivery error, such as if the ownership on the file
6737 was wrong or the mode changed between the initial stat and
6738 the open. Problem reported by William Colburn of the New
6739 Mexico Institute of Mining and Technology.
6740 MAILSTATS: handle zero length files more reliably. Patch from Bryan
6742 MAILSTATS: add man page contributed by Keith Bostic of BSDI.
6743 MAKEMAP: The -d flag (to allow duplicate keys) to a btree map wasn't
6744 honored. Fix from Michael Scott Shappe.
6745 PRALIASES: add man page contributed by Keith Bostic of BSDI.
6747 src/Makefiles/Makefile.AIX.2
6748 src/Makefiles/Makefile.IRIX.6.2
6749 src/Makefiles/Makefile.maxion
6750 src/Makefiles/Makefile.NCR.MP-RAS.3.x
6751 src/Makefiles/Makefile.SCO.5.x
6752 src/Makefiles/Makefile.UXPDSV20
6753 mailstats/mailstats.8
6754 praliases/praliases.8
6755 cf/cf/generic-nextstep3.3.mc
6756 cf/feature/genericstable.m4
6757 cf/feature/limited_masquerade.m4
6758 cf/feature/masquerade_entire_domain.m4
6759 cf/feature/virtusertable.m4
6763 cf/ostype/solaris2.ml.m4
6765 contrib/re-mqueue.pl
6767 src/Makefiles/Makefile.Solaris
6771 src/Makefiles/Makefile.NCR3000 => Makefile.NCR.MP-RAS.2.x
6772 src/Makefiles/Makefile.SCO.3.2v4.2 => Makefile.SCO.4.2
6773 src/Makefiles/Makefile.UXPDS => Makefile.UXPDSV10
6774 src/Makefiles/Makefile.NeXT => Makefile.NeXT.2.x
6775 src/Makefiles/Makefile.NEXTSTEP => Makefile.NeXT.3.x
6777 8.7.6/8.7.3 1996/09/17
6778 SECURITY: It is possible to force getpwuid to fail when writing the
6779 queue file, causing sendmail to fall back to running programs
6780 as the default user. This is not exploitable from off-site.
6781 Workarounds include using a unique user for the DefaultUser
6782 (old u & g options) and using smrsh as the local shell.
6783 SECURITY: fix some buffer overruns; in at least one case this allows
6784 a local user to get root. This is not known to be exploitable
6785 from off-site. The workaround is to disable chfn(1) commands.
6787 8.7.5/8.7.3 1996/03/04
6788 Fix glitch in 8.7.4 when putting certain internal lines; this can
6789 in some case cause connections to hang or messages to have
6790 extra spaces in odd places. Patch from Eric Wassenaar;
6791 reports from Eric Hall of Chiron Corporation, Stephen
6792 Hansen of Stanford University, Dean Gaudet of HotWired,
6795 8.7.4/8.7.3 1996/02/18
6796 SECURITY: In some cases it was still possible for an attacker to
6797 insert newlines into a queue file, thus allowing access to
6798 any user (except root).
6799 CONFIG: no changes -- it is not a bug that the configuration
6800 version number is unchanged.
6802 8.7.3/8.7.3 1995/12/03
6803 Fix botch in name server timeout in RCPT code; this problem caused
6804 two responses in SMTP, which breaks things horribly. Fix
6805 from Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI.
6806 Verify that L= value on M lines cannot be negative, which could cause
6807 negative array subscripting. Not a security problem since
6808 this has to be in the config file, but it could have caused
6809 core dumps. Pointed out by Bryan Costales.
6810 Fix -d21 debug output for long macro names. Pointed out by Bryan
6813 SCO doesn't have ftruncate. From Bill Aten of Computerizers.
6814 IBM's version of arpa/nameser.h defaults to the wrong byte
6815 order. Tweak it to work properly. Based on fixes
6816 from Fletcher Mattox of UTexas and Betty Lee of
6817 Stanford University.
6818 CONFIG: add confHOSTS_FILE m4 variable to set HostsFile option.
6819 Deficiency pointed out by Bryan Costales of ICSI.
6821 8.7.2/8.7.2 1995/11/19
6822 REALLY fix the backslash escapes in SmtpGreetingMessage,
6823 OperatorChars, and UnixFromLine options. They were not
6824 properly repaired in 8.7.1.
6825 Completely delete the Bcc: header if and only if there are other
6826 valid recipient headers (To:, Cc: or Apparently-To:, the
6827 last being a historic botch, of course). If Bcc: is the
6828 only recipient header in the message, its value is tossed,
6829 but the header name is kept. The old behavior (always keep
6830 the header name and toss the value) allowed primary recipients
6831 to see that a Bcc: went to _someone_.
6832 Include queue id on ``Authentication-Warning: <host>: <user> set
6833 sender to <address> using -f'' syslog messages. Suggested
6835 If a sequence or switch map lookup entry gets a tempfail but then
6836 continues on to another map type, but the name is not found,
6837 return a temporary failure from the sequence or switch map.
6838 For example, if hosts search ``dns files'' and DNS fails
6839 with a tempfail, the hosts map will go on and search files,
6840 but if it fails the whole thing should be a tempfail, not
6841 a permanent (host unknown) failure, even though that is the
6842 failure in the hosts.files map. This error caused hard
6843 bounces when it should have requeued.
6844 Aliases to files such as /users/bar/foo/inbox, with /users/bar/foo
6845 owned by bar mode 700 and inbox being set-user-ID bar stopped
6846 working properly due to excessive paranoia. Pointed out by
6847 John Hawkinson of Panix.
6848 An SMTP RCPT command referencing a host that gave a nameserver
6849 timeout would return a 451 command (8.6 accepted it and
6850 queued it locally). Revert to the 8.6 behavior in order
6851 to simplify queue management for clustered systems. Suggested
6852 by Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI. The same problem could break
6853 MH, which assumes that the SMTP session will succeed (tsk, tsk
6854 -- mail gets lost!); this was pointed out by Stuart Pook of
6856 Fix possible buffer overflow in munchstring(). This was not a security
6857 problem because you couldn't specify any argument to this
6858 without first giving up root privileges, but it is still a
6859 good idea to avoid future problems. Problem noted by John
6860 Hawkinson and Sam Hartman of MIT.
6861 ``452 Out of disk space for temp file'' messages weren't being
6862 printed. Fix from David Perlin of Nanosoft.
6863 Don't advertise the ESMTP DSN extension if the SendMimeErrors option
6864 is not set, since this is required to get the actual DSNs
6865 created. Problem pointed out by John Gardiner Myers of CMU.
6866 Log permission problems that cause .forward and :include: files to
6867 be untrusted or ignored on log level 12 and higher. Suggested
6868 by Randy Martin of Clemson University.
6869 Allow user ids in U= clauses of M lines to have hyphens and
6871 Fix overcounting of recipients -- only happened when sending to an
6872 alias. Pointed out by Mark Andrews of SGI and Jack Woolley
6873 of Systems and Computer Technology Corporation.
6874 If a message is sent to an address that fails, the error message that
6875 is returned could show some extraneous "success" information
6876 included even if the user did not request success notification,
6877 which was confusing. Pointed out by Allan Johannesen of WPI.
6878 Config files that had no AliasFile definition were defaulting to
6879 using /etc/aliases; this caused problems with nullclient
6880 configurations. Change it back to the 8.6 semantics of
6881 having no local alias file unless it is declared. Problem
6882 noted by Charles Karney of Princeton University.
6883 Fix compile problem if NOTUNIX is defined. Pointed out by Bryan
6885 Map lookups of class "userdb" maps were always case sensitive; they
6886 should be controlled by the -f flag like other maps. Pointed
6887 out by Bjart Kvarme <bjart.kvarme@usit.uio.no>.
6888 Fix problem that caused some addresses to be passed through ruleset 5
6889 even when they were tagged as "sticky" by prefixing the
6890 address with an "@". Patch from Thomas Dwyer III of Michigan
6891 Technological University.
6892 When converting a message to Quoted-Printable, prevent any lines with
6893 dots alone on a line by themselves. This is because of the
6894 preponderance of broken mailers that still get this wrong.
6895 Code contributed by Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
6896 Fix F{macro}/file construct -- it previously did nothing. Pointed
6897 out by Bjart Kvarme of USIT/UiO (Norway).
6898 Announce whether a cached connection is SMTP or ESMTP (in -v mode).
6899 Requested by Allan Johannesen.
6900 Delete check for text format of alias files -- it should be legal
6901 to have the database format of the alias files without the
6902 text version. Problem pointed out by Joe Rhett of Navigist,
6904 If "Ot" was specified with no value, the TZ variable was not properly
6905 imported from the environment. Pointed out by Frank Crawford
6906 <frank@ansto.gov.au>.
6907 Some architectures core dumped on "program" maps that didn't have
6908 extra arguments. Patch from Booker C. Bense of Stanford
6910 Queue run processes would re-spawn daemons when given a SIGHUP; only
6911 the parent should do this. Fix from Brian Coan of the
6912 Association for Progressive Communications.
6913 If MinQueueAge was set and a message was considered but not run
6914 during a queue run and the Timeout.queuereturn interval was
6915 reached, a "timed out" error message would be returned that
6916 didn't include the failed address (and claimed to be a warning
6917 even though it was fatal). The fix is to not return such
6918 messages until they are actually tried, i.e., in the next
6919 MinQueueAge interval. Problem noted by Rein Tollevik of
6921 Add HES_GETMAILHOST compile flag to support MIT Hesiod distributions
6922 that have the hes_getmailhost() routine. DEC Hesiod
6923 distributions do not have this routine. Based on a patch
6924 from Betty Lee of Stanford University.
6925 Extensive cleanups to map open code to handle a locking race condition
6926 in ndbm, hash, and btree format database files on some (most
6927 non-4.4-BSD based) OS architectures. This should solve the
6928 occasional "user unknown" problem during alias rebuilds that
6929 has plagued me for quite some time. Based on a patch from
6930 Thomas Dwyer III of Michigan Technological University.
6932 Solaris: Change location of newaliases and mailq from
6933 /usr/ucb to /usr/bin to match Sun settings. From
6934 James B. Davis of TCI.
6935 DomainOS: Makefile.DomainOS doesn't require -ldbm. From
6936 Don Lewis of Silicon Systems.
6937 HP-UX 10: rename Makefile.HP-UX.10 => Makefile.HP-UX.10.x
6938 so that the makesendmail script will find it. Pointed
6939 out by Richard Allen of the University of Iceland.
6940 Also, use -Aa -D_HPUX_SOURCE instead of -Ae, which
6941 isn't supported on all compilers.
6942 UXPDS: compilation fixes from Diego R. Lopez.
6943 CONFIG: FAX mailer wasn't setting .FAX as a pseudo-domain unless
6944 you also had a FAX_RELAY. From Thomas.Tornblom@Hax.SE.
6945 CONFIG: Minor glitch in S21 -- attachment of local domain name
6946 didn't have trailing dot. From Jim Hickstein of Teradyne.
6947 CONFIG: Fix best_mx_is_local feature to allow nested addresses such as
6948 user%host@thishost. From Claude Scarpelli of Infobiogen
6950 CONFIG: OSTYPE(hpux10) failed to define the location of the help file.
6951 Pointed out by Hannu Martikka of Nokia Telecommunications.
6952 CONFIG: Diagnose some inappropriate ordering in configuration files,
6953 such as FEATURE(smrsh) listed after MAILER(local). Based on
6954 a bug report submitted by Paul Hoffman of Proper Publishing.
6955 CONFIG: Make OSTYPE files consistently not override settings that
6956 have already been set. Previously it worked differently
6957 for different files.
6958 CONFIG: Change relay mailer to do masquerading like 8.6 did. My take
6959 is that this is wrong, but the change was causing problems
6960 for some people. From Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
6961 CONTRIB: bitdomain.c patch from John Gardiner Myers <jgm+@CMU.EDU>;
6962 portability changes for Posix environments (no functional
6965 8.7.1/8.7.1 1995/10/01
6966 Old macros that have become options (SmtpGreetingMessage,
6967 OperatorChars, and UnixFromLine) didn't allow backslash
6968 escapes in the options, where they previously had. Bug
6969 pointed out by John Hawkinson of MIT.
6970 Fix strange case of an executable called by a program map that
6971 returns a value but also a non-zero exit status; this
6972 would give contradictory results in the higher level; in
6973 particular, the default clause in the map lookup would be
6974 ignored. Change to ignore the value if the program returns
6975 non-zero exit status. From Tom Moore of AT&T GIS.
6976 Shorten parameters passed to syslog() in some contexts to avoid a
6977 bug in many vendors' implementations of that routine. Although
6978 this isn't really a bug in sendmail per se, and my solution
6979 has to assume that syslog() has at least a 1K buffer size
6980 internally (I know some vendors have shortened this
6981 dramatically -- they're on their own), sendmail is a popular
6982 target. Also, limit the size of %s arguments in sprintf.
6983 These both have possible security implications. Solutions
6984 suggested by Casper Dik of Sun's Network Security Group
6985 (Holland), Mark Seiden, and others.
6986 Fix a problem that might cause a non-standard -B (body type)
6987 parameter to be passed to the next server with undefined
6988 results. This could have security implications.
6989 If a filesystem was at > 100% utilization, the freediskspace()
6990 routine incorrectly returned an error rather than zero.
6991 Problem noted by G. Paul Ziemba of Alantec.
6992 Change MX sort order so that local hostnames (those in $=w) always
6993 sort first within a given preference. This forces the bestmx
6994 map to always return the local host first, if it is included
6995 in the list of highest priority MX records. From K. Robert
6997 Avoid some possible null pointer dereferences. Fixes from Randy
6998 Martin <WOLF@CLEMSON.EDU>
6999 When sendmail starts up on systems that have no fully qualified
7000 domain name (FQDN) anywhere in the first matching host map
7001 (e.g., /etc/hosts if the hosts service searches "files dns"),
7002 sendmail would sleep to try to find a FQDN, which it really
7003 really needs. This has been changed to fall through to the
7004 next map type if it can't find a FQDN -- i.e., if the hosts
7005 file doesn't have a FQDN, it will try dns even though the
7006 short name was found in /etc/hosts. This is probably a crock,
7007 but many people have hosts files without FQDNs. Remember:
7008 domain names are your friends.
7009 Log a high-priority message if you can't find your FQDN during startup.
7010 Suggested by Simon Barnes of Schlumberger Limited.
7011 When using Hesiod, initialize it early to improve error reporting.
7012 Patch from Don Lewis of Silicon Systems, Inc.
7013 Apparently at least some versions of Linux have a 90 !minute! TCP
7014 connection timeout in the kernel. Add a new "connect" timeout
7015 to limit this time. Defaults to zero (use whatever the
7016 kernel provides). Based on code contributed by J.R. Oldroyd
7018 Under some circumstances, a failed message would not be properly
7019 removed from the queue, causing tons of bogus error messages.
7020 (This fix eliminates the problematic EF_KEEPQUEUE flag.)
7021 Problem noted by Allan E Johannesen and Gregory Neil Shapiro
7024 On IRIX 5.x, there was an inconsistency in the setting
7025 of sendmail.st location. Change the Makefile to
7026 install it in /var/sendmail.st to match the OSTYPE
7027 file and SGI standards. From Andre
7028 <andre@curry.zfe.siemens.de>.
7029 Support for Fujitsu/ICL UXP/DS (For the DS/90 Series)
7030 from Diego R. Lopez <drlopez@cica.es>.
7031 Linux compilation patches from J.R. Oldroyd of TerraNet, Inc.
7032 LUNA 2 Mach patches from Motonori Nakamura.
7033 SunOS Makefile was including -ldbm, which is for the old
7034 dbm library. The ndbm library is part of libc.
7035 CONFIG: avoid bouncing ``user@host.'' (note trailing dot) with
7036 ``local configuration error'' in nullclient configuration.
7037 Patch from Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI.
7038 CONFIG: don't allow an alias file in nullclient configurations --
7039 since all addresses are relayed, they give errors during
7040 rebuild. Suggested by Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
7041 CONFIG: local mailer on Solaris 2 should always get a -f flag because
7042 otherwise the F=S causes the From_ line to imply that root is
7043 the sender. Problem pointed out by Claude Scarpelli of
7044 Infobiogen (France).
7046 cf/feature/use_ct_file.m4 (omitted from 8.7 by mistake)
7047 src/Makefiles/Makefile.KSR (omitted from 8.7 by mistake)
7048 src/Makefiles/Makefile.UXPDS
7051 Fix a problem that could cause sendmail to run out of file
7052 descriptors due to a trashed data structure after a
7053 vfork. Fix from Brian Coan of the Institute for
7054 Global Communications.
7055 Change the VRFY response if you have disabled VRFY -- some
7056 people seemed to think that it was too rude.
7057 Avoid reference to uninitialized file descriptor if HASFLOCK
7058 was not defined. This was used "safely" in the sense
7059 that it only did a stat, but it would have set the
7060 map modification time improperly. Problem pointed out
7061 by Roy Mongiovi of Georgia Tech.
7062 Clean up the Subject: line on warning messages and return
7063 receipts so that they don't say "Returned mail:"; this
7065 Move ruleset entry/exit debugging from 21.2 to 21.1 -- this is
7066 useful enough to make it worthwhile printing on "-d".
7067 Avoid logging alias statistics every time you read the alias
7068 file on systems with no database method compiled in.
7069 If you have a name with a trailing dot, and you try looking it
7070 up using gethostbyname without the dot (for /etc/hosts
7071 compatibility), be sure to turn off RES_DEFNAMES and
7072 RES_DNSRCH to avoid finding the wrong name accidentally.
7073 Problem noted by Charles Amos of the University of
7075 Don't do timeouts in collect if you are not running SMTP.
7076 There is nothing that says you can't have a long
7077 running program piped into sendmail (possibly via
7078 /bin/mail, which just execs sendmail). Problem reported
7079 by Don "Truck" Lewis of Silicon Systems.
7080 Try gethostbyname() even if the DNS lookup fails iff option I
7081 is not set. This allows you to have hosts listed in
7082 NIS or /etc/hosts that are not known to DNS. It's normally
7083 a bad idea, but can be useful on firewall machines. This
7084 should really be broken out on a separate flag, I suppose.
7085 Avoid compile warnings against BIND 4.9.3, which uses function
7086 prototypes. From Don Lewis of Silicon Systems.
7087 Avoid possible incorrect diagnosis of DNS-related errors caused
7088 by things like attempts to resolve uucp names using
7089 $[ ... $] -- the fix is to clear h_errno at appropriate
7090 times. From Kyle Jones of UUNET.
7091 SECURITY: avoid denial-of-service attacks possible by destroying
7092 the alias database file by setting resource limits low.
7093 This involves adding two new compile-time options:
7094 HASSETRLIMIT (indicating that setrlimit(2) support is
7095 available) and HASULIMIT (indicating that ulimit(2) support
7096 is available -- the Release 3 form is used). The former
7097 is assumed on BSD-based systems, the latter on System
7098 V-based systems. Attack noted by Phil Brandenberger of
7099 Swarthmore University.
7100 New syntaxes in test (-bt) mode:
7101 ``.Dmvalue'' will define macro "m" to "value".
7102 ``.Ccvalue'' will add "value" to class "c".
7103 ``=Sruleset'' will dump the contents of the indicated
7105 ``=M'' will display the known mailers.
7106 ``-ddebug-spec'' is equivalent to the command-line
7108 ``$m'' will print the value of macro $m.
7109 ``$=c'' will print the contents of class $=c.
7110 ``/mx host'' returns the MX records for ``host''.
7111 ``/parse address'' will parse address, returning the value of
7112 crackaddr (essentially, the comment information)
7113 and the parsed address.
7114 ``/try mailer address'' will rewrite address into the form
7115 it will have when presented to the indicated mailer.
7116 ``/tryflags flags'' will set flags used by parsing. The
7117 flags can be `H' for header or `E' for envelope,
7118 and `S' for sender or `R' for recipient. These
7119 can be combined, so `HR' sets flags for header
7121 ``/canon hostname'' will try to canonify hostname and
7123 ``/map mapname key'' will look up `key' in the indicated
7124 `mapname' and return the result.
7125 Somewhat better handling of UNIX-domain socket addresses -- it
7126 should show the pathname rather than hex bytes.
7127 Restore ``-ba'' mode -- this reads a file from stdin and parses
7128 the header for envelope sender information and uses
7129 CR-LF as message terminators. It was thought to be
7130 obsolete (used only for Arpanet NCP protocols), but it
7131 turns out that the UK ``Grey Book'' protocols require
7133 Fix a fix in previous release -- if gethostname and gethostbyname
7134 return a name without dots, and if an attempt to canonify
7135 that name fails, wait one minute and try again. This can
7136 result in an extra 60 second delay on startup if your system
7137 hostname (as returned by hostname(1)) has no dot and no names
7138 listed in /etc/hosts or your NIS map have a dot.
7139 Check for proper domain name on HELO and EHLO commands per
7140 RFC 1123 section 5.2.5. Problem noted by Thomas Dwyer III
7141 of Michigan Technological University.
7142 Relax chownsafe rules slightly -- old version said that if you
7143 can't tell if _POSIX_CHOWN_RESTRICTED is set (that is,
7144 if fpathconf returned EINVAL or ENOSYS), assume that
7145 chown is not safe. The new version falls back to whether
7146 you are on a BSD system or not. This is important for
7147 SunOS, which apparently always returns one of those
7148 error codes. This impacts whether you can mail to files
7150 Syntax errors such as unbalanced parentheses in the configuration
7151 file could be omitted if you had "Oem" prior to the
7152 syntax error in the config file. Change to always print
7153 the error message. It was especially weird because it
7154 would cause a "warning" message to be sent to the Postmaster
7155 for every message sent (but with no transcript). Problem
7156 noted by Gregory Paris of Motorola.
7157 Rewrite collect and putbody to handle full 8-bit data, including
7158 zero bytes. These changes are internally extensive, but
7159 should have minimal impact on external function.
7160 Allow full words for option names -- if the option letter is
7161 (apparently) a space, then take the word following -- e.g.,
7163 The full list of old and new names is as follows:
7169 b MinFreeBlocks/MaxMessageSize
7170 C CheckpointInterval
7172 D AutoRebuildAliases
7185 k ConnectionCacheSize
7186 K ConnectionCacheTimeout
7213 The old macros that passed information into sendmail have
7214 been changed to options; those correspondences are:
7215 $e SmtpGreetingMessage
7218 $q (deleted -- not necessary)
7219 To avoid possible problems with an older sendmail,
7220 configuration level 6 is accepted by this version of
7221 sendmail; any config file using the new names should
7222 specify "V6" in the configuration.
7223 Change address parsing to properly note that a phrase before a
7224 colon and a trailing semicolon are essentially the same
7225 as text outside of angle brackets (i.e., sendmail should
7226 treat them as comments). This is to handle the
7227 ``group name: addr1, addr2, ..., addrN;'' syntax (it will
7228 assume that ``group name:'' is a comment on the first
7229 address and the ``;'' is a comment on the last address).
7230 This requires config file support to get right. It does
7231 understand that :: is NOT this syntax, and can be turned
7232 off completely by setting the ColonOkInAddresses option.
7233 Level 6 config files added with new mailer flags:
7234 A Addresses are aliasable.
7235 i Do udb rewriting on envelope as well as header
7236 sender lines. Applies to the from address mailer
7237 flags rather than the recipient mailer flags.
7238 j Do udb rewriting on header recipient addresses.
7239 Applies to the sender mailer flags rather than the
7240 recipient mailer flags.
7241 k Disable check for loops when doing HELO command.
7242 o Always run as the mail recipient, even on local
7244 w Check for an /etc/passwd entry for this user.
7245 5 Pass addresses through ruleset 5.
7246 : Check for :include: on this address.
7247 | Check for |program on this address.
7248 / Check for /file on this address.
7249 @ Look up sender header addresses in the user
7250 database. Applies to the mailer flags for the
7251 mailer corresponding to the envelope sender
7252 address, rather than to recipient mailer flags.
7253 Pre-level 6 configuration files set A, w, 5, :, |, /, and @
7254 on the "local" mailer, the o flag on the "prog" and "*file*"
7255 mailers, and the ColonOkInAddresses option.
7256 Eight-to-seven bit MIME conversions. This borrows ideas from
7257 John Beck of Hewlett-Packard, who generously contributed
7258 their implementation to me, which I then didn't use (see
7259 mime.c for an explanation of why). This adds the
7260 EightBitMode option (a.k.a. `8') and an F=8 mailer flag
7261 to control handling of 8-bit data. These have to cope with
7262 two types of 8-bit data: unlabelled 8-bit data (that is,
7263 8-bit data that is entered without declaring it as 8-bit
7264 MIME -- technically this is illegal according to the
7265 specs) and labelled 8-bit data (that is, it was declared
7266 as 8BITMIME in the ESMTP session or by using the
7267 -B8BITMIME command line flag). If the F=8 mailer flag is
7268 set then 8-bit data is sent to non-8BITMIME machines
7269 instead of converting to 7 bit (essentially using
7270 just-send-8 semantics). The values for EightBitMode are:
7271 m convert unlabelled 8-bit input to 8BITMIME, and do
7272 any necessary conversion of 8BITMIME to 7BIT
7273 (essentially, the full MIME option).
7274 p pass unlabelled 8-bit input, but convert labelled
7275 8BITMIME input to 7BIT as required (default).
7276 s strict adherence: reject unlabelled 8-bit input,
7277 convert 8BITMIME to 7BIT as required. The F=8
7279 Unlabelled 8-bit data is rejected in mode `s' regardless of
7281 Add new internal class 'n', which is the set of MIME Content-Types
7282 which can not be 8 to 7 bit encoded because of other
7283 considerations. Types "multipart/*" and "message/*" are
7284 never directly encoded (although their components can be).
7285 Add new internal class 's', which is the set of subtypes of the
7286 MIME message/* content type that can be treated as though
7287 they are an RFC822 message. It is predefined to have
7288 "rfc822". Suggested By Kari Hurtta.
7289 Add new internal class 'e'. This is the set of MIME
7290 Content-Transfer-Encodings that can be converted to
7291 a seven bit format (Quoted-Printable or Base64). It is
7292 preinitialized to contain "7bit", "8bit", and "binary".
7293 Add C=charset mailer parameter and the the DefaultCharSet option (no
7294 short name) to set the default character set to use in the
7295 Content-Type: header when doing encoding of an 8-bit message
7296 which isn't marked as MIME into MIME format. If the C=
7297 parameter is set on the Envelope From address, use that as
7298 the default encoding; else use the DefaultCharSet option.
7299 If neither is set, it defaults to "unknown-8bit" as
7300 suggested by RFC 1428 section 3.
7301 Allow ``U=user:group'' field in mailer definition to set a default
7302 user and group that a mailer will be executed as. This
7303 overrides the 'u' and 'g' options, and if the `F=S' flag is
7304 also set, it is the uid/gid that will always be used (that
7305 is, the controlling address is ignored). The values may be
7306 numeric or symbolic; if only a symbolic user is given (no
7307 group) that user's default group in the passwd file is used
7308 as the group. Based on code donated by Chip Rosenthal of
7310 Allow `u' option to also accept user:group as a value, in the same
7311 fashion as the U= mailer option.
7312 Add the symbolic time zone name in the Arpanet format dates (as
7313 a comment). This adds a new compile-time configuration
7314 flag: TZ_TYPE can be set to TZ_TM_NAME (use the value
7315 of (struct tm *)->tm_name), TZ_TM_ZONE (use the value
7316 of (struct tm *)->tm_zone), TZ_TZNAME (use extern char
7317 *tzname[(struct tm *)->tm_isdst]), TZ_TIMEZONE (use
7318 timezone()), or TZ_NONE (don't include the comment). Code
7319 from Chip Rosenthal.
7320 The "Timeout" option (formerly "r") is extended to allow suboptions.
7323 There are also two new suboptions "queuereturn" and
7324 "queuewarn"; these subsume the old T option. Thus, to
7325 set them both the preferred new syntax is
7326 O Timeout.queuereturn = 5d
7327 O Timeout.queuewarn = 4h
7328 Sort queue by host name instead of by message priority if the
7329 QueueSortOrder option (no short name) is set is set to
7330 ``host''. This makes better use of the connection cache,
7331 but may delay more ``interactive'' messages behind large
7332 backlogs under some circumstances. This is probably a
7333 good option if you have high speed links or don't do lots
7334 of ``batch'' messages, but less good if you are using
7335 something like PPP on a 14.4 modem. Based on code
7336 contributed by Roy Mongiovi of Georgia Tech (my main
7337 contribution was to make it configurable).
7338 Save i-number of df file in qf file to simplify rebuilding of queue
7339 after disastrous disk crash. Suggested by Kyle Jones of
7340 UUNET; closely based on code from KJS DECWRL code written
7341 by Paul Vixie. NOTA BENE: The qf files produced by 8.7
7342 are NOT back compatible with 8.6 -- that is, you can convert
7343 from 8.6 to 8.7, but not the other direction.
7344 Add ``F=d'' mailer flag to disable all use of angle brackets in
7345 route-addrs in envelopes; this is because in some cases
7346 they can be sent to the shell, which interprets them as
7348 Don't include error file (option E) with return-receipts; this
7350 Don't send "Warning: cannot send" messages to owner-* or
7351 *-request addresses. Suggested by Christophe Wolfhugel
7352 of the Institut Pasteur, Paris.
7353 Allow -O command line flag to set long form options.
7354 Add "MinQueueAge" option to set the minimum time between attempts
7355 to run the queue. For example, if the queue interval
7356 (-q value) is five minutes, but the minimum queue age
7357 is fifteen minutes, jobs won't be tried more often than
7358 once every fifteen minutes. This can be used to give
7359 you more responsiveness if your delivery mode is set to
7361 Allow "fileopen" timeout (default: 60 seconds) for opening
7362 :include: and .forward files.
7363 Add "-k", "-v", and "-z" flags to map definitions; these set the
7364 key field name, the value field name, and the field
7365 delimiter. The field delimiter can be a single character
7366 or the sequence "\t" or "\n" for tab or newline.
7367 These are for use by NIS+ and similar access methods.
7368 Change maps to always strip quotes before lookups; the -q flag
7369 turns off this behavior. Suggested by Motonori Nakamura.
7370 Add "nisplus" map class. Takes -k and -v flags to choose the
7371 key and value field names respectively. Code donated by
7373 Add "hesiod" map class. The "file name" is used as the
7374 "HesiodNameType" parameter to hes_resolve(3). Returns the
7375 first value found for the match. Code donated by Scott
7376 Hutton of Indiana University.
7377 Add "netinfo" (NeXT NetInfo) map class. Maps can have a -k flag to
7378 specify the name of the property that is searched as the
7379 key and a -v flag to specify the name of the property that
7380 is returned as the value (defaults to "members"). The
7381 default map is "/aliases". Some code based on code
7382 contributed by Robert La Ferla of Hot Software.
7383 Add "text" map class. This does slow, linear searches through
7384 text files. The -z flag specifies a column delimiter
7385 (defaults to any sequence of white space), the -k flag
7386 sets the key column number, and the -v flag sets the
7387 value column number. Lines beginning with `#' are treated
7389 Add "program" map class to execute arbitrary programs. The search
7390 key is presented as the last argument; the output is one
7391 line read from the programs standard output. Exit statuses
7392 are from sysexits.h.
7393 Add "sequence" map class -- searches maps in sequence until it
7394 finds a match. For example, the declarations:
7397 Kmapseq sequence map1 map2
7398 defines a map "mapseq" that first searches map1; if the
7399 value is found it is returned immediately, otherwise
7400 map2 is searched and the value returned.
7401 Add "switch" map class. This is much like "sequence" except that
7402 the ordering is fetched from an external file, usually
7403 the system service switch. The parameter is the name of
7404 the service to switch on, and the maps that it will use
7405 are the name of the switch map followed by ".service_type".
7406 For example, if the declaration of the map is
7407 Ksample switch hosts
7408 and the system service switch specifies that hosts are
7409 looked up using dns and nis in that order, then this is
7411 Ksample sequence sample.dns sample.nis
7412 The subordinate maps (sample.*) must already be defined.
7413 Add "user" map class -- looks up users using getpwnam. Takes a
7414 "-v field" flag on the definition that tells what passwd
7415 entry to return -- legal values are name, passwd, uid, gid,
7416 gecos, dir, and shell. Generally expected to be used with
7417 the -m (matchonly) flag.
7418 Add "bestmx" map class -- returns the best MX value for the host
7419 listed as the value. If there are several "best" MX records
7420 for this host, one will be chosen at random.
7421 Add "userdb" map class -- looks up entries in the user database.
7422 The "file name" is actually the tag that will be used,
7423 typically "mailname". If there are multiple entries
7424 matching the name, the one chosen is undefined.
7425 Add multiple queue timeouts (both return and warning). These are
7426 set by the Precedence: or Priority: header fields to one of
7427 three values. If a Priority: is set and has value "normal",
7428 "urgent", or "non-urgent" the corresponding timeouts are
7429 used. If no priority is set, the Precedence: is consulted;
7430 if negative, non-urgent timeouts are used; if greater than
7431 zero, urgent timeouts are used. Otherwise, normal timeouts
7432 are used. The timeouts are set by setting the six timeouts
7433 queue{warn,return}.{urgent,normal,non-urgent}.
7434 Fix problem when a mail address is resolved to a $#error mailer
7435 with a temporary failure indication; it works in SMTP,
7436 but when delivering locally the mail is silently discarded.
7437 This patch, from Kyle Jones of UUNET, bounces it instead
7438 of queueing it (queueing is very hard).
7439 When using /etc/hosts or NIS-style lookups, don't assume that
7440 the first name in the list is the best one -- instead,
7441 search for the first one with a dot. For example, if
7442 an /etc/hosts entry reads
7443 128.32.149.68 mammoth mammoth.CS.Berkeley.EDU
7444 this change will use the second name as the canonical
7445 machine name instead of the initial, unqualified name.
7446 Change dequote map to replace spaces in quoted text with a value
7447 indicated by the -s flag on the dequote map definition.
7448 For example, ``Mdequote dequote -s_'' will change
7449 "Foo Bar" into an unquoted Foo_Bar instead of leaving it
7450 quoted (because of the space character). Suggested by Dan
7451 Oscarsson for use in X.400 addresses.
7452 Implement long macro names as ${name}; long class names can
7453 be similarly referenced as $={name} and $~{name}.
7454 Definitions are (e.g.) ``D{name}value''. Names that have
7455 a leading lower case letter or punctuation characters are
7456 reserved for internal use by sendmail; i.e., config files
7457 should use names that begin with a capital letter. Based
7458 on code contributed by Dan Oscarsson.
7459 Fix core dump if getgrgid returns a null group list (as opposed
7460 to an empty group list, that is, a pointer to a list
7461 with no members). Fix from Andrew Chang of Sun Microsystems.
7462 Fix possible core dump if malloc fails -- if the malloc in xalloc
7463 failed, it called syserr which called newstr which called
7464 xalloc.... The newstr is now avoided for "panic" messages.
7465 Reported by Stuart Kemp of James Cook University.
7466 Improve connection cache timeouts; previously, they were not even
7467 checked if you were delivering to anything other than an
7468 IPC-connected host, so a series of (say) local mail
7469 deliveries could cause cached connections to be open
7470 much longer than the specified timeout.
7471 If an incoming message exceeds the maximum message size, stop
7472 writing the incoming bytes to the queue data file, since
7473 this can fill your mqueue partition -- this is a possible
7474 denial-of-service attack.
7475 Don't reject all numeric local user names unless HESIOD is
7476 defined. It turns out that Posix allows all-numeric
7477 user names. Fix from Tony Sanders of BSDI.
7478 Add service switch support. If the local OS has a service
7479 switch (e.g., /etc/nsswitch.conf on Solaris or /etc/svc.conf
7480 on DEC systems) that will be used; otherwise, it falls back
7481 to using a local mechanism based on the ServiceSwitchFile
7482 option (default: /etc/service.switch). For example, if the
7483 service switch lists "files" and "nis" for the aliases
7484 service, that will be the default lookup order. the "files"
7485 ("local" on DEC) service type expands to any alias files
7486 you listed in the configuration file, even if they aren't
7487 actually file lookups.
7488 Option I (NameServerOptions) no longer sets the "UseNameServer"
7489 variable which tells whether or not DNS should be considered
7490 canonical. This is now determined based on whether or not
7491 "dns" is in the service list for "hosts".
7492 Add preliminary support for the ESMTP "DSN" extension (Delivery
7493 Status Notifications). DSN notifications override
7494 Return-Receipt-To: headers, which are bogus anyhow --
7495 support for them has been removed.
7496 Add T=mts-name-type/address-type/diagnostic-type keyletter to mailer
7497 definitions to define the types used in DSN returns for
7498 MTA names, addresses, and diagnostics respectively.
7499 Extend heuristic to force running in ESMTP mode to look for the
7500 five-character string "ESMTP" anywhere in the 220 greeting
7501 message (not just the second line). This is to provide
7502 better compatibility with other ESMTP servers.
7503 Print sequence number of job when running the queue so you can
7504 easily see how much progress you have made. Suggested
7505 by Peter Wemm of DIALix.
7506 Map newlines to spaces in logged message-ids; some versions of
7507 syslog truncate the rest of the line after newlines.
7508 Suggested by Fletcher Mattox of U. Texas.
7509 Move up forking for job runs so that if a message is split into
7510 multiple envelopes you don't get "fork storms" -- this
7511 also improves the connection cache utilization.
7512 Accept "<<>>", "<<<>>>", and so forth as equivalent to "<>" for
7513 the purposes of refusing to send error returns. Suggested
7514 by Motonori Nakamura of Ritsumeikan University.
7515 Relax rules on when a file can be written when referenced from
7516 the aliases file: use the default uid/gid instead of the
7517 real uid/gid. This allows you to create a file owned by
7518 and writable only by the default uid/gid that will work
7519 all the time (without having the set-user-ID bit set). Change
7520 suggested by Shau-Ping Lo and Andrew Cheng of Sun
7522 Add "DialDelay" option (no short name) to provide an "extra"
7523 delay for dial on demand systems. If this is non-zero
7524 and a connect fails, sendmail will wait this long and
7525 then try again. If it takes longer than the kernel
7526 timeout interval to establish the connection, this
7527 option can give the network software time to establish
7528 the link. The default units are seconds.
7529 Move logging of sender information to be as early as possible;
7530 previously, it could be delayed a while for SMTP mail
7531 sent to aliases. Suggested by Brad Knowles of the
7532 Defense Information Systems Agency.
7533 Call res_init() before setting RES_DEBUG; this is required by
7534 BIND 4.9.3, or so I'm told. From Douglas Anderson of
7535 the National Computer Security Center.
7536 Add xdelay= field in logs -- this is a transaction delay, telling
7537 you how long it took to deliver to this address on the
7538 last try. It is intended to be used for sorting mailing
7539 lists to favor "quick" addresses. Provided for use by
7540 the mailprio scripts (see below).
7541 If a map cannot be opened, and that map is non-optional, and
7542 an address requires that map for resolution, queue the
7543 map instead of bouncing it. This involves creating a
7544 pseudo-class of maps called "bogus-map" -- if a required
7545 map cannot be opened, the class is changed to bogus-map;
7546 all queries against bogus-map return "tempfail". The
7547 bogus-map class is not directly accessible. A sample
7548 implementation was donated by Jem Taylor of Glasgow
7549 University Computing Service.
7550 Fix a possible core dump when mailing to a program that talks
7551 SMTP on its standard input. Fix from Keith Moore of
7552 the University of Kentucky.
7553 Make it possible to resolve filenames to $#local $: @ /filename;
7554 previously, the "@" would cause it to not be recognized
7555 as a file. Problem noted by Brian Hill of U.C. Davis.
7556 Accept a -1 signal to re-exec the daemon. This only works if
7557 argv[0] is a full path to sendmail.
7558 Fix bug in "addr=..." field in O option on little-endian machines
7559 -- the network number wasn't being converted to network
7560 byte order. Patch from Kurt Lidl of Pix Technologies
7562 Pre-initialize the resolver early on; this is to avoid a bug with
7563 BIND 4.9.3 that can cause the _res.retry field to get
7564 reset to zero, causing all name server lookups to time
7565 out. Fix from Matt Day of Artisoft.
7566 Restore T line (trusted users) in config file -- but instead of
7567 locking out the -f flag, they just tell whether or not
7568 an X-Authentication-Warning: will be added. This really
7569 just creates new entries in class 't', so "Ft/file/name"
7570 can be used to read trusted user names from a file.
7571 Trusted users are also allowed to execute programs even
7572 if they have a shell that isn't in /etc/shells.
7573 Improve NEWDB alias file rebuilding so it will create them
7574 properly if they do not already exist. This had been
7575 a MAYBENEXTRELEASE feature in 8.6.9.
7576 Check for @:@ entry in NIS maps before starting up to avoid
7577 (but not prevent, sigh) race conditions. This ought to
7578 be handled properly in ypserv, but isn't. Suggested by
7579 Michael Beirne of Motorola.
7580 Refuse connections if there isn't enough space on the filesystem
7581 holding the queue. Contributed by Robert Dana of Wolf
7583 Skip checking for directory permissions in the path to a file
7584 when checking for file permissions iff setreuid()
7585 succeeded -- it is unnecessary in that case. This avoids
7586 significant performance problems when looking for .forward
7587 files. Based on a suggestion by Win Bent of USC.
7588 Allow symbolic ruleset names. Syntax can be "Sname" to get an
7589 arbitrary ruleset number assigned or "Sname = integer"
7590 to assign a specific ruleset number. Reference is
7591 $>name_or_number. Names can be composed of alphas, digits,
7592 underscore, or hyphen (first character must be non-numeric).
7593 Allow -o flag on AliasFile lines to make the alias file optional.
7594 From Bryan Costales of ICSI.
7595 Add NoRecipientAction option to handle the case where there is
7596 no legal recipient header in the message. It can take
7598 None Leave the message as is. The
7599 message will be passed on even
7600 though it is in technically
7602 Add-To Add a To: header with any
7603 recipients that it can find from
7604 the envelope. This risks exposing
7606 Add-Apparently-To Add an Apparently-To: header. This
7607 has almost no redeeming social value,
7608 and is provided only for back
7610 Add-To-Undisclosed Add a header reading
7611 To: undisclosed-recipients:;
7612 which will have the effect of
7613 making the message legal without
7614 exposing Bcc: recipients.
7615 Add-Bcc To add an empty Bcc: header.
7616 There is a chance that mailers down
7617 the line will delete this header,
7618 which could cause exposure of Bcc:
7620 The default is NoRecipientAction=None.
7621 Truncate (rather than delete) Bcc: lines in the header. This
7622 should prevent later sendmails (at least, those that don't
7623 themselves delete Bcc:) from considering this message to
7624 be non-conforming -- although it does imply that non-blind
7625 recipients can see that a Bcc: was sent, albeit not to whom.
7626 Add SafeFileEnvironment option. If declared, files named as delivery
7627 targets must be regular files in addition to the regular
7628 checks. Also, if the option is non-null then it is used as
7629 the name of a directory that is used as a chroot(2)
7630 environment for the delivery; the file names listed in an
7631 alias or forward should include the name of this root.
7632 For example, if you run with
7633 O SafeFileEnvironment=/arch
7634 then aliases should reference "/arch/rest/of/path". If a
7635 value is given, sendmail also won't try to save to
7636 /usr/tmp/dead.letter (instead it just leaves the job in the
7637 queue as Qfxxxxxx). Inspired by *Hobbit*'s sendmail patch kit.
7638 Support -A flag for alias files; this will comma concatenate like
7639 entries. For example, given the aliases:
7642 and an alias file declared as:
7643 OAhash:-A /etc/aliases
7644 the final alias inserted will be "list: member1,member2";
7645 without -A you will get an error on the second and subsequent
7646 alias for "list". Contributed by Bryan Costales of ICSI.
7647 Line-buffer transcript file. Suggested by Liudvikas Bukys.
7648 Fix a problem that could cause very long addresses to core dump in
7649 some special circumstances. Problem pointed out by Allan
7651 (Internal change.) Change interface to expand() (macro expansion)
7652 to be simpler and more consistent.
7653 Delete check for funny qf file names. This didn't really give
7654 any extra security and caused some people some problems.
7655 (If you -really- want this, define PICKY_QF_NAME_CHECK
7656 at compile time.) Suggested by Kyle Jones of UUNET.
7657 (Internal change.) Change EF_NORETURN to EF_NO_BODY_RETN and
7658 merge with DSN code; this is simpler and more consistent.
7659 This may affect some people who have written their own
7660 checkcompat() routine.
7661 (Internal change.) Eliminate `D' line in qf file. The df file
7662 is now assumed to be the same name as the qf file (with
7663 the `q' changed to a `d', of course).
7664 Avoid forking for delivery if all recipient mailers are marked as
7665 "expensive" -- this can be a major cost on some systems.
7666 Essentially, this forces sendmail into "queue only" mode
7667 if all it is going to do is queue anyway.
7668 Avoid sending a null message in some rather unusual circumstances
7669 (specifically, the RCPT command returns a temporary
7670 failure but the connection is lost before the DATA
7671 command). Fix from Scott Hammond of Secure Computing
7673 Change makesendmail to use a somewhat more rational naming scheme:
7674 Makefiles and obj directories are named $os.$rel.$arch,
7675 where $os is the operating system (e.g., SunOS), $rel is
7676 the release number (e.g., 5.3), and $arch is the machine
7677 architecture (e.g., sun4). Any of these can be omitted,
7678 and anything after the first dot in a release number can
7679 be replaced with "x" (e.g., SunOS.4.x.sun4). The previous
7680 version used $os.$arch.$rel and was rather less general.
7681 Change makesendmail to do a "make depend" in the target directory
7682 when it is being created. This involves adding an empty
7683 "depend:" entry in most Makefiles.
7684 Ignore IDENT return value if the OSTYPE field returns "OTHER",
7685 as indicated by RFC 1413. Pointed out by Kari Hurtta
7686 of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
7687 Fix problem that could cause multiple responses to DATA command
7688 on header syntax errors (e.g., lines beginning with colons).
7689 Problem noted by Jens Thomassen of the University of Oslo.
7690 Don't let null bytes in headers cause truncation of the rest of
7692 Log Authentication-Warning:s. Suggested by Motonori Nakamura.
7693 Increase timeouts on message data puts to allow time for receivers
7694 to canonify addresses in headers on the fly. This is still
7695 a rather ugly heuristic. From Motonori Nakamura.
7696 Add "HasWildcardMX" suboption to ResolverOptions; if set, MX
7697 records are not used when canonifying names, and when MX
7698 lookups are done for addressing they must be fully
7699 qualified. This is useful if you have a wildcard MX record,
7700 although it may cause other problems. In general, don't use
7701 wildcard MX records. Patch from Motonori Nakamura.
7702 Eliminate default two-line SMTP greeting message. Instead of
7703 adding an extra "ESMTP spoken here" line, the word "ESMTP"
7704 is added between the first and second word of the first
7705 line of the greeting message (i.e., immediately after the
7706 host name). This eliminates the need for the BROKEN_SMTP_PEERS
7707 compile flag. Old sendmails won't see the ESMTP, but that's
7708 acceptable because SIZE was the only useful extension that
7709 old sendmails understand.
7710 Avoid gethostbyname calls on UNIX domain sockets during SIGUSR1
7711 invoked state dumps. From Masaharu Onishi.
7712 Allow on-line comments in .forward and :include: files; they are
7713 introduced by the string "<LWSP>#@#<LWSP>", where <LWSP>
7714 is a space or a tab. This is intended for native
7715 representation of non-ASCII sets such as Japanese, where
7716 existing encodings would be unreadable or would lose
7717 data -- for example,
7718 <motonori@cs.ritsumei.ac.jp> NAKAMURA Motonori
7719 (romanized/less information)
7720 <motonori@cs.ritsumei.ac.jp> =?ISO-2022-JP?B?GyRCQ2ZCPBsoQg==?=
7721 =?ISO-2022-JP?B?GyRCQUdFNRsoQg==?=
7722 (with MIME encoding, not human readable)
7723 <motonori@cs.ritsumei.ac.jp> #@# ^[$BCfB<^[(B ^[$BAGE5^[(B
7724 (native encoding with ISO-2022-JP)
7725 The last form is human readable in the Japanese environment.
7726 Based on a fix from (surprise!) Motonori Nakamura.
7727 Don't make SMTP error returns on MAIL FROM: line be "sticky" for all
7728 messages to that host; these are most frequently associated
7729 with addresses rather than the host, with the exception of
7730 421 (service shutting down). The effect was to cause queues
7731 to sometimes take an excessive time to flush. Reported by
7732 Robert Sargent of Southern Geographics Technologies and
7733 Eric Prestemon of American University.
7734 Add Nice=N mailer option to set the niceness at which a mailer will
7735 run. This is actually a relative niceness (that is, an
7736 increment on the background value).
7737 Log queue runs that are skipped due to high loads. They are logged
7738 at LOG_INFO priority iff the log level is > 8. Contributed
7739 by Bruce Nagel of Data General.
7740 Allow the error mailer to accept a DSN-style error status code
7741 instead of an sysexits status code in the host part.
7742 Anything with a dot will be interpreted as a DSN-style code.
7743 Add new mailer flag: F=3 will tell translations to Quoted-Printable
7744 to encode characters that might be munged by an EBCDIC system
7745 in addition to the set required by RFC 1521. The additional
7746 characters are !, ", #, $, @, [, \, ], ^, `, {, |, }, and ~.
7747 (Think of "IBM 360" as the mnemonic for this flag.)
7748 Change check for mailing to files to look for a pathname of [FILE]
7749 rather than looking for the mailer named *file*. The mapping
7750 of leading slashes still goes to the *file* mailer. This
7751 allows you to implement the *file* mailer as a separate
7752 program, for example, to insert a Content-Length: header
7753 or do special security policy. However, note that the usual
7754 initial checking for the file permissions is still done, and
7755 the program in question needs to be very careful about how
7756 it does the file write to avoid security problems.
7757 Be able to read ~root/.forward even if the path isn't accessible to
7758 regular users. This is disrecommended because sendmail
7759 sometimes does not run as root (e.g., when an unsafe option
7760 is specified on the command line), but should otherwise be
7761 safe because .forward files must be owned by the user for
7762 whom mail is being forwarded, and cannot be a symbolic link.
7763 Suggested by Forrest Aldrich of Wang Laboratories.
7764 Add new "HostsFile" option that is the pathname to the /etc/hosts
7765 file. This is used for canonifying hostnames when the
7766 service type is "files".
7767 Implement programs on F (read class from file) line. The syntax is
7768 Fc|/path/to/program to read the output from the program
7770 Probe the network interfaces to find alternate names for this
7771 host. Requires the SIOCGIFCONF ioctl call. Code
7772 contributed by SunSoft.
7773 Add "E" configuration line to set or propagate environment
7774 variables into children. "E<envar>" will propagate
7775 the named variable from the environment when sendmail
7776 was invoked into any children it calls; "E<envar>=<value>"
7777 sets the named variable to the indicated value. Any
7778 variables not explicitly named will not be in the child
7779 environment. However, sendmail still forces an
7780 "AGENT=sendmail" environment variable, in part to enforce
7781 at least one environment variable, since many programs and
7782 libraries die horribly if this is not guaranteed.
7783 Change heuristic for rebuilding both NEWDB and NDBM versions of
7784 alias databases -- new algorithm looks for the substring
7785 "/yp/" in the file name. This is more portable and involves
7786 less overhead. Suggested by Motonori Nakamura.
7787 Dynamically allocate the queue work list so that you don't lose
7788 jobs in large queue runs. The old QUEUESIZE compile parameter
7789 is replaced by QUEUESEGSIZE (the unit of allocation, which
7790 should not need to be changed) and the MaxQueueRunSize option,
7791 which is the absolute maximum number of jobs that will ever
7792 be handled in a single queue run. Based on code contributed
7793 by Brian Coan of the Institute for Global Communications.
7794 Log message when a message is dropped because it exceeds the maximum
7795 message size. Suggested by Leo Bicknell of Virginia Tech.
7796 Allow trusted users (those on a T line or in $=t) to use -bs without
7797 an X-Authentication-Warning: added. Suggested by Mark Thomas
7798 of Mark G. Thomas Consulting.
7799 Announce state of compile flags on -d0.1 (-d0.10 throws in the
7800 OS-dependent defines). The old semantic of -d0.1 to not
7801 run the daemon in background has been moved to -d99.100,
7802 and the old 52.5 flag (to avoid disconnect() from closing
7803 all output files) has been moved to 52.100. This makes
7804 things more consistent (flags below .100 don't change
7805 semantics) and separates out the backgrounding so that
7806 it doesn't happen automatically on other unrelated debugging
7808 If -t is used but no addresses are found in the header, give an
7809 error message rather than just doing nothing. Fix from
7811 On systems (like SunOS) where the effective gid is not necessarily
7812 included in the group list returned by getgroups(), the
7813 `restrictmailq' option could sometimes cause an authorized
7814 user to not be able to use `mailq'. Fix from Charles Hannum
7816 Allow symbolic service names for [IPC] mailers. Suggested by
7817 Gerry Magennis of Logica International.
7818 Add DontExpandCnames option to prevent $[ ... $] from expanding CNAMEs
7819 when running DNS. For example, if the name FTP.Foo.ORG is
7820 a CNAME for Cruft.Foo.ORG, then when sitting on a machine in
7821 the Foo.ORG domain a lookup of "FTP" returns "Cruft.Foo.ORG"
7822 if this option is not set, or "FTP.Foo.ORG" if it is set.
7823 This is technically illegal under RFC 822 and 1123, but the
7824 IETF is moving toward legalizing it. Note that turning on
7825 this option is not sufficient to guarantee that a downstream
7826 neighbor won't rewrite the address for you.
7827 Add "-m" flag to makesendmail script -- this tells you what object
7828 directory and Makefile it will use, but doesn't actually do
7830 Do some additional checking on the contents of the qf file to try
7831 to detect attacks against the qf file. In particular,
7832 abort on any line beginning "From ", and add an "end of
7833 file" line -- any data after that line is prohibited.
7834 Always use /etc/sendmail.cf, regardless of the arbitrary vendor
7835 choices. This can be overridden in the Makefile by using
7836 either -DUSE_VENDOR_CF_PATH to get the vendor location
7837 (to the extent that we know it) or by defining
7838 _PATH_SENDMAILCF (which is a "hard override"). This allows
7839 sendmail 8 to have more consistent installation instructions.
7840 Allow macros on `K' line in config file. Suggested by Andrew Chang
7841 of Sun Microsystems.
7842 Improved symbol table hash function from Eric Wassenaar. This one
7843 is at least 50% faster.
7844 Fix problem that didn't notice that timeout on file open was a
7845 transient error. Fix from Larry Parmelee of Cornell
7847 Allow comments (lines beginning with a `#') in files read for
7848 classes. Suggested by Motonori Nakamura.
7849 Make SIGINT (usually ^C) in test mode return to the prompt instead
7850 of dropping out entirely. This makes testing some of the
7851 name server lookups easier to deal with when there are
7852 hung servers. From Motonori Nakamura.
7853 Add new ${opMode} macro that is set to the current operation mode
7854 (e.g., `s' for -bs, `t' for -bt, etc.). Suggested by
7855 Claude Marinier <MARINIER@emp.ewd.dreo.dnd.ca>.
7856 Add new delivery mode (Odd) that defers all map lookups to queue runs.
7857 Kind of like queue-only mode (Odq) except it tries to avoid
7858 any external service requests; for dial-on-demand hosts that
7859 want to minimize DNS lookups when mail is being queued. For
7860 this to work you will also have to make sure that gethostbyname
7861 of your local host name does not do a DNS lookup.
7862 Improved handling of "out of space" conditions from John Myers of
7864 Improved security for mailing to files on systems that have fchmod(2)
7866 Improve "cannot send message for N days" message -- now says "could
7867 not send for past N days". Suggested by Tom Moore of AT&T
7868 Global Information Solutions.
7869 Less misleading Subject: line on messages sent to postmaster only.
7870 From Motonori Nakamura.
7871 Avoid duplicate error messages on bad command line flags. From
7873 Better error message for case where ruleset 0 falls off the end
7874 or otherwise does not resolve to a canonical triple.
7875 Fix a problem that could cause multiple bounce messages if a bad
7876 address was sent along with a good address to an SMTP
7877 site where that SMTP site returned a 4yz code in response
7878 to the final dot of the data. Problem reported by David
7879 James of British Telecom.
7880 Add "volatile" declarations so that gcc -O2 will work. Patches
7881 from Alexander Dupuy of System Management ARTS.
7882 Delete duplicates in MX lists -- believe it or not, there are sites
7883 that list the same host twice in an MX list. This deletion
7884 only works on adjacent preferences, so an MX list that
7885 had A=5, B=10, A=15 would leave both As, but one that had
7886 A=5, A=10, B=15 would reduce to A, B. This is intentional,
7887 just in case there is something weird I haven't thought of.
7888 Suggested by Barry Shein of Software Tool & Die.
7889 SECURITY: .forward files cannot be symbolic links. If they are,
7890 a bad guy can read your private files.
7892 Solaris 2 from Rob McMahon <cudcv@csv.warwick.ac.uk>.
7893 System V Release 4 from Motonori Nakamura of Ritsumeikan
7894 University. This expands the disk size
7895 checking to include all (?) SVR4 configurations.
7896 System V Release 4 from Kimmo Suominen -- initgroups(3)
7897 and setrlimit(2) are both available.
7898 System V Release 4 from sob@sculley.ffg.com -- some versions
7899 apparently "have EX_OK defined in other headerfiles."
7900 Linux Makefile typo.
7901 Linux getusershell(3) is broken in Slackware 2.0 --
7902 from Andrew Pam of Xanadu Australia.
7903 More Linux tweaking from John Kennedy of California State
7905 Cray changes from Eric Wassenaar: ``On Cray, shorts,
7906 ints, and longs are all 64 bits, and all structs
7907 are multiples of 64 bits. This means that the
7908 sizeof operator returns only multiples of 8.
7909 This requires adaptation of code that really
7910 deals with 32 bit or 16 bit fields, such as IP
7911 addresses or nameserver fields.''
7912 DG/UX 5.4.3 from Mark T. Robinson <mtr@ornl.gov>. To
7913 get the old behavior, use -DDGUX_5_4_2.
7914 DG/UX hack: add _FORCE_MAIL_LOCAL_=yes environment
7915 variable to fix bogus /bin/mail behavior.
7916 Tandem NonStop-UX from Rick McCarty <mccarty@mpd.tandem.com>.
7917 This also cleans up some System V Release 4 compile
7919 Solaris 2: sendmail.cw file should be in /etc/mail to
7920 match all the other configuration files. Fix
7921 from Glenn Barry of Emory University.
7922 Solaris 2.3: compile problem in conf.c. Fix from Alain
7923 Nissen of the University of Liege, Belgium.
7924 Ultrix: freespace calculation was incorrect. Fix from
7925 Takashi Kizu of Osaka University.
7926 SVR4: running in background gets a SIGTTOU because the
7927 emulation code doesn't realize that "getpeername"
7928 doesn't require reading the file. Fix from Peter
7930 Solaris 2.3: due to an apparent bug in the socket emulation
7931 library, sockets can get into a "wedged" state where
7932 they just return EPROTO; closing and re-opening the
7933 socket clears the problem. Fix from Bob Manson
7934 of Ohio State University.
7935 Hitachi 3050R & 3050RX running HI-UX/WE2: portability
7936 fixes from Akihiro Hashimoto ("Hash") of Chiba
7938 AIX changes to allow setproctitle to work from Rainer Schöpf
7939 of Zentrum für Datenverarbeitung der Universität
7941 AIX changes for load average from Ed Ravin of NASA/Goddard.
7942 SCO Unix from Chip Rosenthal of Unicom (code was using the
7944 ANSI C fixes from Adam Glass (NetBSD project).
7945 Stardent Titan/ANSI C fixes from Kate Hedstrom of Rutgers
7947 DG-UX fixes from Bruce Nagel of Data General.
7948 IRIX64 updates from Mark Levinson of the University of
7949 Rochester Medical Center.
7950 Altos System V (``the first UNIX/XENIX merge the Altos
7951 did for their Series 1000 & Series 2000 line;
7952 their merged code was licensed back to AT&T and
7953 Microsoft and became System V release 3.2'') from
7954 Tim Rice <timr@crl.com>.
7955 OSF/1 running on Intel Paragon from Jeff A. Earickson
7956 <jeff@ssd.intel.com> of Intel Scalable Systems
7958 Amdahl UTS System V 2.1.5 (SVr3-based) from Janet Jackson
7959 <janet@dialix.oz.au>.
7960 System V Release 4 (statvfs semantic fix) from Alain
7962 HP-UX 10.x multiprocessor load average changes from
7963 Scott Hutton and Jeff Sumler of Indiana University.
7964 Cray CSOS from Scott Bolte of Cray Computer Corporation.
7965 Unicos 8.0 from Douglas K. Rand of the University of North
7966 Dakota, Scientific Computing Center.
7967 Solaris 2.4 fixes from Sanjay Dani of Dani Communications.
7968 ConvexOS 11.0 from Christophe Wolfhugel.
7969 IRIX 4.0.5 from David Ashton-Reader of CADcentre.
7970 ISC UNIX from J. J. Bailey.
7971 HP-UX 9.xx on the 8xx series machines from Remy Giraud
7973 HP-UX configuration from Tom Lane <tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us>.
7974 IRIX 5.2 and 5.3 from Kari E. Hurtta.
7975 FreeBSD 2.0 from Mike Hickey of Federal Data Corporation.
7976 Sony NEWS-OS 4.2.1R and 6.0.3 from Motonori Nakamura.
7977 Omron LUNA unios-b, mach from Motonori Nakamura.
7978 NEC EWS-UX/V 4.2 from Motonori Nakamura.
7979 NeXT 2.1 from Bryan Costales.
7980 AUX patch thanks to Mike Erwin of Apple Computer.
7981 HP-UX 10.0 from John Beck of Hewlett-Packard.
7982 Ultrix: allow -DBROKEN_RES_SEARCH=0 if you are using a
7983 non-DEC resolver. Suggested by Allan Johannesen.
7984 UnixWare 2.0 fixes from Petr Lampa of the Technical
7985 University of Brno (Czech Republic).
7986 KSR OS 1.2.2 support from Todd Miller of the University
7988 UX4800 support from Kazuhisa Shimizu of NEC.
7989 MAKEMAP: allow -d flag to allow insertion of duplicate aliases
7990 in type ``btree'' maps. The semantics of this are undefined
7991 for regular maps, but it can be useful for the user database.
7992 MAKEMAP: lock database file while rebuilding to avoid sendmail
7993 lookups while the rebuild is going on. There is a race
7994 condition between the open(... O_TRUNC ...) and the lock
7995 on the file, but it should be quite small.
7996 SMRSH: sendmail restricted shell added to the release. This can
7997 be used as an alternative to /bin/sh for the "prog" mailer,
7998 giving the local administrator more control over what
7999 programs can be run from sendmail.
8000 MAIL.LOCAL: add this local mailer to the tape. It is not really
8001 part of the release proper, and isn't fully supported; in
8002 particular, it does not run on System V based systems and
8004 CONTRIB: a patch to rmail.c from Bill Gianopoulos of Raytheon
8005 to allow rmail to compile on systems that don't have
8006 function prototypes and systems that don't have snprintf.
8007 CONTRIB: add the "mailprio" scripts that will help you sort mailing
8008 lists by transaction delay times so that addresses that
8009 respond quickly get sent first. This is to prevent very
8010 sluggish servers from delaying other peoples' mail.
8011 Contributed by Tony Sanders of BSDI.
8012 CONTRIB: add the "bsdi.mc" file as contributed by Tony Sanders
8013 of BSDI. This has a lot of comments to help people out.
8014 CONFIG: Don't have .mc files include(../m4/cf.m4) -- instead,
8015 put this on the m4 command line. On GNU m4 (which
8016 supports the __file__ primitive) you can run m4 in an
8017 arbitrary directory -- use either:
8018 m4 ${CFDIR}/m4/cf.m4 config.mc > config.cf
8020 m4 -I${CFDIR} m4/cf.m4 config.mc > config.cf
8021 On other versions of m4 that don't support __file__, you
8023 m4 -D_CF_DIR_=${CFDIR}/ ${CFDIR}/m4/cf.m4 ...
8024 (Note the trailing slash on the _CF_DIR_ definition.)
8025 Old versions of m4 will default to _CF_DIR_=.. for back
8027 CONFIG: fix mail from <> so it will properly convert to
8028 MAILER-DAEMON on local addresses.
8029 CONFIG: fix code that was supposed to catch colons in host
8030 names. Problem noted by John Gardiner Myers of CMU.
8031 CONFIG: allow use of SMTP_MAILER_MAX in nullclient configuration.
8032 From Paul Riddle of the University of Maryland, Baltimore
8034 CONFIG: Catch and reject "." as a host address.
8035 CONFIG: Generalize domaintable to look up all domains, not
8036 just unqualified ones.
8037 CONFIG: Delete OLD_SENDMAIL support -- as near as I can tell, it
8038 was never used and didn't work anyway.
8039 CONFIG: Set flags A, w, 5, :, /, |, and @ on the "local" mailer
8040 and d on all mailers in the UUCP class.
8041 CONFIG: Allow "user+detail" to be aliased specially: it will first
8042 look for an alias for "user+detail", then for "user+*", and
8043 finally for "user". This is intended for forwarding mail
8044 for system aliases such as root and postmaster to a
8046 CONFIG: add confEIGHT_BIT_HANDLING to set option 8 (see above).
8047 CONFIG: add smtp8 mailer; this has the F=8 (just-send-8) flag set.
8048 The F=8 flag is also set on the "relay" mailer, since
8049 this is expected to be another sendmail.
8050 CONFIG: avoid qualifying all UUCP addresses sent via SMTP with
8051 the name of the UUCP_RELAY -- in some cases, this is the
8052 wrong value (e.g., when we have local UUCP connections),
8053 and this can create unreplyable addresses. From Chip
8054 Rosenthal of Unicom.
8055 CONFIG: add confRECEIVED_HEADER to change the format of the
8056 Received: header inserted into all messages. Suggested by
8057 Gary Mills of the University of Manitoba.
8058 CONFIG: Make "notsticky" the default; use FEATURE(stickyhost)
8059 to get the old behavior. I did this upon observing
8060 that almost everyone needed this feature, and that the
8061 concept I was trying to make happen didn't work with
8062 some user agents anyway. FEATURE(notsticky) still works,
8064 CONFIG: Add LUSER_RELAY -- the host to which unrecognized user
8065 names are sent, rather than immediately diagnosing them
8067 CONFIG: Add SMTP_MAILER_ARGS, ESMTP_MAILER_ARGS, SMTP8_MAILER_ARGS,
8068 and RELAY_MAILER_ARGS to set the arguments for the
8069 indicated mailers. All default to "IPC $h". Patch from
8070 Larry Parmelee of Cornell University.
8071 CONFIG: pop mailer needs F=n flag to avoid "annoying side effects
8072 on the client side" and F=P to get an appropriate
8073 return-path. From Kimmo Suominen.
8074 CONFIG: add FEATURE(local_procmail) to use the procmail program
8075 as the local mailer. For addresses of the form "user+detail"
8076 the "detail" part is passed to procmail via the -a flag.
8077 Contributed by Kimmo Suominen.
8078 CONFIG: add MAILER(procmail) to add an interface to procmail for
8079 use from mailertables. This lets you execute arbitrary
8080 procmail scripts. Contributed by Kimmo Suominen.
8081 CONFIG: add T= fields (MTS type) to local, smtp, and uucp mailers.
8082 CONFIG: add OSTYPE(ptx2) for DYNIX/ptx 2.x from Sequent. From
8083 Paul Southworth of CICNet Systems Support.
8084 CONFIG: use -a$g as default to UUCP mailers, instead of -a$f.
8085 This causes the null return path to be rewritten as
8086 MAILER-DAEMON; otherwise UUCP gets horribly confused.
8087 From Michael Hohmuth of Technische Universitat Dresden.
8088 CONFIG: Add FEATURE(bestmx_is_local) to cause any hosts that
8089 list us as the best possible MX record to be treated as
8090 though they were local (essentially, assume that they
8091 are included in $=w). This can cause additional DNS
8092 traffic, but is easier to administer if this fits your
8093 local model. It does not work reliably if there are
8094 multiple hosts that share the best MX preference.
8095 Code contributed by John Oleynick of Rutgers.
8096 CONFIG: Add FEATURE(smrsh) to use smrsh (the SendMail Restricted
8097 SHell) instead of /bin/sh as the program used for delivery
8098 to programs. If an argument is included, it is used as
8099 the path to smrsh; otherwise, /usr/local/etc/smrsh is
8101 CONFIG: Add LOCAL_MAILER_MAX and PROCMAILER_MAILER_MAX to limit the
8102 size of messages to the local and procmail mailers
8103 respectively. Contributed by Brad Knowles of the Defense
8104 Information Systems Agency.
8105 CONFIG: Handle leading ``phrase:'' and trailing ``;'' as comments
8106 (just like text outside of angle brackets) in order to
8107 properly deal with ``group: addr1, ... addrN;'' syntax.
8108 CONFIG: Require OSTYPE macro (the defaults really don't apply to
8109 any real systems any more) and tweak the DOMAIN macro
8110 so that it is less likely that users will accidentally use
8111 the Berkeley defaults. Also, create some generic files
8112 that really can be used in the real world.
8113 CONFIG: Add new configuration macros to set character sets for
8114 messages _arriving from_ various mailers: LOCAL_MAILER_CHARSET,
8115 SMTP_MAILER_CHARSET, and UUCP_MAILER_CHARSET.
8116 CONFIG: Change UUCP_MAX_SIZE to UUCP_MAILER_MAX for consistency.
8117 The old name will still be accepted for a while at least.
8118 CONFIG: Implement DECNET_RELAY as spec for host to which DECNET
8119 mail (.DECNET pseudo-domain or node::user) will be sent.
8120 As with all relays, it can be ``mailer:hostname''. Suggested
8122 CONFIG: Add MAILER(mail11) to get DECnet support. Code contributed
8123 by Barb Dijker of Labyrinth Computer Services.
8124 CONFIG: change confCHECK_ALIASES to default to False -- it has poor
8125 performance for large alias files, and this confused many
8127 CONFIG: Add confCF_VERSION to append local information to the
8128 configuration version number displayed during SMTP startup.
8129 CONFIG: fix some.newsgroup.usenet@local.host syntax (previously it
8130 would only work when locally addressed. Fix from
8131 Edvard Tuinder of Cistron Internet Services.
8132 CONFIG: use ${opMode} to avoid error on .REDIRECT addresses if option
8133 "n" (CheckAliases) is set when rebuilding alias database.
8134 Based on code contributed by Claude Marinier.
8135 CONFIG: Allow mailertable to have values of the form
8136 ``error:code message''. The ``code'' is a status code
8137 derived from the sysexits codes -- e.g., NOHOST or UNAVAILABLE.
8138 Contributed by David James <dwj@agw.bt.co.uk>.
8139 CONFIG: add MASQUERADE_DOMAIN(domain list) to extend the list of
8140 sender domains that will be replaced with the masquerade name.
8141 These domains will not be treated as local, but if mail passes
8142 through with sender addresses in those domains they will be
8143 replaced by the masquerade name. These can also be specified
8144 in a file using MASQUERADE_DOMAIN_FILE(filename).
8145 CONFIG: add FEATURE(masquerade_envelope) to masquerade the envelope
8146 as well as the header. Substantial improvements to this
8147 code were contributed by Per Hedeland.
8148 CONFIG: add MAILER(phquery) to define a new "ph" mailer; this can be
8149 accessed from a mailertable to do CCSO ph lookups. Contributed
8151 CONFIG: add MAILER(cyrus) to define a new Cyrus mailer; this can be
8152 used to define cyrus and cyrusbb mailers (for IMAP support).
8153 Contributed by John Gardiner Myers of Carnegie Mellon.
8154 CONFIG: add confUUCP_MAILER to select default mailer to use for
8155 UUCP addressing. Suggested by Tom Moore of AT&T GIS.
8158 cf/cf/cs-solaris2.mc
8160 cf/cf/generic-bsd4.4.mc
8161 cf/cf/generic-hpux10.mc
8162 cf/cf/generic-hpux9.mc
8163 cf/cf/generic-osf1.mc
8164 cf/cf/generic-solaris2.mc
8165 cf/cf/generic-sunos4.1.mc
8166 cf/cf/generic-ultrix4.mc
8168 cf/domain/berkeley-only.m4
8169 cf/domain/generic.m4
8170 cf/feature/bestmx_is_local.m4
8171 cf/feature/local_procmail.m4
8172 cf/feature/masquerade_envelope.m4
8174 cf/feature/stickyhost.m4
8175 cf/feature/use_ct_file.m4
8179 cf/mailer/phquery.m4
8180 cf/mailer/procmail.m4
8181 cf/ostype/amdahl-uts.m4
8182 cf/ostype/bsdi2.0.m4
8187 cf/ostype/unknown.m4
8190 contrib/rmail.oldsys.patch
8191 mail.local/mail.local.0
8197 src/Makefiles/Makefile.CSOS
8198 src/Makefiles/Makefile.EWS-UX_V
8199 src/Makefiles/Makefile.HP-UX.10
8200 src/Makefiles/Makefile.IRIX.5.x
8201 src/Makefiles/Makefile.IRIX64
8202 src/Makefiles/Makefile.ISC
8203 src/Makefiles/Makefile.KSR
8204 src/Makefiles/Makefile.NEWS-OS.4.x
8205 src/Makefiles/Makefile.NEWS-OS.6.x
8206 src/Makefiles/Makefile.NEXTSTEP
8207 src/Makefiles/Makefile.NonStop-UX
8208 src/Makefiles/Makefile.Paragon
8209 src/Makefiles/Makefile.SCO.3.2v4.2
8210 src/Makefiles/Makefile.SunOS.5.3
8211 src/Makefiles/Makefile.SunOS.5.4
8212 src/Makefiles/Makefile.SunOS.5.5
8213 src/Makefiles/Makefile.UNIX_SV.4.x.i386
8214 src/Makefiles/Makefile.uts.systemV
8215 src/Makefiles/Makefile.UX4800
8223 cf/cf/alpha.mc => cf/cf/s2k-osf1.mc
8224 cf/cf/chez.mc => cf/cf/chez.cs.mc
8225 cf/cf/hpux-cs-exposed.mc => cf/cf/cs-hpux9.mc
8226 cf/cf/osf1-cs-exposed.mc => cf/cf/cs-osf1.mc
8227 cf/cf/s2k.mc => cf/cf/s2k-ultrix4.mc
8228 cf/cf/sunos4.1-cs-exposed.mc => cf/cf/cs-sunos4.1.mc
8229 cf/cf/ultrix4.1-cs-exposed.mc => cf/cf/cs-ultrix4.mc
8230 cf/cf/vangogh.mc => cf/cf/vangogh.cs.mc
8231 cf/domain/Berkeley.m4 => cf/domain/Berkeley.EDU.m4
8232 cf/domain/cs-exposed.m4 => cf/domain/CS.Berkeley.EDU.m4
8233 cf/domain/eecs-hidden.m4 => cf/domain/EECS.Berkeley.EDU.m4
8234 cf/domain/s2k.m4 => cf/domain/S2K.Berkeley.EDU.m4
8235 cf/ostype/hpux.m4 => cf/ostype/hpux9.m4
8236 cf/ostype/irix.m4 => cf/ostype/irix4.m4
8237 cf/ostype/ultrix4.1.m4 => cf/ostype/ultrix4.m4
8238 src/Makefile.* => src/Makefiles/Makefile.*
8239 src/Makefile.AUX => src/Makefiles/Makefile.A-UX
8240 src/Makefile.BSDI => src/Makefiles/Makefile.BSD-OS
8241 src/Makefile.DGUX => src/Makefiles/Makefile.dgux
8242 src/Makefile.RISCos => src/Makefiles/Makefile.UMIPS
8243 src/Makefile.SunOS.4.0.3 => src/Makefiles/Makefile.SunOS.4.0
8248 cf/cf/hpux-cs-hidden.mc
8250 cf/cf/osf1-cs-hidden.mc
8251 cf/cf/sunos3.5-cs-exposed.mc
8252 cf/cf/sunos3.5-cs-hidden.mc
8253 cf/cf/sunos4.1-cs-hidden.mc
8254 cf/cf/ultrix4.1-cs-hidden.mc
8255 cf/domain/cs-hidden.m4
8256 contrib/rcpt-streaming
8257 src/Makefiles/Makefile.SunOS.5.x
8259 8.6.13/8.6.12 1996/01/25
8260 SECURITY: In some cases it was still possible for an attacker to
8261 insert newlines into a queue file, thus allowing access to
8262 any user (except root).
8263 CONFIG: no changes -- it is not a bug that the configuration
8264 version number is unchanged.
8266 8.6.12/8.6.12 1995/03/28
8267 Fix to IDENT code (it was getting the size of the reply buffer
8268 too small, so nothing was ever accepted). Fix from several
8269 people, including Allan Johannesen, Shane Castle of the
8270 Boulder County Information Services, and Jeff Smith of
8271 Warwick University (all arrived within a few hours of
8273 Fix a problem that could cause large jobs to run out of
8274 file descriptors on systems that use vfork() rather
8277 8.6.11/8.6.11 1995/03/08
8278 The ``possible attack'' message would be logged more often
8279 than necessary if you are using Pine as a user agent.
8280 The wrong host would be reported in the ``possible attack''
8281 message when attempted from IDENT.
8282 In some cases the syslog buffer could be overflowed when
8283 reporting the ``possible attack'' message. This can
8284 cause denial of service attacks. Truncate the message
8285 to 80 characters to prevent this problem.
8286 When reading the IDENT response a loop is needed around the
8287 read from the network to ensure that you don't get
8289 Password entries without any shell listed (that is, a null
8290 shell) wouldn't match as "ok". Problem noted by
8292 When running BIND 4.9.x a problem could occur because the
8293 _res.options field is initialized differently than it
8294 was historically -- this requires that sendmail call
8295 res_init before it tweaks any bits.
8296 Fix an incompatibility in openxscript() between the file open mode
8297 and the stdio mode passed to fdopen. This caused UnixWare
8298 2.0 to have conniptions. Fix from Martin Sohnius of
8300 Fix problem with static linking of local getopt routine when
8301 using GNU's ld command. Fix from John Kennedy of
8303 It was possible to turn off privacy flags. Problem noted by
8305 Be more paranoid about writing files. Suggestions by *Hobbit*
8306 and Liudvikas Bukys.
8307 MAKEMAP: fixes for 64 bit machines (DEC Alphas in particular)
8308 from Spider Boardman.
8309 CONFIG: No changes (version number only, to keep it in sync
8312 8.6.10/8.6.10 1995/02/10
8313 SECURITY: Diagnose bogus values to some command line flags that
8314 could allow trash to get into headers and qf files.
8315 Validate the name of the user returned by the IDENT protocol.
8316 Some systems that really dislike IDENT send intentionally
8317 bogus information. Problem pointed out by Michael Bushnell
8318 of the Free Software Foundation. Has some security
8320 Fix a problem causing error messages about DNS problems when
8321 the host name contained a percent sign to act oddly
8322 because it was passed as a printf-style format string.
8323 In some cases this could cause core dumps.
8324 Avoid possible buffer overrun in returntosender() if error
8325 message is quite long. From Fletcher Mattox of the
8326 University of Texas.
8327 Fix a problem that would silently drop "too many hops" error
8328 messages if and only if you were sending to an alias.
8329 From Jon Giltner of the University of Colorado and
8330 Dan Harton of Oak Ridge National Laboratory.
8331 Fix a bug that caused core dumps on some systems if -d11.2 was
8332 set and e->e_message was null. Fix from Bruce Nagel of
8334 Fix problem that can still cause df files to be left around
8335 after "hop count exceeded" messages. Fix from Andrew
8336 Chang and Shau-Ping Lo of SunSoft.
8337 Fix a problem that can cause buffer overflows on very long
8338 user names (as might occur if you piped to a program
8339 with a lot of arguments).
8340 Avoid returning an error and re-queueing if the host signature
8341 is null; this can occur on addresses like ``user@.''.
8342 Problem noted by Wesley Craig and the University of
8344 Avoid possible calls to malloc(0) if MCI caching is turned
8345 off. Bug fix from Pierre David of the Laboratoire
8346 Parallelisme, Reseaux, Systemes et Modelisation (PRiSM),
8347 Universite de Versailles - St Quentin, and Jacky
8349 Make a local copy of the line being sent via senttolist() -- in
8350 some cases, buffers could get trashed by map lookups
8351 causing it to do unexpected things. This also simplifies
8352 some of the map code.
8353 CONFIG: No changes (version number only, to keep it in sync
8356 8.6.9/8.6.9 1994/04/19
8357 Do all mail delivery completely disconnected from any terminal.
8358 This provides consistency with daemon delivery and
8359 may have some security implications.
8360 Make sure that malloc doesn't get called with zero size,
8361 since that fails on some systems. Reported by Ed
8362 Hill of the University of Iowa.
8363 Fix multi-line values for $e (SMTP greeting message). Reported
8364 by Mike O'Connor of Ford Motor Company.
8365 Avoid syserr if no NIS domain name is defined, but the map it
8366 is trying to open is optional. From Win Bent of USC.
8367 Changes for picky compilers from Ed Gould of Digital Equipment.
8368 Hesiod support for UDB from Todd Miller of the University of
8369 Colorado. Use "hesiod" as the service name in the U
8371 Fix a problem that failed to set the "authentic" host name (that
8372 is, the one derived from the socket info) if you called
8373 sendmail -bs from inetd. Based on code contributed by
8374 Todd Miller (this problem was also reported by Guy Helmer
8375 of Dakota State University). This also fixes a related
8376 problem reported by Liudvikas Bukys of the University of
8378 Parameterize "nroff -h" in all the Makefiles so people with
8379 variant versions can use them easily. Suggested by
8380 Peter Collinson of Hillside Systems.
8381 SMTP "MAIL" commands with multiple ESMTP parameters required two
8382 spaces between parameters instead of one. Reported by
8383 Valdis Kletnieks of Virginia Tech.
8384 Reduce the number of system calls during message collection by
8385 using global timeouts around the collect() loop. This
8386 code was contributed by Eric Wassenaar.
8387 If the initial hostname name gathering results in a name
8388 without a dot (usually caused by NIS misconfiguration)
8389 and BIND is compiled in, directly access DNS to get
8390 the canonical name. This should make life easier for
8391 Solaris systems. If it still can't be resolved, and
8392 if the name server is listed as "required", try again
8393 in 30 seconds. If that also fails, exit immediately to
8394 avoid bogus "config error: mail loops back to myself"
8396 Improve the "MAIL DELETED BECAUSE OF LACK OF DISK SPACE" error
8397 message to explain how much space was available and
8398 sound a bit less threatening. Suggested by Stan Janet
8399 of the National Institute of Standards and Technology.
8400 If mail is delivered to an alias that has an owner, deliver any
8401 requested return-receipt immediately, and strip the
8402 Return-Receipt-To: header from the subsequent message.
8403 This prevents a certain class of denial of service
8404 attack, arguably gives more reasonable semantics, and
8405 moves things more towards what will probably become a
8406 network standard. Suggested by Christopher Davis of
8408 Add a "noreceipts" privacy flag to turn off all return receipts
8409 without recompiling.
8410 Avoid printing ESMTP parameters as part of the error message
8411 if there are errors during parsing. This change is
8413 Avoid sending out error messages during the collect phase of
8414 SMTP; there is an MVS mailer from UCLA that gets
8415 confused by this. Of course, I think it's their bug....
8416 Check for the $j macro getting undefined, losing a dot, or getting
8417 lost from $=w in the daemon before accepting a connection;
8418 if it is, it dumps state, prints a LOG_ALERT message,
8419 and drops core for debugging. This is an attempt to
8420 track down a bug that I thought was long since gone.
8421 If you see this, please forward the log fragment to
8422 sendmail@sendmail.ORG.
8423 Change OLD_NEWDB from a #ifdef to a #if so it can be turned off
8424 with -DOLD_NEWDB=0 on the command line. From Christophe
8426 Instead of trying to truncate the listen queue for the server
8427 SMTP port when the load average is too high, just close
8428 the port completely and reopen it later as needed.
8429 This ensures that the other end gets a quick "connection
8430 refused" response, and that the connection can be
8431 recovered later. In particular, some socket emulations
8432 seem to get confused if you tweak the listen queue
8433 size around and can never start listening to connections
8434 again. The down side is that someone could start up
8435 another daemon process in the interim, so you could
8436 have multiple daemons all not listening to connections;
8437 this could in turn cause the sendmail.pid file to be
8438 incorrect. A better approach might be to accept the
8439 connection and give a 421 code, but that could break
8440 other mailers in mysterious ways and have paging behavior
8442 Fix a glitch in TCP-level debugging that caused flag 16.101 to
8443 set debugging on the wrong socket. From Eric Wassenaar.
8444 When creating a df* temporary file, be sure you truncate any
8445 existing data in the file -- otherwise system crashes
8446 and the like could result in extra data being sent.
8447 DOC: Replace the CHANGES-R5-R8 readme file with a paper in the
8448 doc directory. This includes some additional
8450 CONFIG: change UUCP rules to never add $U! or $k! on the front
8451 of recipient envelope addresses. This should have been
8452 handled by the $&h trick, but broke if people were
8453 mixing domainized and UUCP addresses. They should
8454 probably have converted all the way over to uucp-uudom
8455 instead of uucp-{new,old}, but the failure mode was to
8456 loop the mail, which was bad news.
8458 Newer BSDI systems (several people).
8459 Older BSDI systems from Christophe Wolfhugel.
8460 Intergraph CLIX, from Paul Southworth of CICNet.
8461 UnixWare, from Evan Champion.
8462 NetBSD from Adam Glass.
8463 Solaris from Quentin Campbell of the University of
8464 Newcastle upon Tyne.
8465 IRIX from Dean Cookson and Bill Driscoll of Mitre
8467 NCR 3000 from Kevin Darcy of Chrysler Financial Corporation.
8468 SunOS (it has setsid() and setvbuf() calls) from
8469 Jonathan Kamens of OpenVision Technologies.
8470 HP-UX from Tor Lillqvist.
8473 src/Makefile.NCR3000
8474 doc/changes/Makefile
8475 doc/changes/changes.me
8476 doc/changes/changes.ps
8478 8.6.8/8.6.6 1994/03/21
8479 SECURITY: it was possible to read any file as root using the
8480 E (error message) option. Reported by Richard Jones;
8481 fixed by Michael Corrigan and Christophe Wolfhugel.
8483 8.6.7/8.6.6 1994/03/14
8484 SECURITY: it was possible to get root access by using weird
8485 values to the -d flag. Thanks to Alain Durand of
8486 INRIA for forwarding me the notice from the bugtraq
8489 8.6.6/8.6.6 1994/03/13
8490 SECURITY: the ability to give files away on System V-based
8491 systems proved dangerous -- don't run as the owner
8492 of a :include: file on a system that allows giveaways.
8493 Unfortunately, this also applies to determining a
8495 IMPORTANT: Previous versions weren't expiring old connections
8496 in the connection cache for a long time under some
8497 circumstances. This could result in resource exhaustion,
8498 both at your end and at the other end. This checks the
8499 connections for timeouts much more frequently. From
8500 Doug Anderson of NCSC.
8501 Fix a glitch that snuck in that caused programs to be run as
8502 the sender instead of the recipient if the mail was
8503 from a local user to another local user. From
8504 Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
8505 Fix "wildcard" on /etc/shells matching -- instead of looking
8506 for "*", look for "/SENDMAIL/ANY/SHELL/". From
8507 Bryan Costales of ICSI.
8508 Change the method used to declare the "statfs" availability;
8509 instead of HASSTATFS and/or HASUSTAT with a ton of
8510 tweaking in conf.c, there is a single #define called
8511 SFS_TYPE which takes on one of six values (SFS_NONE
8512 for no statfs availability, SFS_USTAT for the ustat(2)
8513 syscall, SFS_4ARGS for a four argument statfs(2) call,
8514 and SFS_VFS, SFS_MOUNT, or SFS_STATFS for a two argument
8515 statfs(2) call with the declarations in <sys/vfs.h>,
8516 <sys/mount.h>, or <sys/statfs.h> respectively).
8517 Fix glitch in NetInfo support that could return garbage if
8518 there was no "/locations/sendmail" property. From
8519 David Meyer of the University of Virginia.
8520 Change HASFLOCK from defined/not-defined to a 0/1 definition
8521 to allow Linux to turn it off even though it is a
8523 Allow setting of "ident" timeout to zero to turn off the ident
8525 Make 7-bit stripping local to a connection (instead of to a
8526 mailer); this allows you to specify that SMTP is a
8527 7-bit channel, but revert to 8-bit should it advertise
8528 that it supports 8BITMIME. You still have to specify
8529 mailer flag 7 to get this stripping at all.
8530 Improve makesendmail script so it handles more cases automatically.
8531 Tighten up restrictions on taking ownership of :include: files
8532 to avoid problems on systems that allow you to give away
8534 Fix a problem that made it impossible to rebuild the alias
8535 file if it was on a read-only file system. From
8536 Harry Edmon of the University of Washington.
8537 Improve MX randomization function. From John Gardiner Myers
8539 Fix a minor glitch causing a bogus message to be printed (used
8540 %s instead of %d in a printf string for the line number)
8541 when a bad queue file was read. From Harry Edmon.
8542 Allow $s to remain NULL on locally generated mail. I'm not
8543 sure this is necessary, but a lot of people have complained
8544 about it, and there is a legitimate question as to whether
8545 "localhost" is legal as an 822-style domain.
8546 Fix a problem with very short line lengths (mailer L= flag) in
8547 headers. This causes a leading space to be added onto
8548 continuation lines (including in the body!), and also
8549 tries to wrap headers containing addresses (From:, To:,
8550 etc) intelligently at the shorter line lengths. Problem
8551 Reported by Lars-Johan Liman of SUNET Operations Center.
8552 Log the real user name when logging syserrs, since these can have
8553 security implications. Suggested by several people.
8554 Fix address logging of cached connections -- it used to always
8555 log the numeric address as zero. This is a somewhat
8556 bogus implementation in that it does an extra system
8557 call, but it should be an inexpensive one. Fix from
8559 Tighten up handling of short syslog buffers even more -- there
8560 were cases where the outgoing relay= name was too long
8561 to share a line with delay= and mailer= logging.
8562 Limit the overhead on split envelopes to one open file descriptor
8563 per envelope -- previously the overhead was three
8564 descriptors. This was in response to a problem reported
8565 by P{r (Pell) Emanuelsson.
8566 Fixes to better handle the case of unexpected connection closes;
8567 this redirects the output to the transcript so the info
8568 is not lost. From Eric Wassenaar.
8569 Fix potential string overrun if you macro evaluate a string that
8570 has a naked $ at the end. Problem noted by James Matheson
8571 <jmrm@eng.cam.ac.uk>.
8572 Make default error number on $#error messages 553 (``Requested
8573 action not taken: mailbox name not allowed'') instead of
8574 501 (``Syntax error in parameters or arguments'') to
8575 avoid bogus "protocol error" messages.
8576 Strip off any existing trailing dot on names during $[ ... $]
8577 lookup. This prevents it from ending up with two dots
8578 on the end of dot terminated names. From Wesley Craig
8579 of the University of Michigan and Bryan Costales of ICSI.
8580 Clean up file class reading so that the debugging information is
8581 more informative. It hadn't been using setclass, so you
8582 didn't see the class items being added.
8583 Avoid core dump if you are running a version of sendmail where
8584 NIS is compiled in, and you specify an NIS map, but
8585 NIS is not running. Fix from John Oleynick of
8587 Diagnose bizarre case where res_search returns a failure value,
8588 but sets h_errno to a success value.
8589 Make sure that "too many hops" messages are considered important
8590 enough to send an error to the Postmaster (that is, the
8591 address specified in the P option). This fix should
8592 help problems that cause the df file to be left around
8593 sometimes -- unfortunately, I can't seem to reproduce
8595 Avoid core dump (null pointer reference) on EXPN command; this
8596 only occurred if your log level was set to 10 or higher
8597 and the target account was an alias or had a .forward file.
8598 Problem noted by Janne Himanka.
8599 Avoid "denial of service" attacks by someone who is flooding your
8600 SMTP port with bad commands by shutting the connection
8601 after 25 bad commands are issued. From Kyle Jones of
8603 Fix core dump on error messages with very long "to" buffers;
8604 fmtmsg overflows the message buffer. Fixed by trimming
8605 the to address to 203 characters. Problem reported by
8607 Fix configuration for HASFLOCK -- there were some spots where
8608 a #ifndef was incorrectly #ifdef. Pointed out by
8609 George Baltz of the University of Maryland.
8610 Fix a typo in savemail() that could cause the error message To:
8611 lists to be incorrect in some places. From Motonori
8613 Fix a glitch that can cause duplicate error messages on split
8614 envelopes where an address on one of the lists has a
8615 name server failure. Fix from Voradesh Yenbut of the
8616 University of Washington.
8617 Fix possible bogus pointer reference on ESMTP parameters that
8618 don't have an ``=value'' part.
8619 CNAME loops caused an error message to be generated, but also
8620 re-queued the message. Changed to just re-queue the
8621 message (it's really hard to just bounce it because
8622 of the weird way the name server works in the presence
8623 of CNAME loops). Problem noted by James M.R.Matheson
8624 of Cambridge University.
8625 Avoid giving ``warning: foo owned process doing -bs'' messages
8626 if they use ``MAIL FROM:<foo>'' where foo is their true
8627 user name. Suggested by Andreas Stolcke of ICSI.
8628 Change the NAMED_BIND compile flag to be a 0/1 flag so you can
8629 override it easily in the Makefile -- that is, you can
8630 turn it off using -DNAMED_BIND=0.
8631 If a gethostbyname(...) of an address with a trailing dot fails,
8632 try it without the trailing dot. This is because if
8633 you have a version of gethostbyname() that falls back
8634 to NIS or the /etc/hosts file it will fail to find
8635 perfectly reasonable names that just don't happen to
8636 be dot terminated in the hosts file. You don't want to
8637 strip the dot first though because we're trying to ensure
8638 that country names that match one of your subdomains get
8640 PRALIASES: fix bogus output on non-null-terminated strings.
8641 From Bill Gianopoulos of Raytheon.
8642 CONFIG: Avoid rewriting anything that matches $w to be $j.
8643 This was in code intended to only catch the self-literal
8644 address (that is, [1.2.3.4], where 1.2.3.4 is your
8645 IP address), but the code was broken. However, it will
8646 still do this if $M is defined; this is necessary to
8647 get client configurations to work (sigh). Note that this
8648 means that $M overrides :mailname entries in the user
8649 database! Problem noted by Paul Southworth.
8650 CONFIG: Fix definition of Solaris help file location. From
8651 Steve Cliffe <steve@gorgon.cs.uow.edu.au>.
8652 CONFIG: Fix bug that broke news.group.USENET mappings.
8653 CONFIG: Allow declaration of SMTP_MAILER_MAX, FAX_MAILER_MAX,
8654 and USENET_MAILER_MAX to tweak the maximum message
8655 size for various mailers.
8656 CONFIG: Change definition of USENET_MAILER_ARGS to include argv[0]
8657 instead of assuming that it is "inews" for consistency
8658 with other mailers. From Michael Corrigan of UC San Diego.
8659 CONFIG: When mail is forwarded to a LOCAL_RELAY or a MAIL_HUB,
8660 qualify the address in the SMTP envelope as user@{relay|hub}
8661 instead of user@$j. From Bill Wisner of The Well.
8662 CONFIG: Fix route-addr syntax in nullrelay configuration set.
8663 CONFIG: Don't turn off case mapping of user names in the local
8664 mailer for IRIX. This was different than most every other
8666 CONFIG: Avoid infinite loops on certainly list:; syntaxes in
8667 envelope. Noted by Thierry Besancon
8668 <besancon@excalibur.ens.fr>.
8669 CONFIG: Don't include -z by default on uux line -- most systems
8670 don't want it set by default. Pointed out by Philippe
8671 Michel of Thomson CSF.
8672 CONFIG: Fix some bugs with mailertables -- for example, if your
8673 host name was foo.bar.ray.com and you matched against
8674 ".ray.com", the old implementation bound %1 to "bar"
8675 instead of "foo.bar". Also, allow "." in the mailertable
8676 to match anything -- essentially, take over SMART_HOST.
8677 This also moves matching of explicit local host names
8678 before the mailertable so they don't have to be special
8679 cased in the mailertable data. Reported by Bill
8680 Gianopoulos of Raytheon; the fix for the %1 binding
8681 problem was contributed by Nicholas Comanos of the
8682 University of Sydney.
8683 CONFIG: Don't include "root" in class $=L (users to deliver
8684 locally, even if a hub or relay exists) by default.
8685 This is because of the known bug where definition of
8686 both a LOCAL_RELAY and a MAIL_HUB causes $=L to ignore
8687 both and deliver into the local mailbox.
8688 CONFIG: Move up bitdomain and uudomain handling so that they
8689 are done before .UUCP class matching; uudomain was
8690 reported as ineffective before. This also frees up
8691 diversion 8 for future use. Problem reported by Kimmo
8693 CONFIG: Don't try to convert dotted IP address (e.g., [1.2.3.4])
8694 into host names. As pointed out by Jonathan Kamens,
8695 these are often used because either the forward or reverse
8696 mapping is broken; this translation makes it broken again.
8697 DOC: Clarify $@ and $: in the Install & Op Guide. From Kimmo
8700 Unicos from David L. Kensiski of Sterling Software.
8701 DomainOS from Don Lewis of Silicon Systems.
8702 GNU m4 1.0.3 from Karst Koymans of Utrecht University.
8703 Convex from Kimmo Suominen <kim@tac.nyc.ny.us>.
8704 NetBSD from Adam Glass <glass@sun-lamp.cs.berkeley.edu>.
8705 BSD/386 from Tony Sanders of BSDI.
8706 Apollo from Eric Wassenaar.
8707 DGUX from Doug Anderson.
8708 Sequent DYNIX/ptx 2.0 from Tim Wright of Sequent.
8710 src/Makefile.DomainOS
8712 src/Makefile.SunOS.5.1
8713 src/Makefile.SunOS.5.2
8714 src/Makefile.SunOS.5.x
8716 cf/ostype/domainos.m4
8721 8.6.5/8.6.5 1994/01/13
8722 Security fix: /.forward could be owned by anyone (the test
8723 to allow root to own any file was backwards). From
8724 Bob Campbell at U.C. Berkeley.
8725 Security fix: group ids were not completely set when programs
8726 were invoked. This caused programs to have group
8727 permissions they should not have had (usually group
8728 daemon instead of their own group). In particular,
8729 Perl scripts would refuse to run.
8730 Security: check to make sure files that are written are not
8731 symbolic links (at least under some circumstances).
8732 Although this does not respond to a specific known
8733 attack, it's just a good idea. Suggested by
8734 Christian Wettergren.
8735 Security fix: if a user had an NFS mounted home directory on
8736 a system with a restricted shell listed in their
8737 /etc/passwd entry, they could still execute any
8738 program by putting that in their .forward file.
8739 This fix prevents that by insisting that their shell
8740 appear in /etc/shells before allowing a .forward to
8741 execute a program or write a file. You can disable
8742 this by putting "*" in /etc/shells. It also won't
8743 permit world-writable :include: files to reference
8744 programs or files (there's no way to disable this).
8745 These behaviors are only one level deep -- for
8746 example, it is legal for a world-writable :include:
8747 file to reference an alias that writes a file, on
8748 the assumption that the alias file is well controlled.
8749 Security fix: root was not treated suspiciously enough when
8750 looking into subdirectories. This would potentially
8751 allow a cracker to examine files that were publicly
8752 readable but in a non-publicly searchable directory.
8753 Fix a problem that causes an error on QUIT on a cached
8754 connection to create problems on the current job.
8755 These are typically unrelated, so errors occur in
8757 Reset CurrentLA in sendall() -- this makes sendmail queue
8758 runs more responsive to load average, and fixes a
8759 problem that ignored the load average in locally
8760 generated mail. From Eric Wassenaar.
8761 Fix possible core dump on aliases with null LHS. From
8762 John Orthoefer of BB&N.
8763 Revert to using flock() whenever possible -- there are just
8764 too many bugs in fcntl() locking, particularly over
8765 NFS, that cause sendmail to fail in perverse ways.
8766 Fix a bug that causes the connection cache to get confused
8767 when sending error messages. This resulted in
8768 "unexpected close" messages. It should fix itself
8769 on the following queue run. Problem noted by
8770 Liudvikas Bukys of the University of Rochester.
8771 Include $k in $=k as documented in the Install & Op Guide.
8772 This seems odd, but it was documented.... From
8773 Michael Corrigan of UCSD.
8774 Fix problem that caused :include:s from alias files to be
8775 forced to be owned by root instead of daemon
8776 (actually DefUid). From Tim Irvin.
8777 Diagnose unrecognized I option values -- from Mortin Forssen
8778 of the Chalmers University of Technology.
8779 Make "error" mailer work consistently when there is no error
8780 code associated with it -- previously it returned OK
8781 even though there was a real problem. Now it assumes
8783 Fix bug that caused the last header line of messages that had
8784 no body and which were terminated with EOF instead of
8785 "." to be discarded. Problem noted by Liudvikas Bukys.
8786 Fix core dump on SMTP mail to programs that failed -- it tried
8787 to go to a "next MX host" when none existed, causing
8788 a core dump. From der Mouse at McGill University.
8789 Change IDENTPROTO from a defined/not defined to a 0/1 switch;
8790 this makes it easier to turn it off (using
8791 -DIDENTPROTO=0 in the Makefile). From der Mouse.
8792 Fix YP_MASTER_NAME store to use the unupdated result of
8793 gethostname() (instead of myhostname(), which tries
8794 to fully qualify the name) to be consistent with
8795 SunOS. If your hostname is unqualified, this fixes
8796 transfers to slave servers. Bug noted by Keith
8797 McMillan of Ameritech Services, Inc.
8798 Fix Ultrix problem: gethostbyname() can return a very large
8799 (> 500) h_length field, which causes the sockaddr
8800 to be trashed. Use the size of the sockaddr instead.
8801 Fix from Bob Manson of Ohio State.
8802 Don't assume "-a." on host lookups if NAMED_BIND is not
8803 defined -- this confuses gethostbyname on hosts
8804 file lookups, which doesn't understand the trailing
8806 Log SMTP server subprocesses that die with a signal instead
8807 of from a clean exit.
8808 If you don't have option "I" set, don't assume that a DNS
8809 "host unknown" message is authoritative -- it
8810 might still be found in /etc/hosts.
8811 Fix a problem that would cause Deferred: messages to be sent
8812 as the subject of an error message, even though the
8813 actual cause of a message was more severe than that.
8814 Problem noted by Chris Seabrook of OSSI.
8815 Fix race condition in DBM alias file locking. From Kyle
8817 Limit delivery syslog line length to avoid bugs in some
8818 versions of syslog(3). This adds a new compile time
8819 variable SYSLOG_BUFSIZE. From Jay Plett of Princeton
8820 University, which is in turn derived from IDA.
8821 Fix quotes inside of comments in addresses -- previously
8822 it insisted that they be balanced, but the 822 spec
8823 says that they should be ignored.
8824 Dump open file state to syslog upon receiving SIGUSR1 (for
8825 debugging). This also evaluates ruleset 89, if set
8826 (with the null input), and logs the result. This
8827 should be used sparingly, since the rewrite process
8829 Change -qI, -qR, and -qS flags to be case-insensitive as
8830 documented in the Bat Book.
8831 If the mailer returned EX_IOERR or EX_OSERR, sendmail did not
8832 return an error message and did not requeue the message.
8833 Fix based on code from Roland Dirlewanger of
8834 Reseau Regional Aquarel, Bordeaux, France.
8835 Fix a problem that caused a seg fault if you got a 421 error
8836 code during some parts of connection initialization.
8837 I've only seen this when talking to buggy mailers on
8838 the other end, but it shouldn't give a seg fault in
8839 any case. From Amir Plivatsky.
8840 Fix core dump caused by a ruleset call that returns null.
8841 Fix from Bryan Costales of ICSI.
8842 Full-Name: field was being ignored. Fix from Motonori Nakamura
8843 of Kyoto University.
8844 Fix a possible problem with very long input lines in setproctitle.
8845 From P{r Emanuelsson.
8846 Avoid putting "This is a warning message" out on return receipts.
8847 Suggested by Douglas Anderson.
8848 Detect loops caused by recursive ruleset calls. Suggested by
8850 Initialize non-alias maps during alias rebuilds -- they may be
8851 needed for parsing. Problem noted by Douglas Anderson.
8852 Log sender address even if no message was collected in SMTP
8853 (e.g., if all RCPTs failed). Suggested by Motonori
8855 Don't reflect the owner-list contents into the envelope sender
8856 address if the value contains ", :, /, or | (to avoid
8857 illegal addresses appearing there).
8858 Efficiency hack for toktype macro -- from Craig Partridge of
8860 Clean up DNS error printing so that a host name is always
8862 Remember to set $i during queue runs. Reported by Stephen
8863 Campbell of Dartmouth University.
8864 If the environment variable HOSTALIASES is set, use it during
8865 canonification as the name of a file with per-user host
8866 translations so that headers are properly mapped. Reported
8867 by Anne Bennett of Concordia University.
8868 Avoid printing misleading error message if SMTP mailer (not
8869 using [IPC]) should die on a core dump.
8870 Avoid incorrect diagnosis of "file 1 closed" when it is caused
8871 by the other end closing the connection. From
8872 Dave Morrison of Oracle.
8873 Improve several of the error messages printed by "mailq"
8874 to include a host name or other useful information.
8875 Add NetInfo preliminary support for NeXT systems. From Vince
8877 Fix a glitch that sometimes caused :include:s that pointed to
8878 NFS filesystems that were down to give an "aliasing/
8879 forwarding loop broken" message instead of queueing
8880 the message for retry. Noted by William C Fenner of
8881 the NRL Connection Machine Facility.
8882 Fix a problem that could cause a core dump if the input sequence
8883 had (or somehow acquired) a \231 character.
8884 Make sure that route-addrs always have <angle brackets> around
8885 them in non-SMTP envelopes (SMTP envelopes already do
8887 Avoid weird headers on unbalanced punctuation of the form:
8888 ``Joe User <user)'' -- this caused reference to the
8889 null macro. Fix from Rick McCarty of IO.COM.
8890 Fix a problem that caused an alias "user: user@local.host" to
8891 not have the QNOTREMOTE bit set; this caused configs
8892 to act as if FEATURE(notsticky) was defined even when
8893 it was not. The effect of the problem was to make it
8894 very hard to to set up satellite sites that had a few
8895 local accounts, with everything else forwarded to a
8896 corporate hub. Reported by Detlef Drewanz of the
8897 University of Rostock and Mark Frost of NCD.
8898 Change queuing to not call rulesets 3, {1 or 2}, 4 on header
8899 addresses. This is more efficient (fewer name server
8900 calls) and fixes certain unusual configurations, such
8901 as those that have ruleset 4 do something that is
8902 non-idempotent unless a mailer-specific ruleset did
8903 something else. Problem reported by Brian J. Coan
8904 of the Institute for Global Communications.
8905 Fix the "obsolete argument" routine in main to better understand
8906 new arguments. For example, if you used ``sendmail
8907 -C config -v -q'' it would choke on the -q because
8908 the -C would stop looking for old-format arguments.
8909 Fix the code that was intended to allow two users to forward their
8910 mail to the same program and have them appear unique.
8911 Portability fixes for:
8912 SCO UNIX from Murray Kucherawy.
8913 SCO Open Server 3.2v4 from Philippe Brand.
8914 System V Release 4 from Rick Ellis and others.
8915 OSF/1 from Steve Campbell.
8916 DG/UX from Ben Mesander of the USGS and Bryan Curnutt
8917 of Stoner Associates.
8918 Motorola SysV88 from Kevin Johnson of Motorola.
8919 Solaris 2.3 from Casper H.S. Dik of the University
8920 of Amsterdam and John Caruso of University
8922 FreeBSD from Ollivier Robert.
8923 NetBSD from Adam Glass.
8924 TitanOS from Kate Hedstrom of Rutgers University.
8925 Irix from Bryan Curnutt.
8926 Dynix from Jim Davis of the University of Arizona.
8928 Linux from John Kennedy of California State University
8930 Solaris 2.x from Tony Boner of the U.S. Air Force.
8931 NEXTSTEP 3.x from Vince DeMarco.
8932 HP-UX from various people. NOTA BENE: the location
8933 of the config file has moved to /usr/lib
8934 to match the HP-UX version of sendmail.
8935 CONFIG: Don't do any recipient rewriting on relay mailer;
8936 since this is intended only for internal use, the
8937 usual RFC 821/822/1123 rules can be relaxed. The
8938 main point of this is to avoid munging (ugh) UUCP
8939 addresses when relaying internally.
8940 CONFIG: fix typo in mailer/uucp.m4 that mutilates list:;
8941 syntax addresses delivered via UUCP. Solution
8942 provided by Peter Wemm.
8943 CONFIG: fix thumb-fumble in default UUCP relaying in ruleset
8944 zero; it caused double @ signs in addresses. From
8945 Irving Reid of the University of Toronto.
8946 CONFIG: Portability fixes for SCO Unix 3.2 with TCP/IP 1.2.1
8947 from Markku Toijala of ICL Personal Systems Oy.
8948 CONFIG: Add trailing "." on pseudo-domains for consistency;
8949 this fixes a problem (noted by Al Whaley of Sunnyside)
8950 that made it hard to recognize your own pseudodomain
8952 CONFIG: catch "@host" syntax errors (i.e., null local-parts)
8953 rather than letting them get "local configuration
8954 error"s. Problem noted by John Gardiner Myers.
8955 CONFIG: add uucp-uudom mailer variant, based on code posted
8956 by Spider Boardman <spider@Orb.Nashua.NH.US>; this
8957 has uucp-dom semantics but old UUCP syntax. This
8958 also permits "uucp-old" as an alias for "uucp" and
8959 "uucp-new" as a synonym for "suucp" for consistency.
8960 CONFIG: add POP mailer support (from Kimmo Suominen
8961 <kim@grendel.lut.fi>).
8962 CONFIG: drop CSNET_RELAY support -- CSNET is long gone.
8963 CONFIG: fix bug caused with domain literal addresses (e.g.,
8964 ``[128.32.131.12]'') when FEATURE(allmasquerade)
8965 was set; it would get an additional @masquerade.host
8966 added to the address. Problem noted by Peter Wan
8968 CONFIG: make sure that the local UUCP name is in $=w. From
8969 Jim Murray of Stratus.
8970 CONFIG: changes to UUCP rewriting to simulate IDA-style "V"
8971 mailer flag. Briefly, if you are sending to host
8972 "foo", then it rewrites "foo!...!baz" to "...!baz",
8973 "foo!baz" remains "foo!baz", and anything else has
8974 the local name prepended.
8975 CONFIG: portability fixes for HP-UX.
8976 DOC: several minor problems fixed in the Install & Op Guide.
8977 MAKEMAP: fix core dump problem on lines that are too long or
8978 which lack newline. From Mark Delany.
8979 MAILSTATS: print sums of columns (total messages & kbytes
8980 in and out of the system). From Tom Ferrin of UC
8981 San Francisco Computer Graphics Lab.
8982 SIGNIFICANT USER- OR SYSAD-VISIBLE CHANGES:
8983 On HP-UX, /etc/sendmail.cf has been moved to
8984 /usr/lib/sendmail.cf to match HP sendmail.
8985 Permissions have been tightened up on world-writable
8986 :include: files and accounts that have shells
8987 that are not listed in /etc/shells. This may
8988 cause some .forward files that have worked
8989 before to start failing.
8990 SIGUSR1 dumps some state to the log.
8994 src/Makefile.FreeBSD
8995 src/Makefile.Mach386
9002 cf/ostype/bsdi1.0.m4
9004 cf/ostype/dynix3.2.m4
9006 makemap/Makefile.dist
9007 praliases/Makefile.dist
9009 8.6.4/8.6.4 1993/10/31
9010 Repair core-dump problem (write to read-only memory segment)
9011 if you fall back to the return-to-Postmaster case in
9012 savemail. Problem reported by Richard Liu.
9013 Immediately diagnose bogus sender addresses in SMTP. This
9014 makes quite certain that crackers can't use this
9016 Reliability Fix: check return value from fclose() and fsync()
9017 in a few critical places.
9018 Minor problem in initsys() that reversed a condition for
9019 redirecting the output channel on queue runs. It's
9020 not clear this code even does anything. From Eric
9021 Wassenaar of the Dutch National Institute for Nuclear
9022 and High-Energy Physics.
9023 Fix some problems that caused queue runs to do "too much work",
9024 such as double-reading the Errors-To: header. From
9026 Error messages on writing the temporary file (including the
9027 data file) were getting suppressed in SMTP -- this
9028 fix causes them to be properly reported. From Eric
9030 Some changes to support AF_UNIX sockets -- this will only
9031 really become relevant in the next release, but some
9032 people need it for local patches. From Michael
9033 Corrigan of UC San Diego.
9034 Use dynamically allocated memory (instead of static buffers)
9035 for macros defined in initsys() and settime(); since
9036 these can have different values depending on which
9037 envelope they are in. From Eric Wassenaar.
9038 Improve logging to show ctladdr on to= logging; this tells you
9039 what uid/gid processes ran as.
9040 Fix a problem that caused error messages to be discarded if
9041 the sender address was unparseable for some reason;
9042 this was supposed to fall back to the "return to
9044 Improve aliaswait backoff algorithm.
9045 Portability patches for Linux (8.6.3 required another header
9046 file) (from Karl London) and SCO UNIX.
9047 CONFIG: patch prog mailer to not strip host name off of envelope
9048 addresses (so that it matches local again). From
9050 CONFIG: change uucp-dom mailer so that "<>" translates to $n;
9051 this prevents uux from seeing lines with null names like
9052 ``From Sat Oct 30 14:55:31 1993''. From Motonori
9053 Nakamura of Kyoto University.
9054 CONFIG: handle <list:;> syntax correctly. This isn't legal, but
9055 it shouldn't fail miserably. From Motonori Nakamura.
9057 8.6.2/8.6.2 1993/10/15
9058 Put a "successful delivery" message in the transcript for
9059 addresses that get return-receipts.
9060 Put a prominent "this is only a warning" message in warning
9061 messages -- some people don't read carefully enough
9062 and end up sending the message several times.
9063 Include reason for temporary failure in the "warning" return
9064 message. Currently, it just says "cannot send for
9066 Fix the "Original message received" time generated for
9067 returntosender messages. It was previously listed as
9068 the current time. Bug reported by Eric Hagberg of
9069 Cornell University Medical College.
9070 If there is an error when writing the body of a message,
9071 don't send the trailing dot and wait for a response
9072 in sender SMTP, as this could cause the connection to
9073 hang up under some bizarre circumstances. From Eric
9075 Fix some server SMTP synchronization problems caused when
9076 connections fail during message collection. From
9078 Fix a problem that can cause srvrsmtp to reject mail if the
9079 name server is down -- it accepts the RCPT but rejects
9080 the DATA command. Problem reported by Jim Murray of
9082 Fix a problem that can cause core dumps if the config file
9083 incorrectly resolves to a null hostname. Reported by
9084 Allan Johannesen of WPI.
9085 Non-root use of -C flag, dangerous -f flags, and use of -oQ
9086 by non-root users were not put into
9087 X-Authentication-Warning:s as intended because the
9088 config file hadn't set the PrivacyOptions yet. Fix
9089 from Sven-Ove Westberg of the University of Lulea.
9090 Under very odd circumstances, the alias file rebuild code
9091 could get confused as to whether a database was
9093 Check "vendor code" on the end of V lines -- this is
9094 intended to provide a hook for vendor-specific
9095 configuration syntax. (This is a "new feature",
9096 but I've made an exception to my rule in a belief
9097 that this is a highly exceptional case.)
9098 Portability fixes for DG/UX (from Douglas Anderson of NCSC),
9099 SCO Unix (from Murray Kucherawy), A/UX, and OSF/1
9100 (from Jon Forrest of UC Berkeley)
9101 CONFIG: fix ``mailer:host'' form of UUCP relay naming.
9103 8.6.1/8.6 1993/10/08
9104 Portability fixes for A/UX and Encore UMAX V.
9105 Fix error message handling -- if you had a name server down
9106 causing an error during parsing, that message was never
9107 propagated to the queue file.
9110 Configuration cleanup: make it easier to undo IDENTPROTO in
9111 conf.h (other systems have the same bug).
9112 If HASGETDTABLESIZE and _SC_OPEN_MAX are both defined, assume
9113 getdtablesize() instead of sysconf(); a disturbingly
9114 large number of systems defined _SC_OPEN_MAX in the
9115 header files but don't have the syscall.
9116 Another patch to really truly ignore MX records in getcanonname
9118 Fix problem that caused the "250 IAA25499 Message accepted for
9119 delivery" message to be omitted if there was an error
9120 in the header of the message (e.g., a bad Errors-To:
9121 line). Pointed out by Michael Corrigan of UCSD.
9122 Announce name of host we are chatting when we get errors; this
9123 is an IDA-ism suggested by Christophe Wolfhugel.
9124 Portability fixes for Alpha OSF/1 (from Anthony Baxter of the
9125 Australian Artificial Intelligence Institute), SCO Unix
9126 (from Murray Kucherawy of Hookup Communication Corp.),
9127 NeXT (from Vince DeMarco and myself), Linux (from
9128 Karl London <karl@borg.demon.co.uk>), BSDI (from
9129 Christophe Wolfhugel, and SVR4 on Dell (from Kimmo
9130 Suominen), AUX 3.0 on Macintosh, and ANSI C compilers.
9131 Some changes to get around gcc optimizer bugs. From Takahiro
9133 Fix error recovery in queueup if another tf file of the same
9134 name already exists. Problem stumbled over by Bill
9136 Output YP_MASTER_NAME and YP_LAST_MODIFIED without null bytes.
9137 Problem noted by Keith McMillan of Ameritech Services.
9138 Deal with group permissions properly when opening .forward and
9139 :include: files. This relaxes the 8.1C restrictions
9140 slightly more. This includes proper setting of groups
9141 when reading :include: files, allowing you to read some
9142 files that you should be able to read but have previously
9143 been denied unless you owned them or they had "other"
9145 Make certain that $j is in $=w (after the .cf is read) so that
9146 if the user is forced to override some silly system,
9147 MX suppression will still work.
9148 Fix a couple of efficiency problems where newstr was double-
9149 calling expensive routines. In at least one case, it
9150 wasn't guaranteed that they would always return the
9151 same result. Problem noted by Christophe Wolfhugel.
9152 Fix null pointer dereference in putoutmsg -- only on an error
9153 condition from a non-SMTP mailer. From Motonori
9155 Macro expand "C" line class definitions before scanning so that
9157 Fix problem that caused error message to be sent while still
9158 trying to send the original message if the connection
9159 is closed during a DATA command after getting an error
9160 on an RCPT command (pretty obscure). Problem reported
9161 by John Myers of CMU.
9162 Fix reply to NOOP to be 250 instead of 200 -- this is a long
9164 Fix a nasty bug causing core dumps when returning the "warning:
9165 cannot deliver for N hours -- will keep trying" message;
9166 it only occurred if you had PostmasterCopy set and
9167 only on some architectures. Although sendmail would
9168 keep trying, it would send error messages on each
9169 queue interval. This is an important fix.
9170 Allow u and g options to take user and group names respectively.
9171 Don't do a chdir into the queue directory in -bt mode to make
9172 ruleset testing a bit easier.
9173 Don't allow users to turn off logging (using -oL) on the command
9174 line -- command line can only raise, not lower, logging
9176 Set $u to the original recipient on the SMTP transaction or on
9177 the command line. This is only done if there is exactly
9178 one recipient. Technically, this does not meet the
9179 specs, because it does not guarantee a domain on the
9181 Fix a problem that dumped error messages on bad addresses if
9182 you used the -t flag. Problem noted by Josh Smith of
9183 Harvey Mudd College.
9184 Given an address such as ``<foo> <bar>'', auto-quote the first
9185 ``<foo>'' part, giving ``"<foo>" <bar>''. This is to
9186 avoid the problem of people who use angle brackets in
9187 their full name information.
9188 Fix a null pointer dereference if you set option "l", have
9189 an Errors-To: header in the message, and have Errors-To:
9190 defined in the config file H lines. From J.R. Oldroyd.
9191 Put YPCOMPAT on #ifdef NIS instead -- it's one less thing to get
9192 wrong when compiling. Suggested by Rick McCarty of TI.
9193 Fix a problem that could pass negative SIZE parameter if the
9194 df file got lost; this would cause servers to always
9195 give a temporary failure, making the problem even worse.
9196 Problem noted by Allan Johannesen of WPI.
9197 Add "ident" timeout (one of the "r" option selectors) for IDENT
9198 protocol timeouts (30s default). Requested by Murray
9199 Kucherawy of HookUp Communication Corp. to handle bogus
9200 PC TCP/IP implementations.
9201 Change $w default definition to be just the first component of
9202 the domain name on config level 5. The $j macro defaults
9203 to the FQDN; $m remains as before. This lets well-behaved
9204 config files use any of the short, long, or subdomain
9206 Add makesendmail script in src to try to automate multi-architecture
9207 builds. I know, this is sub-optimal, but it is still
9209 Fix very obscure race condition that can cause a queue run to
9210 get a queue file for an already completed job. This
9211 problem has existed for years. Problem noted by the
9212 long suffering Allan Johannesen of WPI.
9213 Fix a problem that caused the raw sender name to be passed to
9214 udbsender instead of the canonified name -- this caused
9215 it to sometimes miss records that it should have found.
9216 Relax check of name on HELO packet so that a program using -bs
9217 that claims to be itself works properly.
9218 Restore rewriting of $: part of address through 2, R, 4 in
9219 buildaddr -- this requires passing a lot of flags to get
9220 it right. Unlike old versions, this ONLY rewrites
9221 recipient addresses, not sender addresses.
9222 Fix a bug that caused core dumps in config files that cannot
9223 resolve /file/name style addresses. Fix from Jonathan
9224 Kamens of OpenVision Technologies.
9225 Fix problem with fcntl locking that can cause error returns to
9226 be lost if the lock is lost; this required fully
9227 queueing everything, dropping the envelope (so errors
9228 would get returned), and then re-reading the queue from
9230 Fix a problem that caused aliases that redefine an otherwise
9231 true address to still send to the original address
9232 if and only if the alias failed in certain bizarre
9233 ways (e.g, if they pointed at a list:; syntax address).
9234 Problem pointed out by Jonathan Kamens.
9235 Remove support for frozen configuration files. They caused
9236 more trouble than it was worth.
9237 Fix problem that can cause error messages to get ignored when
9238 using both -odb and -t flags. Problem noted by Rob
9239 McNicholas at U.C. Berkeley.
9240 Include all "normal" variations on hostname in $=w. For example,
9241 if the host name is vangogh.cs.berkeley.edu, $=w will
9242 contain vangogh, vangogh.cs, and vangogh.cs.berkeley.edu.
9243 Add "restrictqrun" privacy flag -- without this, anyone can run
9245 Reset SmtpPhase global on initial connection creation so that
9246 messages don't come out with stale information.
9247 Pass an "ext" argument to lockfile so that error/log messages
9248 will properly reflect the true filename being locked.
9249 Put all [...] address forms into $=w -- this eliminates the need
9250 for MAXIPADDR in conf.h. Suggested by John Gardiner
9252 Fix a bug that can cause qf files to be left around even after
9253 an SMTP RSET command. Problem and fix from Michael
9255 Don't send a PostmasterCopy to errors when the Precedence: is
9256 negative. Error reports still go to the envelope
9258 Add LA_SHORT for load averages.
9259 Lock sendmail.st file when posting statistics.
9260 Add "SendBufSize" and "RcvBufSize" suboptions to "O" option to
9261 set the size of the TCP send and receive buffers; if you
9262 run over a slow slip line you may need to set these down
9263 (although it would be better to fix the SLIP implementation
9264 so that it's not necessary to recompile every program
9265 that does bulk data transfer).
9266 Allow null defaults on $( ... $) lookups. Problem reported by
9268 Diagnose crufty S and V config lines. This resulted from an
9269 observation that some people were using the SITE macro
9270 without the SITECONFIG macro first, which was causing
9271 bogus config files that were not caught.
9272 Fix makemap -f flag to turn off case folding (it was turning it
9273 on instead). THIS IS A USER VISIBLE CHANGE!!!
9274 Fix a problem that caused multiple error messages to be sent if
9275 you used "sendmail -t -oem -odb", your system uses fcntl
9276 locking, and one of the recipient addresses is unknown.
9277 Reset uid earlier in include() so that recursive .forwards or
9278 :include:s don't use the wrong uid.
9279 If file descriptor 0, 1, or 2 was closed when sendmail was
9280 called, the code to recover the descriptor was broken.
9281 This sometimes (only sometimes) caused problems with the
9282 alias file. Fix from Motonori Nakamura.
9283 Fix a problem that caused aliaswait to go into infinite recursion
9284 if the @:@ metasymbol wasn't found in the alias file.
9285 Improve error message on newaliases if database files cannot be
9286 opened or if running with no database format defined.
9287 Do a better estimation of the size of error messages when NoReturn
9288 is set. Problem noted by P{r (Pell) Emanuelsson.
9289 Fix a problem causing the "c" option (don't connect to expensive
9290 mailers) to be ignored in SMTP. Problem noted and the
9291 solution suggested by Robert Elz of The University of
9293 Improve connection caching algorithm by passing "[host]" to
9294 hostsignature, which strips the square brackets and
9295 returns the real name. This allows mailertable entries
9296 to match regular entries.
9297 Re-enable Return-Receipt-To: -- people seem to want this stupid
9298 feature, even if it doesn't work right.
9299 Catch and log attempts to try the "wiz" command in server SMTP.
9300 This also ups the log level from LOG_NOTICE to LOG_CRIT.
9301 Be more generous at assigning $z to the home directory -- do this
9302 for programs that are specified through a .forward file.
9303 Fix from Andrew Chang of Sun Microsystems.
9304 Always save a fatal error message in preference to a non-fatal
9305 error message so that the "subject" line of return
9306 messages is the best possible.
9307 CONFIG: reduce the number of quotes needed to quote configuration
9308 parameters with commas: two quotes should work now, e.g.,
9309 define(ALIAS_FILE, ``/etc/aliases,/etc/aliases.local'').
9310 CONFIG: class $=Z is a set of UUCP hosts that use uucp-dom
9311 connections (domain-ized UUCP).
9312 CONFIG: fix bug in default maps (-o must be before database file
9313 name). Pointed out by Christophe Wolfhugel.
9314 CONFIG: add FEATURE(nodns) to state that we are not relying on
9315 DNS. This would presumably be used in UUCP islands.
9316 CONFIG: add OSTYPE(nextstep) and OSTYPE(linux).
9317 CONFIG: log $u in Received: line. This is in technical violation
9318 of the standards, since it doesn't guarantee a domain
9320 CONFIG: don't assume "m" in local mailer flags -- this means that
9321 if you redefine LOCAL_MAILER_FLAGS you will have to include
9322 the "m" flag should you want it. Apparently some Solaris 2.2
9323 installations can't handle multiple local recipients.
9324 Problem noted by Josh Smith.
9325 CONFIG: add confDOMAIN_NAME to set $j (if undefined, $j defaults).
9326 CONFIG: change default version level from 4 to 5.
9327 CONFIG: add FEATURE(nullclient) to create a config file that
9328 forwards all mail to a hub without ever looking at the
9329 addresses in any detail.
9330 CONFIG: properly strip mailer: information off of relays when
9331 used to change .BITNET form into %-hack form.
9332 CONFIG: fix a problem that caused infinite loops if presented
9333 with an address such as "!foo".
9334 CONFIG: check for self literal (e.g., [128.32.131.12]) even if
9335 the reverse "PTR" mapping is broken. There's a better
9336 way to do this, but the change is fairly major and I
9337 want to hold it for another release. Problem noted by
9341 Serious bug: if you used a command line recipient that was unknown
9342 sendmail would not send a return message (it was treating
9343 everything as though it had an SMTP-style client that
9344 would do the return itself). Problem noted by Josh Smith.
9345 Change "trymx" option in getcanonname() to ignore all MX data,
9346 even during a T_ANY query. This actually didn't break
9347 anything, because the only time you called getcanonname
9348 with !trymx was if you already knew there were no MX
9349 records, but it is somewhat cleaner. From Motonori
9351 Don't call getcanonname from getmxrr if you already know there
9352 are no DNS records matching the name.
9353 Fix a problem causing error messages to always include "The
9354 original message was received ... from localhost".
9355 The correct original host information is now included.
9356 Previous change to cf/sh/makeinfo.sh doesn't port to Ultrix (their
9357 version of "test" doesn't have the -x flag). Change it
9358 to use -f instead. From John Myers.
9359 CONFIG: 8.4 mistakenly set the default SMTP-style mailer to
9360 esmtp -- it should be smtp.
9361 CONFIG: send all relayed mail using confRELAY_MAILER (defaults
9362 to "relay" (a variant of "smtp") if MAILER(smtp) is used,
9363 else "suucp" if MAILER(uucp) is used, else "unknown");
9364 this cleans up the configs somewhat. This fixes a serious
9365 problem that caused route-addrs to get mistaken as relays,
9366 pointed out by John Myers. WARNING: this also causes
9367 the default on SMART_HOST to change from "suucp" to
9368 "relay" if you have MAILER(smtp) specified.
9371 Add option `w'. If you receive a message that comes to you because
9372 you are the best (lowest preference) target of an MX, and
9373 you haven't explicitly recognized the source MX host in
9374 your .cf file, this option will cause you to try the target
9375 host directly (as if there were no MX for it at all). If
9376 `w' is not set, this case is a configuration error.
9377 Beware: if `w' is set, senders may get bogus errors like
9378 "message timed out" or "host unknown" for problems that
9379 are really configuration errors. This option is
9380 disrecommended, provided only for compatibility with
9382 Fix a problem that caused the incoming socket to be left open
9383 when sendmail forks after the DATA command. This caused
9384 calling systems to wait in FIN_WAIT_2 state until the
9385 entire list was processed and the child closed -- a
9386 potentially prodigious amount of time. Problem noted
9388 Fix problem (created in 6.64) that caused mail sent to multiple
9389 addresses, one of which was a bad address, to completely
9390 suppress the sending of the message. This changes
9391 handling of EF_FATALERRS somewhat, and adds an
9392 EF_GLOBALERRS flag. This also fixes a potential problem
9393 with duplicate error messages if there is a syntax error
9394 in the header of a message that isn't noticed until late
9395 in processing. Original problem pointed out by Josh Smith
9396 of Harvey Mudd College. This release includes quite a bit
9397 of dickering with error handling (see below).
9398 Back out SMTP transaction if MAIL gets nested 501 error. This
9399 will only hurt already-broken software and should help
9401 Fix a problem that broke aliases when neither NDBM nor NEWDB were
9402 compiled in. It would never read the alias file.
9403 Repair unbalanced `)' and `>' (the "open" versions are already
9405 Logging of "done" in dropenvelope() was incorrect: it would
9406 log this even when the queue file still existed. Change
9407 this to only log "done" (at log level 11) when the
9408 queue file is actually removed. From John Myers.
9409 Log "lost connection" in server SMTP at log level 20 if there
9410 is no pending transaction. Some senders just close the
9411 connection rather than sending QUIT.
9412 Fix a bug causing getmxrr to add a dot to the end of unqualified
9413 domains that do not have MX records -- this would cause
9414 the subsequent host name lookup to fail. The problem
9415 only occurred if you had FEATURE(nocanonify) set.
9416 Problem noted by Rick McCarty of Texas Instruments.
9417 Fix invocation of setvbuf when passed a -X flag -- I had
9418 unwittingly used an ANSI C extension, and this caused
9419 core dumps on some machines.
9420 Diagnose self-destructive alias loops on RCPT as well as EXPN.
9421 Previously it just gave an empty send queue, which
9422 then gave either "Need RCPT (recipient)" at the DATA
9423 (confusing, since you had given an RCPT command which
9424 returned 250) or just dropped the email, depending on
9425 whether you were running VERBose mode. Now it usually
9426 diagnoses this case as "aliasing/forwarding loop broken".
9427 Unfortunately, it still doesn't adequately diagnose
9428 some true error conditions.
9429 Add internal concept of "warning messages" using 6xx codes.
9430 These are not reported only to Postmaster. Unbalanced
9431 parens, brackets, and quotes are printed as 653 codes.
9432 They are always mapped to 5xx codes before use in SMTP.
9433 Clean up error messages to tell both the actual address that
9434 failed and the alias they arose from. This makes it
9435 somewhat easier to diagnose problems. Difficulty noted
9436 by Motonori Nakamura.
9437 Fix a problem that inappropriately added a ctladdr to addresses
9438 that shouldn't have had one during a queue run. This
9439 caused error messages to be handled differently during
9440 a queue run than a direct run.
9441 Don't print the qf name and line number if you get errors during
9442 the direct run of the queue from srvrsmtp -- this was
9443 just extra stuff for users to crawl through.
9444 Put command line flags on second line of pid file so you can
9445 auto-restart the daemon with all appropriate arguments.
9446 Use "kill `head -1 /etc/sendmail.pid`" to stop the
9447 daemon, and "eval `tail -1 /etc/sendmail.pid`" to
9449 Remove the ``setuid(getuid())'' in main -- this caused the
9450 IDENT daemon to screw up. This required that I change
9451 HASSETEUID to HASSETREUID and complicate the mode
9452 changing somewhat because both Ultrix and SunOS seem
9453 to have a bug causing seteuid() to set the saved uid
9454 as well as the effective. The program test/t_setreuid.c
9455 will test to see if your implementation of setreuid(2)
9456 is appropriately functional.
9457 The FallBackMX (option V) handling failed to properly identify
9458 fallback to yourself -- most of the code was there,
9459 but it wasn't being enabled. Problem noted by Murray
9460 Kucherawy of the University of Waterloo.
9461 Change :include: open timeout from ETIMEDOUT to an internal
9462 code EOPENTIMEOUT; this avoids adding "during SmtpPhase
9463 with CurHostName" in error messages, which can be
9464 confusing. Reported by Jonathan Kamens of OpenVision
9466 Back out setpgrp (setpgid on POSIX systems) call to reset the
9467 process group id. The original fix was to get around
9468 some problems with recalcitrant MUAs, but it breaks
9469 any call from a shell that creates a process group id
9470 different from the process id. I could try to fix
9471 this by diddling the tty owner (using tcsetpgrp or
9472 equivalent) but this is too likely to break other
9474 Portability changes:
9475 Support -M as equivalent to -oM on Ultrix -- apparently
9476 DECnet calls sendmail with -MrDECnet -Ms<HOST> -bs
9477 instead of using standard flags. Oh joy. This
9478 behavior reported by Jon Giltner of University
9480 SGI IRIX -- this includes several changes that should
9481 help other strict ANSI compilers.
9482 SCO Unix -- from Murray Kucherawy of HookUp Communication
9484 Solaris running the Sun C compiler (which despite the
9485 documentation apparently doesn't define
9486 __STDC__ by default).
9487 ConvexOS from Eric Schnoebelen of Convex.
9488 Sony NEWS workstations and Omron LUNA workstations from
9490 CONFIG: add confTRY_NULL_MX_LIST to set option `w'.
9491 CONFIG: delete `C' and `e' from default SMTP mailers flags;
9492 several people have made a good argument that this
9493 creates more problems than it solves (although this
9494 may prove painful in the short run).
9495 CONFIG: generalize all the relays to accept a "mailer:host"
9497 CONFIG: move local processing in ruleset 0 into a new ruleset
9498 98 (8 on old sendmail). Domain literal [a.b.c.d]
9499 addresses are also passed through this ruleset.
9500 CONFIG: if neither SMART_HOST nor MAILER(smtp) were defined,
9501 internet-style addresses would "fall off the end" of
9502 ruleset zero and be interpreted as local -- however,
9503 the angle brackets confused the recursive call.
9504 These are now diagnosed as "Unrecognized host name".
9505 CONFIG: USENET rules weren't included in S0 because of a mistaken
9506 ifdef(`_MAILER_USENET_') instead of
9507 ifdef(`_MAILER_usenet_'). Problem found by Rein Tollevik
9508 of SINTEF RUNIT, Oslo.
9509 CONFIG: move up LOCAL_RULE_0 processing so that it happens very
9510 early in ruleset 0; this allows .mc authors to bypass
9511 things like the "short circuit" code for local addresses.
9512 Prompted by a comment by Bill Wisner of The Well.
9513 CONFIG: add confSMTP_MAILER to define the mailer used (smtp or
9514 esmtp) to send SMTP mail. This allows you to default
9515 to esmtp but use a mailertable or other override to
9516 deal with broken servers. This logic was pointed out
9517 to me by Bill Wisner. Ditto for confLOCAL_MAILER.
9518 Changes to cf/sh/makeinfo.sh to make it portable to SVR4
9519 environments. Ugly as sin.
9522 Fix setuid problems introduced in 8.2 that caused messages
9523 like "Cannot create qfXXXXXX: Invalid argument"
9524 or "Cannot reopen dfXXXXXX: Permission denied". This
9525 involved a new compile flag "HASSETEUID" that takes
9526 the place of the old _POSIX_SAVED_IDS -- it turns out
9527 that the POSIX interface is broken enough to break
9528 some systems badly. This includes some fixes for
9529 HP-UX. Also fixes problems where the real uid is
9530 not reset properly on startup (from Neil Rickert).
9531 Fix a problem that caused timed out messages to not report the
9532 addresses that timed out. Error messages are also more
9534 Drop required bandwidth on connections from 64 bytes/sec to
9536 Further Solaris portability changes -- doesn't require the BSD
9537 compatibility library. This also adds a new
9538 "HASGETDTABLESIZE" compile flag which can be used if
9539 you want to use getdtablesize(2) instead of sysconf(2).
9540 These are loosely based on changes from David Meyer at
9541 University of Oregon. This now seems to work, at least
9542 for quick test cases.
9543 Fix a problem that can cause duplicate error messages to be
9544 sent if you are in SMTP, you send to multiple addresses,
9545 and at least one of those addresses is good and points
9546 to an account that has a .forward file (whew!).
9547 Fix a problem causing messages to be discarded if checkcompat()
9548 returned EX_TEMPFAIL (because it didn't properly mark
9549 the "to" address). Problem noted by John Myers.
9550 Fix dfopen to return NULL if the open failed; I was depending
9551 on fdopen(-1) returning NULL, which isn't the case. This
9552 isn't serious, but does result in weird error diagnoses.
9553 From Michael Corrigan.
9554 CONFIG: add UUCP_MAX_SIZE M4 macro to set the maximum size of
9555 messages sent through UUCP-family mailers. Suggested
9556 by Bill Wisner of The Well.
9557 CONFIG: if both MAILER(uucp) and MAILER(smtp) are specified,
9558 include a "uucp-dom" mailer that uses domain-style
9559 addressing. Suggested by Bill Wisner.
9560 CONFIG: Add LOCAL_SHELL_FLAGS and LOCAL_SHELL_ARGS to match
9561 LOCAL_MAILER_FLAGS and LOCAL_MAILER_ARGS. Suggested by
9562 Christophe Wolfhugel.
9563 CONFIG: Add OSTYPE(aix3). From Christophe Wolfhugel.
9566 Don't drop out on config file parse errors in -bt mode.
9567 On older configuration files, assume option "l" (use Errors-To
9568 header) for back compatibility. NOTE: this DOES NOT
9569 imply an endorsement of the Errors-To: header in any way.
9570 Accept -x flag on AIX-3 as well as OSF/1. Why, why, why???
9571 Don't log errors on EHLO -- it isn't a "real" error for an old
9572 SMTP server to give an error on this command, and
9573 logging it in the transcript can be confusing. Fix
9575 IRIX compatibility changes provided by Dan Rich
9576 <drich@sandman.lerc.nasa.gov>.
9577 Solaris 2 compatibility changes. Provided by Bob Cunningham
9578 <bob@kahala.soest.hawaii.edu>, John Oleynick
9579 <juo@klinzhai.rutgers.edu>
9580 Debugging: -d17 was overloaded (hostsignature and usersmtp.c);
9581 move usersmtp (smtpinit and smtpmailfrom) to -d18 to
9582 match the other flags in that file.
9583 Flush transcript before fork in mailfile(). From Eric Wassenaar.
9584 Save h_errno in mci struct and improve error message display.
9585 Changes from Eric Wassenaar.
9586 Open /dev/null for the transcript if the create of the xf file
9587 failed; this avoids at least one possible null pointer
9588 reference in very weird cases. From Eric Wassenaar.
9589 Clean up statistics gathering; it was over-reporting because of
9590 forks. From Eric Wassenaar.
9591 Fix problem that causes old Return-Path: line to override new
9592 Return-Path: line (conf.c needs H_FORCE to avoid
9593 re-using old value). From Motonori Nakamura.
9594 Fix broken -m flag in K definition -- even if -m (match only)
9595 was specified, it would still replace the key with the
9596 value. Noted by Rick McCarty of Texas Instruments.
9597 If the name server timed out over several days, no "timed out"
9598 message would ever be sent back. The timeout code
9599 has been moved from markfailure() to dropenvelope()
9600 so that all such failures should be diagnosed. Pointed
9601 out by Christophe Wolfhugel and others.
9602 Relax safefile() constraints: directories in an include or
9603 forward path must be readable by self if the controlling
9604 user owns the entry, readable by all otherwise (e.g.,
9605 when reading your .forward file, you have to own and
9606 have X permission in it; everyone needs X permission in
9607 the root and directories leading up to your home);
9608 include files must be readable by anyone, but need not
9610 If _POSIX_SAVED_IDS is defined, setuid to the owner before
9611 reading a .forward file; this gets around some problems
9612 on NFS mounts if root permission is not exported and
9613 the user's home directory isn't x'able.
9614 Additional NeXT portability enhancements from Axel Zinser.
9615 Additional HP-UX portability enhancements from Brian Bullen.
9616 Add a timeout around SMTP message writes; this assumes you can
9617 get throughput of at least 64 bytes/second. Note that
9618 this does not impact the "datafinal" default, which
9619 is separate; this is just intended to work around
9620 network clogs that will occur before the final dot
9621 is sent. From Eric Wassenaar.
9622 Change map code to set the "include null" flag adaptively --
9623 it initially tries both, but if it finds anything
9624 matching without a null it never tries again with a
9625 null and vice versa. If -N is specified, it never
9626 tries without the null and creates new maps with a
9627 null byte. If -O is specified, it never tries with
9628 the null (for efficiency). If -N and -O are specified,
9629 you get -NO (get it?) lookup at all, so this would
9630 be a bad idea. If you don't specify either -N or -O,
9632 Fix recognition of "same from address" so that MH submissions
9633 will insert the appropriate full name information;
9634 this used to work and got broken somewhere along the
9636 Some changes to eliminate some unnecessary SYSERRs in the
9637 log. For example, if you lost a connection, don't
9638 bother reporting that fact on the connection you lost.
9639 Add some "extended debugging" flags to try to track down
9640 why we get occasional problems with file descriptor
9641 one being closed when execing a mailer; it seems to
9642 only happen when there has been another error in the
9643 same transaction. This requires XDEBUG, defined
9644 by default in conf.h.
9645 Add "-X filename" command line flag, which logs both sides of
9646 all SMTP transactions. This is intended ONLY for
9647 debugging bad implementations of other mailers; start
9648 it up, send a message from a mailer that is failing,
9649 and then kill it off and examine the indicated log.
9650 This output is not intended to be particularly human
9651 readable. This also adds the HASSETVBUF compile
9652 flag, defaulted on if your compiler defines __STDC__.
9653 CONFIG: change SMART_HOST to override an SMTP mailer. If you
9654 have a local net that should get direct connects, you
9655 will need to use LOCAL_NET_CONFIG to catch these hosts.
9656 See cf/README for an example.
9657 CONFIG: add LOCAL_MAILER_ARGS (default: `mail -d $u') to handle
9658 sites that don't use the -d flag.
9659 CONFIG: hide recipient addresses as well as sender addresses
9660 behind $M if FEATURE(allmasquerade) is specified; this
9661 has been requested by several people, but can break
9662 local aliases. For example, if you mail to "localalias"
9663 this will be rewritten as "localalias@masqueradehost";
9664 although initial delivery will work, replies will be
9665 broken. Use it sparingly.
9666 CONFIG: add FEATURE(domaintable). This maps unqualified domains
9667 to qualified domains in headers. I believe this is
9668 largely equivalent to the IDA feature of the same name.
9669 CONFIG: use $U as UUCP name instead of $k. This permits you
9670 to override the "system name" as your UUCP name --
9671 in particular, to use domain-ized UUCP names. From
9672 Bill Wisner of The Well.
9673 CONFIG: create new mailer "esmtp" that always tries EHLO
9674 first. This is currently unused in the config files,
9675 but could be used in a mailertable entry.
9677 8.1C/8.1B 1993/06/27
9678 Serious security bug fix: it was possible to read any file on
9679 the system, regardless of ownership and permissions.
9680 If a subroutine returns a fully qualified address, return it
9681 immediately instead of feeding it back into rewriting.
9682 This fixes a problem with mailertable lookups.
9683 CONFIG: fix some M4 frotz (concat => CONCAT)
9685 8.1B/8.1A 1993/06/12
9686 Serious bug fix: pattern matching backup algorithm stepped by
9687 two tokens in classes instead of one. Found by Claus
9688 Assmann at University of Kiel, Germany.
9690 8.1A/8.1A 1993/06/08
9691 Another mailertable fix....
9694 4.4BSD freeze. No semantic changes.
projects / FreeBSD / FreeBSD.git / blob